Johnson Controls Commercial Refrigeration

By | January 6, 2023

For the latest product updates, visit us online at johnsoncontrols.com,

search commercial refrigeration

BUILDING EFFICIENCY

Refrigeration Products Catalog

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-17 Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-44

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-59

Multi-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-74

Temperature Control Sensors and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-79

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-85

Single-Stage Electronic Pressure Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-103 Electromechanical Lube Oil and Differential Pressure Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . R-105 Electronic Lube Oil and Differential Pressure Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-111 Pressure Sensors and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-114

Refrigerant Sensors/Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-125

Liquid Level and Flow Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-127

Motor Speed Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-137

Valves and Valve Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-145

Relays and Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190

System 450 Control Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-192

Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-223

Table of Contents

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls . . . . . . R-17

A11 Series Low Temperature Cutout

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-17

A19 Series Remote Bulb Control . . . . . . . . R-19 A19 Series High Range Temperature

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-21

A19 Series Thermostat for Crop Drying. . R-22 A19 Series Hot Water Temperature Control

(Well Immersion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-23

A19 Temperature Control Less Enclosure (SPDT, Close Differential) . . . . . . . . . . R-24

A19 Series Thermostat for Hazardous Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-25

A19 Series Coiled Bulb Space

Thermostat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-26

A19 Thermostat for Portable Heaters (Chain Mount and Drop Cord

Electrical Connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-27 A19 Thermostat for Portable Cooling

Applications (Chain Mount and

Drop Cord Electrical Connection) . . . . R-28 A19 Series Automatic Changeover with

Strap-On Mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-29

A19D Series Surface Mounted

Temperature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . R-30 A19 Flange Mounted Duct Thermostat . . . R-31 A19 Series Fan or Cutout Control

(Liquid Expansion Bulb) . . . . . . . . . . . . R-32

A19 Temperature Control with Rainproof Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-33

A19 Agricultural/Industrial Thermostat with NEMA 4X Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-34

A19 Industrial Thermostat (Watertight and Dusttight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-35

A19 Temperature Control with NEMA 4X Enclosure (Remote Bulb). . . . . . . . . . R-36

A19 Water Chiller Control with Locked

Cut-Out/Adjustable Cut-In . . . . . . . . . . R-37 A19 Defrost Duration and Fan Delay

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-38

A25 Series Warm Air Limit Control with

Manual Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-39

A70 Series Four-Wire, Two-Circuit

Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-40 A72 Series Two-Pole Heavy Duty

Temperature Controls

(Adjustable Differential) . . . . . . . . . . . . R-41 A72 Series Cooling Tower or Evaporative

Condenser Controls (Single-Stage

Temperature Control with

Outdoor Enclosure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-42 A72AA Coiled Bulb Space Thermostat

(Cooling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-43

Single-Stage Electronic

Temperature Controls . . . . . . R-44

A421 Series Electronic Temperature

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-44

A421 Series Electronic Temperature

Controls with Integral Power Cord . . . R-47 A421 Series Electronic Temperature

Controls with Off-Cycle Defrost . . . . . R-50

A421 Series Electronic Temperature

Controls with Integral Cycle Timer . . . R-53 MR Series Defrost Control Modules . . . . . R-56 MR4PMUHV Electronic

Temperature/Defrost Control with

Relay Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-58

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls . . . . . . R-59

A28 Series Two-Stage Temperature

Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-59

Two Stage Temperature Control . . . . . . . . R-59 A28 Series Two-Stage Flange Mounted

Duct Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-61

A28 Two-Stage Industrial Thermostat (Watertight and Dusttight) . . . . . . . . . . R-62

A28 Two-Stage Temperature Control with Weatherproof Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . R-63

Table of Contents

A28 Two-Stage Agricultural Thermostat with NEMA 4X Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-64

A36 Series Four-Stage Remote Bulb Thermostats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-65

S26 Series Switching Subbase . . . . . . . . R-66 T22/T25/T26 Series Line Voltage Wall

Thermostat (Heating, Cooling, or

Heating and Cooling) . . . . . . . . . . . . R-67 Typical Wiring Diagram and Electrical

Ratings for Line Voltage Thermostats . R-69

T23 Series Fan Coil Thermostat

(with Fan and System Selectors) . . . . . R-70 T28 Series Fan Coil Thermostat (with or

without Fan Selector Switches) . . . . . . R-71

T46 Series Fan Coil Thermostat . . . . . . . R-72

Multi-Stage Electronic

Temperature Controls . . . . . . . R-74

MS Series Temperature Stage Control

Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-74

MS Series Single-Stage Control Modules

with Voltage Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-76 MS4PMUHVT Multi-Stage Electronic

Temperature Control with Relay Pack . R-78

Temperature Control Sensors and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-79

A99B Series Temperature Sensor . . . . . R-79 Bulb Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-80

G Series Thermostat and Humidistat

Guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-81 T22, T25, T26, T28, T46, and T91

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-83

T91 Series Room Temperature Sensor . . . R-84

Standard Electromechanical

Pressure Controls . . . . . . . . . . R-85

P10 Series Low Pressure Control . . . . . . . R-85 P20 Series Air Conditioning/Pressure

Cutout Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-86

P29 Series Low Pressure Control with

Time Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-88

P47 Series Steam Pressure Limit Control. R-89 P67 Series Low Pressure Control . . . . . . R-90 P70, P72 Approximate Low Pressure

Settings for Typical Applications . . . . . R-91

P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for

Low Pressure Applications . . . . . . . . . R-92 P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for

High Pressure Applications . . . . . . . . . R-96

P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for

Dual Pressure Applications . . . . . . . . R-100

Single-Stage Electronic

Pressure Controls . . . . . . . . . R-103

P470 Electronic Pressure Control with

Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-103

Electromechanical Lube Oil and Differential Pressure

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-105

P28 Series Lube Oil Pressure Cutout

Control with Time Delay . . . . . . . . . . R-105 P32 Series Sensitive Pressure Switch . . R-106 P45 Series Lube Oil Pressure Cutout

Control with Time Delay . . . . . . . . . . R-107

P74 Series Differential Pressure Control. R-108 P128 and P145 Series Lube Oil Pressure

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-109

P12 Series Differential Pressure

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-110

Electronic Lube Oil and Differential Pressure

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-111

P545 Series Electronic Lube Oil Control . R-111 CST29A Adaptor Block for Carlyle®

Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-113

Pressure Sensors and

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-114

Replacement Timing Relays for P28 and

P29 Lube Oil Controls . . . . . . . . . . . R-114

Table of Contents

P100 Series Encapsulated Pressure

Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-115

P499 Series Electronic Pressure

Transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-119

R310A Series Current Sensing Switch . . R-122 Universal Mounting Brackets . . . . . . . . . . R-123 SEC99A UltraCap Armored Capillary . . . R-124

Refrigerant Sensors/Monitors . R-125

RLD-H10PRO Refrigerant Leak

Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-125

RLD Refrigerant Leak Detector

Accessories and Replacement Parts . R-126

Liquid Level and Flow

Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-127

F59 Series Sump Pump Switch . . . . . . . . R-127 F261 Series Fluid Flow Switches . . . . . . R-128 F262 Airflow Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-130

F263 Series Liquid Level Float

Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-132

F61 and F62 Series Replacement

Paddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-134

F92 Series Air Volume Controls for

Shallow Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-135

F93 Series Air Volume Controls for

Deep Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-136

Motor Speed Controls . . . . . . . . R-137

P266 Series Single-Phase Condenser

Fan Speed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-137 P66/S66 Series Controls to P266 Series

Controls Replacement Guide . . . . . . R-140

VFD68 Variable Frequency Drives . . . . . R-142

Valves and Valve Accessories . R-145

V43/V243 Series Pressure-Actuated

Water-Regulating Valves . . . . . . . . . . R-145 V46 Series Pressure Actuated

Water-Regulating Valve . . . . . . . . . . . R-151

V46N Series Reverse Acting Valve . . . . . R-154

V46 Series Valve Sizing Information—90% Open Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-155

V46 Series Valve Dimensions . . . . . . . . . R-156 V47 Series Temperature Actuated

Modulating Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47N Series Reverse Acting Valve. . . . . R-159 V48 Series Three-Way Water

Regulating Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V146 Series Two-Way Pressure-Actuated Water-Regulating Valves . . . . . . . . . R-161

V148 Series Three-Way Pressure-Actuated Water-Regulating Valves . . . . . . . . . R-166

V246 Series Two-Way Pressure-Actuated Water-Regulating Valves for

High-Pressure Refrigerants . . . . . . . R-171 V248 Series Three-Way Pressure-Actuated

Water-Regulating Valves for

High-Pressure Refrigerants . . . . . . . R-181 STT Water Valve Renewal Kit for

V46, V47, and V48 Series Valves . . . R-188

Companion Flanges and Gaskets for

V43, V46, and V47 Series Valves . . . R-189

Relays and Transformers . . . . . R-190

Y63, Y64, Y65, Y66, and Y69 Series

Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190

System 450 Control Series . . . . R-192

System 450™ Series Modular Controls . R-192 System 450™ Series Control Module with

Network Communications . . . . . . . . R-203

System 450™ Reset Control Modules with

Real-Time Clock and Relay Output. . R-206 System 450™ Control Modules with

Analog Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-208

System 450™ Control Modules with

Relay Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-210

System 450™ Control Module with

Hybrid Analog Output . . . . . . . . . . . . R-212 System 450™ Expansion Modules with

Analog Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-214

System 450™ Expansion Modules with

Relay Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-216

Table of Contents

System 450™ Power Module . . . . . . . . . R-218 System 450™ Compatible Sensors,

Transducers, and Accessories . . . . . R-219

Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-223

Ranco® Refrigeration Cross-Reference . R-223 ALCO® Cross Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . R-231

Code Number Index

Numerics

210-604R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-87

246-423 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-153, R-158, R-189

246-424 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-189

246-425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-153, R-158, R-189

271-51 . . . . .R-88, R-107, R-109, R-112, R-123

426-424 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-153, R-158

A

A19AAB-10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-21

A19AAB-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-21

A19AAB-7C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-21

A19AAC-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19AAC-9C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-21

A19AAD-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19AAD-5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19AAE-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-22

A19AAF-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19AAF-20C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19AAF-21C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19AAT-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-28

A19ABA-40C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19ABB-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-21, R-22

A19ABB-7C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-21

A19ABC-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-23

A19ABC-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-23

A19ABC-24C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19ABC-36C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19ABC-37C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19ABC-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19ABC-74C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19ACA-14C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19ACA-15C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19ADB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19ADB-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-23

A19ADN-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-19

A19AGF-31C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-24

A19ANC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-33

A19AUC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-25

A19AUC-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-25

A19AUC-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-25

A19AUC-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-25

A19BAB-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-26

A19BAC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-26

A19BAF-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-26

A19BAG-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-27

A19BBC-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-26

A19BUC-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-25

A19CAC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-29

A19CAC-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-29

A19DAC-10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-30

A19DAC-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-30

A19DAC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-30

A19DAC-9C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-30

A19DAF-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-30

A19EAF-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-31

A19EAF-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-31

A19EBA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-32

A19EBB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-32

A19EBC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-32

A19EDB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-32

A19KNC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-35

A19PRC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-34

A19QSC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-36

A19QSC-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-36

A19QSC-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-36

A19QSC-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-36

A19ZBA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-37

A19ZBC-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-38

A25AN-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-39

A25AP-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-39

A25CN-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-39

A25CP-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-39

A28AA-28C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-59

A28AA-29C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-59

A28AA-36C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-59

A28AA-37C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-59

A28AA-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-59

A28AA-9C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-59

A28AB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-59

A28AJ-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-59

A28AK-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-61

A28AK-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-61

A28KA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-62

A28MA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-63

A28MA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-63

A28PA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-64

A28PJ-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-64

A36AHA-50C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-65

A36AHA-52C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-65

A36AHA-58C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-65

A36AHB-33C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-65

A421ABC-02C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-45

Note: Page numbers in italics denote pages where the product code number appears, but not as the main part.

Code Number Index

A421ABC-03C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-45

A421ABC-04C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-45

A421ABC-06C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-45

A421ABD-02C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-51

A421ABG-02C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-48

A421ABJ-02C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-48

A421ABT-02C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-54

A421AEC-01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-45

A421AEC-02C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-45

A421AED-01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-51

A421AED-02C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-51

A421AEJ-01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-48

A421AET-01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-54

A421GBF-02C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-45

A421GEF-01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-45

A421GEF-02C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-45

A70GA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-40

A70GA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-40

A70HA-14C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-40

A70HA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-40

A70HA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-40

A70KA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-40

A72AA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-41

A72AA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-41

A72AA-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-41

A72AA-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-43

A72AE-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-42

A72AP-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-41

A72CE-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-42 A99BA-200C . . . . . . R-74, R-79, R-195, R-220 A99BB-200C . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-58, R-74, R-78,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-79, R-195, R-220

A99BB-25C . . . . . . . . . . . . R-79, R-195, R-220

A99BB-300C . . . . . . R-74, R-79, R-195, R-220

A99BB-500C . . . . . . R-74, R-79, R-195, R-220

A99BB-600C . . . . . . R-74, R-79, R-195, R-220

A99BC-1500C . . . . . . . . . . R-79, R-195, R-220

A99BC-25C . . . . . . . . . . . . R-79, R-195, R-220

A99BC-300C . . . . . . . . . . . R-79, R-195, R-220

A99BC-500C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-79

A99-CLP-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . R-79, R-196, R-220

ADP11A-600R . . . . . . . . . R-79, R-196, R-220

B

BKT16A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-85

BKT182-1R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-106

BKT229-1R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-106

BKT287-1R . . . . . . . . . . . R-195, R-204, R-207,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-208, R-210, R-213,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-214, R-216, R-218

BKT287-2R . . . . . . . . . . . R-195, R-204, R-207,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-208, R-210, R-213,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-214, R-216, R-218

BKT287-3R . . . . . . . . . . . R-195, R-204, R-207,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-208, R-210, R-213,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-214, R-216, R-218

BKT287-4R . . . . . . . . . . . R-195, R-204, R-207,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-208, R-210, R-213,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-214, R-216, R-218 BKT38A-600R . . . . . . . . . R-107, R-109, R-123 BKT38A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-109

BKT48A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-72

BOX10A-600R . . . . . . . . . . R-79, R-195, R-220

C

C450CBN-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-210

C450CCN-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-210

C450CEN-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-204

C450CPN-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-208

C450CPW-100C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-213

C450CQN-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-208

C450CRN-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-204

C450RBN-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-207

C450RCN-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-207

C450SBN-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-216

C450SCN-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-216

C450SPN-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-214

C450SQN-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-214

C450YNN-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-195, R-218

CSE57A-600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-65

CST29A-600C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-113

CVR17A-620R . . . . . . . . . . . . R-40, R-41, R-43

CVR17A-621R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-40, R-41

CVR28A-617R . . . . . . R-20, R-21, R-23, R-24,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-26, R-29, R-60

CVR28A-618R . . . . . . R-20, R-21, R-23, R-24,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-26, R-31, R-32, R-60

CVR61A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-37

CVR88A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-72

Code Number Index

D

DBK10A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

DBK10A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147, R-148

DBK10A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

DBK10A-603R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

DBK11A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

DBK11A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

DBK11A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

DBK11A-603R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

DPM17A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-188

DPM17A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-188

DPM18A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

DPM18A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

DPM18A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

DPM18A-603R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

DPT2650-005D-AB . . . . . . . . . . . R-196, R-221

DPT2650-0R5D-AB . . . . . . . . . . R-196, R-221

DPT2650-10D-AB . . . . . . . . . . . . R-196, R-221

DPT2650-2R5D-AB . . . . . . . . . . R-196, R-221

DPT2650-R25B-AB . . . . . . . . . . . R-196, R-221

DSC16A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

DSC16A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

DSC16A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147, R-148

DSC16A-603R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

F

F261KAH-V01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-128

F261KEH-V01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-128

F261KFH-V01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-128

F261KFH-V02C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-128

F261MAH-V01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-128

F261MAL-V01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-128

F261MEH-V01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-128

F261MFH-V01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-128

F262KDH-01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-130

F263MAC-V01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-132

F263MAP-V01C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-132

F59A-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-127

F59A-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-127

F59H-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-127

FLG15A-600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-189

FLG15A-601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-189

FTG13A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . R-20, R-21, R-37,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-41, R-59, R-80

FTG18A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-106

G

GRD10-1R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-81

GRD10A-600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-81

GRD10A-601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-81

GRD10A-606 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-81

GRD10A-608 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-81

GRD10A-609 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-81

H

HE-6300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-76

HE-6310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-76

HE-67S3-0N00P . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-196, R-221

HE-67S3-0N0BT . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-196, R-221

HE-68N2-0N00WS . . . . . . . . . . . .R-196, R-221

HE-68N3-0N00WS . . . . . . . . . . . .R-196, R-221

K

KEY12A-600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-81

KIT14A-612 . . . . . . . . . . . R-153, R-158, R-189

KIT14A-613 . . . . . . . . . . . R-153, R-158, R-189

KIT14A-614 . . . . . R-146, R-153, R-158, R-189 KIT21A-600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-134

KIT21A-601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-134

KITP545-82C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-112, R-113

KNB17A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-83

KNB20A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-83

KNB20A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . R-20, R-21, R-23,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-24, R-26, R-60

KNB26A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-72, R-83

M

MR1DR24-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-56

MR2DR24-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-56

MR2PM24-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-56

MR4DR24-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-56

MR4PM12C-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-58

MR4PM24-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-56

MR4PMUHV-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-58

MS1DR24T-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-74

MS1DR24V-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-76

MS2DR24T-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-74

MS2PM24T-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-74

MS4DR24T-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-74

MS4PM12CT-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-78

Code Number Index

MS4PM24T-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-74

MS4PMUHVT-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-78

P

P10BC-7C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-85

P10BG-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-85

P10BJ-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-85

P10FC-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-85

P10PA-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-85

P128AA-17C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-109

P128AA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-109

P128AA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-109

P12AA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-110 P145NCA-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-107, R-109

P145NCA-82C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-107, R-109

P145NCB-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-107, R-109

P145NCB-82C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-107, R-109

P170AA-118C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-96

P170AA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-97

P170AA-400C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-97

P170AB-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P170AB-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P170CA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P170CA-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-96

P170CA-400C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-97

P170DA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-96

P170DA-400C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-97

P170EA-14C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P170KA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-96

P170LB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-101

P170LB-6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-100

P170MA-18C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-100

P170MA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-101

P170NA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-101

P170SA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-100

P20BB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-86

P20DB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-86

P20EB-18C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-86

P20EB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-86

P20EB-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-86

P20GB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-86

P28AA-17C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-105

P28AA-18C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-105

P28AA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-105

P28AA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-105

P28AN-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-105

P28DA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-105

P28DN-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-105

P28GA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-105

P28NA-5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-105

P29NC-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-88

P29NC-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-88

P29NC-49C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-88

P29NC-53C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-88

P29NF-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-88

P32AC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-106

P32AC-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-106

P32AF-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-106

P32AF-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-106

P400AD-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-112, R-113

P400AD-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-112

P400BD-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-112

P45NAA-10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-107

P45NAA-5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-107

P45NCA-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-107

P45NCA-82C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-107

P47AA-13C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-89

P47AA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-89

P47AA-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-89

P47AB-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-89

P47BA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-89

P47BA-6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-89

P47EA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-89

P47GA-9C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-89 P499RAP-101C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-222

P499RAP-101K . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-222

P499RAP-102C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-222

P499RAP-105C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-222

P499RAP-105K . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-222

P499RAP-107C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-222

P499RAP-107K . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-222

P499RAPS100C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-222

P499RAPS100K . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-222

P499RAPS102C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-222

P499RAPS102K . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-222

P499RCP-101C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-221

P499RCP-101K . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-221

P499RCP-105C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-221

P499RCP-105K . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-221

P499RCP-107C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-221

P499RCP-107K . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-221

P499RCP-401C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-221

P499RCP-402C . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-197, R-221

Code Number Index

P499RCP-404C . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-197, R-221

P499RCP-405C . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-197, R-221

P499RCPS100C . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-197, R-221

P499RCPS100K . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-197, R-221

P499RCPS102C . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-197, R-221

P499RCPS102K . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-197, R-221

P545NCB-22C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-111

P545NCB-25C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-111

P545NCB-82C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-111, R-113

P67AA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-90

P67CA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-90

P67EA-5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-90

P70AA-118C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-96

P70AA-119C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-97

P70AA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-97

P70AA-400C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-97

P70AA-5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P70AB-12C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P70AB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P70AB-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P70BA-10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P70BA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P70CA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P70CA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-96

P70CA-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-96

P70CA-400C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-97

P70CA-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P70CA-5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-97

P70DA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-96

P70DA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-97

P70DA-400C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-97

P70EA-10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P70EA-14C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P70GA-11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P70HA-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P70KA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-96

P70KA-7C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-97

P70LA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-101

P70LB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-100

P70LB-6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-100

P70MA-18C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-100

P70MA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-100

P70MA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-101

P70NA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-100

P70SA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-100

P72AA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P72AA-27C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-96

P72AB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-93

P72CA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-96

P72DA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-96

P72LA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-100

P72LB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-100

P72MA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-100

P72NA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-100

P74AA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-108

P74BA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-108

P74EA-10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-108

P74EA-8C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-108

P74FA-10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-108

P74FA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-108

P74FA-5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-108

P74JA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-108

PLT112-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-134

PLT112-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-134

PLT213-6R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-83

PLT231-1R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-83

PLT333-12R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-72, R-83

PLT333-1R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-72, R-83

PLT333-2R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-83

PLT333-3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-72, R-83

PLT333-4R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-83

PLT333-5R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-72, R-83

PLT344-1R . . . . . . . . . . . R-195, R-204, R-207,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-208, R-210, R-213,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-214, R-216, R-218

R

R310AD-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-112, R-122

R310AE-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-122

RLD-H10-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-125, R-126

RLD-H10-101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-125

RLD-H10-102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-125

RLD-H10-103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-125

RLD-H10-105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-125

RLD-H10-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-125, R-126

RLD-H10-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-125, R-126

RLD-H10-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-125, R-126

RLD-H10-603R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-125, R-126

RLD-H10-604R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-125

RLD-H10-606R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-125, R-126

RLD-H10-607R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-125, R-126

RLD-H10PM-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-125

RLD-H10PRO-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-125

Code Number Index

RLY13A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-114

RLY13A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-114

RLY13A-608R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-114

RLY13A-609R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-114

RLY13A-610R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-114

RLY13A-613R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-114

RLY13A-616R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-114

RLY13A-617R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-114

ROD18A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

ROD18A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

ROD18A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

ROD18A-603R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147, R-148

ROD18A-604R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

RP4MRUHV-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-58

RP4MSUHV-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-78

S

S26AA-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-66

S26AH-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-66

S26DH-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-66

SCN10A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

SCN10A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147, R-148

SEC37A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151

SEC37A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151

SEC37A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151

SEC99AA-18C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-124

SEC99AA-24C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-124 SEC99AA-36C . . . . . . . . R-124, R-151, R-152,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-154, R-160

SEC99AA-48C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-124

SEC99AA-60C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-124

SEC99AB-18C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-124

SEC99AB-24C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-124

SEC99AB-36C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-124

SEC99AB-48C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-124

SEC99AB-60C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-124

SEP107A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151, R-160

SEP127A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151, R-160

SEP13A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152

SEP13A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152

SEP13A-603R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152

SEP50A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152

SEP50A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152

SEP70A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152

SEP70A-604R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152

SEP70A-605R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152

SEP77A-605R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-151, R-160

SEP81A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-151, R-160

SEP81A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-151, R-160

SEP86A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

SEP87A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

SEP88A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-147, R-148

SEP88A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

SEP91A-600R . . . . . . . . . R-151, R-152, R-154

SEP91A-601R . . . . . . . . . R-151, R-154, R-160

SEP91A-602R . . . . . . . . . R-151, R-154, R-160

SEP91A-603R . . . . . . . . . R-151, R-154, R-160

SET29A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-604R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-605R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-157, R-159

SET29A-606R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-622R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-623R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-624R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-625R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-626R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-627R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-629R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-630R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-632R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET29A-633R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SET98A-621R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

SHL10A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-79 SHL10A-603R . . . . . . . . . . R-79, R-196, R-220 STT14A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157 STT14A-600R . . . R-151, R-154, R-157, R-188 STT14A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-152, R-188

STT14A-603R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152

STT15A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157 STT15A-602R . . . . . . . . R-151, R-154, R-157,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-159, R-188 STT15A-603R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-152, R-188

STT15A-605R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-160, R-188

STT16A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157 STT16A-601R . . . . . . . . R-151, R-152, R-154,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157, R-159, R-188

STT16A-604R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-160, R-188

STT17A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

STT17A-604R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-160, R-188

STT17A-609R . . . . . . . . R-151, R-152, R-154,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-157, R-188

Code Number Index

STT17A-610R . . . . . . . . . R-151, R-152, R-154, T28DB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-71
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157, R-159, R-188 T28DD-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-71
STT17A-611R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152, R-188 T28DG-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-71
STT17A-612R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152, R-188 T46ABH-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-72
STT17A-613R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152, R-188 T46ADH-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-72
STT17A-616R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160, R-188 T46JBH-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-72
STT17A-617R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160, R-188 T46JDH-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-72
STT18A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157 T46JEA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-72
STT18A-600R . . . .R-151, R-152, R-157, R-188 T46SAA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-72
STT18A-601R . . . .R-151, R-152, R-157, R-188 T46SAH-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-72
STT18A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152, R-188 T46SDA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-72
STT19A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 T46SDH-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-72
STT19A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 T-800-1605 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-80
STT19A-603R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 T-800-1606 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-80
STT19A-605R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 T-800-1618 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-80
STT19A-606R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 T-800-1620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-80
STT19A-607R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147, R-148 T91BAA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-84
STT19A-608R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 T91BBA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-84
STT19A-609R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 T91BCA-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-84
TBG16A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-89

T

T22AAA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T22ABC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T22ABC-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T22BBC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T22CBC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T22CBC-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T22JAA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T22JCC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T22SDA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T22SEB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T22SFB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T22TFB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T23A-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-70

T23B-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-70

T25A-16C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T25A-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T26A-14C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T26A-15C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T26J-7C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T26J-9C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T26S-18C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T26T-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-68

T28BD-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-71

T28CD-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-71

T28DA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-71

TE-6000-x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-196, R-220

TE-6001-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-196, R-220

TE-6001-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-196, R-220

TE-631xx-x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-196, R-220

TE-68NT-0N00S . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-196, R-221

V

V248GB1-001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V248GB1B001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V248GC1-001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V248GC1B001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V248GD1-001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V248GD1B001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V248GE1-001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V248GE1B001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V248GF1-001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V248GF1B001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V248GK1-001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V248GL1-001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V248GM1-001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V248HC1B001C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-181

V43AS-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-145, R-147

V43AS-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-145, R-147

V43AS-5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147

V43AT-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-145, R-147

V43AT-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-145, R-147

Code Number Index

V43AT-5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46AE-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151
V43AV-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-145, R-147 V46AE-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43AV-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-145, R-147 V46AJ-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151
V43AV-5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-145, R-147 V46AL-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151
V43AW-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46AM-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151
V43AW-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-145, R-147 V46AR-10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151
V43AW-5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46AR-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151
V43BS-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46AR-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BS-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46AS-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151
V43BS-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-146, R-147 V46AS-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151
V43BS-6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-145, R-147 V46AS-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BS-7C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-145, R-147 V46AT-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151
V43BT-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46AT-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151
V43BT-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46AT-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BT-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-146, R-147 V46BA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BT-6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-145, R-147 V46BB-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BT-7C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-145, R-147 V46BC-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BV-10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-145, R-147 V46BD-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BV-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46BE-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BV-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46BR-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BV-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-146, R-147 V46BS-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BV-5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46BS-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BV-6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46BT-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BV-7C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-145, R-147 V46BT-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BV-8C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46CJ-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BV-9C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46CN-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BW-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-146, R-147 V46CP-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BW-6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46CQ-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43BW-7C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-146, R-147 V46CR-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43CS-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-146, R-147 V46CS-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43CS-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-146, R-147 V46CS-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43CS-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46CT-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43CT-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-147 V46CT-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43CT-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-146, R-147 V46DA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152
V43CV-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-146, R-147 V46EK-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151
V43CV-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . R-146, R-147, R-148 V46NA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-154
V46AA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151 V46NA-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-154
V46AA-50C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151 V46NB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-154
V46AB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151 V46NB-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-154
V46AB-25C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151 V46NC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-154
V46AC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151 V46NC-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-154
V46AC-26C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151 V46ND-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-154
V46AC-8C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152 V46ND-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-154
V46AD-13C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151 V46NE-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-154
V46AD-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151 V46NE-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-154
V46AD-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-152 V47AA-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157
V46AE-17C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-151 V47AA-26C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

Code Number Index

V47AA-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AA-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AB-27C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AB-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AB-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AB-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AB-5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AC-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AC-40C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AC-4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AC-6C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AC-8C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AD-19C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AD-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AD-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AD-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AE-13C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AE-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AE-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AE-3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AR-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AR-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AR-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AS-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AS-13C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AS-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AS-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AT-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AT-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47AT-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-157

V47NB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-159

V47NC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-159

V47NR-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-159

V48AB-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V48AB-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V48AC-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V48AC-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V48AD-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V48AD-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V48AE-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V48AE-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V48AF-1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V48AF-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V48AJ-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V48AL-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V48AM-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

V48EK-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-160

VFD68BBB-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68BCB-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68BDC-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68BFD-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68BGG-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68BHG-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68BJK-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68BKL-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68BLL-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68BMP-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68BNP-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68CDF-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68CFF-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68CGG-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68CHH-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68CJJ-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68CKL-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68CLL-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68CMP-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68CNP-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68DFM-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68DGM-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68DHM-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68DJN-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68DKN-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

VFD68DLN-2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-143

W

WEL11A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . R-33, R-36, R-79,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-80, R-196, R-220

WEL14A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-80 WEL14A-602R . . . . . . R-19, R-21, R-25, R-37,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-59, R-65, R-80 WEL14A-603R . . R-19, R-25, R-59, R-65, R-80

WEL16A-600R . . . . . . . R-25, R-35, R-62, R-80

WEL16A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-19, R-80

WEL17A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-80, R-157

WEL17A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-80, R-157

WEL17A-602R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-80

WEL17A-604R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-80

WEL18A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-80

WEL18A-601R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-159

WEL18A-602R . . . . . . . . . . R-80, R-157, R-159

WGT11A-600R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-127

WGT11A-604R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-127

Code Number Index

WHA-C450-100C . . . . . . R-195, R-204, R-207, Y63T31-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-208, R-210, R-213, Y64T15-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-191
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-214, R-216, R-218 Y64T21-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-191
WHA-P400-100C . . . . . . . . . . . . R-112, R-113 Y64T22-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-191
WHA-P400-125C . . . . . . . . . . . . R-112, R-113 Y65A13-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190
WHA-P400-250C . . . . . . . . . . . . R-112, R-113 Y65A21-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190
WHA-P400-400C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-113 Y65F13-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190
WHA-P400-430C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-112 Y65F42-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190
WHA-PKD3-200C . . . . . . R-119, R-197, R-222 Y65G13-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190
WHA-PKD3-400C . . . . . . R-119, R-197, R-222 Y65S13-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190
WHA-PKD3-600C . . . . . . R-119, R-197, R-222 Y65T31-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190
WZ-1000-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-80 Y65T42-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190
WZ-1000-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-80 Y65T54-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190
WZ-1000-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-80 Y66F12-0

Y66F13-0

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

R-191

R-191

Y

Y63F22-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190

Y63T22-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-190

Y66T12-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-191

Y66T13-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-191

Y69T15-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-191

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927005

A11 Series Low Temperature Cutout Controls

Description

A11 Series Low Temperature Cutout Controls are available with single-pole, single-throw (SPST) or single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) contact action. Typical applications include the sensing of low temperature conditions to avoid over cooling or icing of hydronic coils, cooling coils, and liquid-handing pipes. The controls are compact and sturdy, and have an adjustable temperature setpoint range with a fixed differential. The range adjustment screw is accessible at the bottom of the control, and at the top of the control when the cover is removed.

The A11 Controls are compact and sturdy and feature an adjustable range with a fixed differential. The range adjustment screw is accessible at the bottom of the control or at the top, when the cover is removed. A factory-set low temperature stop is available when specified.

Refer to the A11 Series Low Temperature Cutout Controls Product Bulletin (LIT-125010) for important product application information.

Electrical Rating

Motor Rating 120 V 208 V 240 V
Motor Description
AC Full Load Amperes 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor Amperes 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive Amperes 16.0 9.2 8.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

Selection Chart

Features

  • precision repeat accuracy remains unaffected by ambient temperature at the control diaphragm cup and 4 ft (1.2 m) capillary (20 ft [6.1 m] sensing bulb must be in the controlled area)
  • trip-free manual reset allows the lever to reset. You must press and release the lever before operation resumes.
  • precision snap-acting contacts in a dust protected enclosure enables the A11 Control to operate to the fullest potential
  • direct reading scale provides

easy-to-adjust setpoint. Adjustments can be made from the top or bottom of the control.

Repair Information

If the A11 Series Low Temperature Cutout Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

A11 Series Low Temperature Cutout Control

Model Description
A11A SPST, open low, manual reset
A11B SPST, open low, automatic recycle
A11D SPDT, manual reset
A11E SPDT, automatic recycle

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

A11 Series Low Temperature Cutout Controls Dimensions, in. (mm)

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls

A11 Series Low Temperature Cutout Controls (Continued)

Technical Specifications

A11 Low Temperature Cutout Controls
Product Codes A11A: SPST, open low, manual reset

A11B: SPST, open low, automatic recycle A11D: SPDT, manual reset

A11E: SPDT, automatic recycle

Range Cutout 35 to 45°F (2 to 7°C)
Differential A11A and A11D: Temperature must be 12°F (6.7°C) above cutout point before control can be reset. A11B and A11E: 12°F (6.7°C)
Ambient Temperature Minimum: 0°F (-18°C) Maximum: 140°F (60°C)
Maximum Temperature at Bulb 250°F (121°C)
Sensing Element 1/8 in. x 20 ft (3 mm x 6.1 m) or 1/8 in. x 40 ft (3 mm x 12.2 m)
Capillary Length 4 ft (1.2 m)
Switch Snap-acting contacts in dust-protected enclosure
Material Case: 0.6 (2 mm) cold rolled steel Cover: 0.3 in. (1 mm) cold rolled steel
Finish Galvanized steel
Conduit Opening 22 mm (9/10 in.) hole for 13 mm (1/2 in.) conduit
Mounting Bracket Standard on all controls
Shipping Weight Individual pack: 1.8 lb (0.8 kg)

Overpack of 20 units: 38 lb (17 kg)

Electrical Rating Pilot Duty: 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC
Motor Ratings AC Full Load Ampere: 120 V = 16.0 A, 208 V = 9.2 A, 240 V = 8.0 A

AC Locked Rotor Ampere: 120 V = 96.0 A, 208 V = 55.2 A, 240 V = 48.0 A

Non-Inductive Ampere: 120 V = 16.0 A, 208 V = 9.2 A, 240 V = 8.0 A

Compliance United States UL Listed, File SA516, SDFY
FCC Compliant to CFR 47, Part 15 Subpart B, Class A
Canada UL Listed, CSA Class No. 1222 01, File LR948
Industry Canada, ICES-003

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927010

A19 Series Remote Bulb Control

Description

The A19 Series Controls are single-stage temperature controls that incorporate environmentally friendly liquid-filled sensing elements.

Refer to the A19 Series Hot Water Heating Controls Well Immersion Product Bulletin (LIT-125025) for important product application information.

Features

  • wide temperature ranges available
  • constant differential throughout the entire range
  • compact enclosure
  • fixed or adjustable differential available
  • variety of sensing element styles
  • unaffected by cross-ambient conditions

Applications

The A19 is suitable for temperature control in HVAC/R applications.

Selection Charts

A19 Series Remote Bulb Control1

A19 Series

Y

R

B

Action on Increase of Temperature

a19.eps

A19 Series

Terminal Arrangement for Single-Pole, Double-Throw (SPDT)

A19ABC-24 Remote Bulb Control

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Bulb Well No.

(Order Separately)

Range

Adjuster

Max. Bulb

Temp. °F (°C)

Adjustable Differential (Wide Range)
A19ABA-40C2 Single-Pole,

Single-Throw (SPST)

Open low

-30 to 100 (-34 to 38) 3 to 12 (1.7 to 6.7) 3/8 in. x 4 in., 6 ft. capillary WEL14A-602R Screwdriver Slot 140 (60)
A19ABC-4C SPDT 50 to 130 (10 to 55) 3-1/2 to 14 (1.9 to 8) 3/8 in. x 5 in., 8 ft. capillary WEL14A-603R Knob 170 (77)
A19ABC-24C3 SPDT -30 to 100 (-34 to 38) 3 to 12 (1.7 to 6.7) 3/8 in. x 4 in., 8 ft. capillary WEL14A-602R Convertible 140 (60)
A19ABC-36C SPDT -30 to 100 (-34 to 38) 3 to 12 (1.7 to 6.7) 3/8 in. x 4 in., 20 ft. capillary WEL14A-602R Convertible 140 (60)
A19ABC-37C SPDT -30 to 100 (-34 to 38) 3 to 12 (1.7 to 6.7) 3/8 in. x 4 in., 10 ft. capillary WEL14A-602R Screwdriver slot 140 (60)
A19ABC-74C SPDT -30 to 100 (-34 to 38) 3 to 12 (1.7 to 6.7) 3/8 in. x 4 in., 6 ft. capillary WEL14A-602R Screwdriver slot 140 (60)
Fixed Differential
A19AAF-12C SPDT 25 to 225 (-4 to 107) 3-1/2 (1.9) 3/8 in. x 3 in., 10 ft. capillary WEL14A-602R Screwdriver slot 275 (135)
Fixed Differential (Case Compensated)
A19AAC-4C SPDT 0 to 80 (-18 to 27) 5 (2.8) 3/8 in. x 4 in., 6 ft. capillary WEL14A-602R Screwdriver slot 140 (60)
A19AAD-12C SPST

Open low

-30 to 50 (-34 to 10) 2-1/2 (1.4) 3/8 in. x 4 in., 7 ft. capillary WEL14A-602R Screwdriver slot 140 (60)
Fixed Differential (Close)
A19AAD-5C4 SPST

Open low

30 to 50 (-1 to 10)

(Bulk Milk Cooler)

2-1/2 (1.4) 3/8 in. x 2-5/8 in.,

6 ft. capillary

WEL16A-601R Screwdriver slot 190 (88)
A19AAF-20C SPDT -30 to 100 (-34 to 38) 2-1/2 (1.4) 3/8 in. x 4 in., 6 ft. capillary WEL14A-602R Screwdriver slot 140 (60)
A19AAF-21C SPDT 40 to 90 (4 to 32) 1-1/2 (0.8) 3/8 in. x 5-3/4 in., 6 ft. capillary WEL14A-603R Screwdriver slot 140 (60)
Manual Reset
A19ACA-14C SPST

Open low

-30 to 100

(-34 to 38)

Manual reset 3/8 in. x 4 in.

6 ft capillary

WEL14A-602R Screwdriver slot 140 (60)
A19ACA-15C SPST

Open low

-30 to 100

(-34 to 38)

Manual reset 3/8 in. x 4 in. 10 ft capillary WEL14A-602R Screwdriver slot 140 (60)
A19ADB-1C SPST

Open high

100 to 240

(38 to 116)

Manual reset 3/8 in. x 3-1/2 in. 6 ft capillary WEL14A-602R Knob 290 (143)
A19ADB-38C SPST

Open high

100 to 240

(38 to 116)

Manual reset 3/8 in. x 4 in. 6 ft capillary WEL14A-602R Screwdriver slot 290 (143)
  1. Specify the control model code number, packing nut code number (if required), and bulb well code number (if required).
  2. Replaces White-Rodgers® 1609-101

3. Replaces White-Rodgers 1609-12, -13; Ranco® 010-1408, -1409, – 1410, -1490, 060-110; Honeywell® L6018C-1006, L6021A-1005, T675A-1011, -1508, -1516,

-1821, T4301A-1008, T6031A-1011, T6031A-1029

4. Case-Compensated

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls

A19 Series Remote Bulb Control (Continued)

Replacement Parts

Product Code Number Description
CVR28A-617R Concealed adjustment cover
CVR28A-618R Visible scale cover
KNB20A-602R Replacement Knob Kit

Accessories

A packing nut is available for closed tank application. Specify the code number FTG13A-600R.

Bulb wells (WEL14A Series) are available for liquid immersion applications. See the selection chart or the Bulb Wells Catalog Page (LIT-1922135).

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
Wide Range – Adjustable Differential
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive A1 22 A, 120 to 277 VAC
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC
Fixed Differential and Close Differential
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 20.4 18.0
Non-Inductive A 10 A, 24 to 277 VAC
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC
Case Compensated – Fixed Differential A19AAC-4
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive A1 22 A, 120 to 277 VAC
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC
A19AAD-12
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 20.4 18.0
Non-Inductive A 10 A, 24 to 277 VAC
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC
Manual Reset
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive A 16.0 9.2 8.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC

1. SPST and N.O. contact of SPDT control;

SPDT N.C. contact- 16 amperes 120 to 277 VAC

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927015

A19 Series High Range Temperature Control

Description

The A19 Series Controls are single-stage temperature controls that incorporate liquid-filled sensing elements.

Refer to the A19 Series Hot Water Heating Controls Well Immersion Product Bulletin (LIT-125025) for important product application information.

Features

  • wide temperature ranges available
  • constant differential throughout the entire range
  • single-pole, single-throw (SPST) or single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) snap-acting switches
  • fixed or adjustable differential available
  • unaffected by barometric pressure changes
  • unaffected by cross-ambient conditions
  • compact enclosure
  • variety of sensing element styles

Applications

The A19s are suitable for temperature control in HVAC/R applications.

Selection Charts

A19 Series High Range Temperature Control

A19 Series

Y

R

B

Action on Increase of Temperature

a19.eps

A19 Series

Terminal Arrangement for SPDT

A19AAB Temperature Control

Product Code

Number1

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Diff F° (C°)

(Factory Set)

Bulb and

Capillary

Bulb Well No.

(Order Separately)

Range

Adjuster

Max Bulb

Temp °F (°C)

A19AAB-4C SPST, open high

Remote Bulb Thermostat

30 to 110

(-1 to 43)

3-1/2 (1.9) 3/8 in. x 5 in.

copper 6 ft. capillary2

WEL14A-602R Screwdriver slot

Visible scale

140 (60)
A19AAB-7C SPST, open high Oven Thermostat 100 to 300

(38 to 149)

7 (3.9) 3/16 in. x 9-1/2 in. copper 6 ft. capillary Knob Visible scale 350 (177)
A19AAB-10C SPST, open high Oven Thermostat 200 to 550

(93 to 288)

10 (5.6) 3/16 in. x 6 in. copper 8 ft. capillary Convertible 620 (327)
A19AAC-9C SPDT 100 to 240

(38 to 116)

6 (3.3) 3/8 in. x 3-1/2 in. copper 6 ft. capillary2 WEL14A-602R Screwdriver slot Visible Scale 290 (143)
A19ABB-2C SPST, open high Remote Bulb Thermostat 50 to 200

(10 to 93)

Adjustable 6 to 24

(3 to 13)

0.290 in. x 2-1/2 in. copper 10 ft. capillary Knob

Visible Scale

240 (116)
A19ABB-7C 50 to 201

(10 to 94)

7 x 64 mm

copper 3m capillary

240 (116)
  1. Specify code number, and closed tank fitting (Code Number FTG13A-600R), or bulb well, if required.
  2. With 3-inch bulb support

Replacement Parts

Product Code Number Description
CVR28A-617R Concealed adjustment cover
CVR28A-618R Visible scale cover
KNB20A-602R Replacement knob kit

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive A1 22 A, 120 to 277 VAC
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC

1. SPST and N.O. contact of SPDT control SPDT N.C. contact – 16 A, 120 to 277 VAC

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927020

A19 Series Thermostat for Crop Drying

Description

The A19 Series are single-stage temperature controls that incorporate liquid-filled sensing elements.

Refer to the A19 Series Utility Thermostats for Farm, Industrial, and Commercial Use Product Bulletin (LIT-125030) for important product application information.

Technical Specifications

The maximum bulb temperature for the A19AAE-3 is 200°F (93°C) and for the A19ABB-2 is 240°F (116°C).

Electrical Rating 120 VAC

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
A19AAE-3
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 20.4 18.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads) 10 A

120 to 277 VAC

Pilot Duty 125 VA,

24 to 277 VAC

A19ABB-2
AC Full Load A 10.0 6.0
AC Locked Rotor A 60.0 36.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA,

24 to 600 VAC

Features

  • designed for high temperature applications
  • narrow (2F° fixed) or wide adjustable differentials

Applications

Crop drying thermostat energizes gas valve to maintain temperature.

Repair Information

If the A19 Series Thermostat for Crop Drying fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Selection Chart

A19AAE-3 Thermostat

Product

Code Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F°(C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Range

Adjuster

Max. Bulb

Temperature

°F (°C)

A19AAE-3C Single-Pole,

Single-Throw (SPST) open high

80 to 180

(27 to 82)

2 (1.1) fixed 1/8 in. x 1-1/4 in.

copper-coiled 10 ft capillary

Knob

Ext. scale

200 (93)
A19ABB-2C SPST open high 50 to 200

(10 to 93)

6 to 24

(3 to 13)

adjustable

0.290 in. x 2-1/2 in.

10 ft. capillary

Knob

Ext. Scale

240 (116)
Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927030

A19 Series Hot Water Temperature Control (Well Immersion)

Description

The A19 Series Temperature Controls are a universal replacement control for open high or single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) applications. The control is furnished with a well assembly for 1/2 in. tapping.

Refer to the A19 Series Hot Water Heating Controls Well Immersion Product Bulletin (LIT-125025) for important product application information.

Features

  • liquid-filled element provides rapid response to temperature change
  • adjustable differential
  • universal replacement

Applications

This operating control is ideal for hot water boilers.

Selection Charts

A19 Series Hot Water Temperature Control (Well Immersion)

A19ABC-11

Temperature Control

A19ABC-12 Temperature Control

Product Code

Number

Application Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Well Connector

Size–NPT

Range

Adjuster

Max. Bulb Temp.

°F (°C)

A19ABC-11C Open high (R-B)

Open low (R-Y)

Single-Pole,

Double-Throw (SPDT)

100 to 240

(38 to 116)

6 to 24

(3 to 13)

1/2 in. Convertible 250 (121)
A19ABC-12C 1/2 in.; 8 ft. capillary 290 (143)
A19ADB-2C High temperature lockout Single-Pole, Single-Throw (SPST)

Open high with lockout

100 to 240

(38 to 116)

Manual reset (locks out high) 1/2 in. Knob 250 (121)

Replacement Parts

Product Code Number Description
CVR28A-617R Concealed adjustment cover
CVR28A-618R Visible scale cover
KNB20A-602R Knob kit

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 240
AC Full Load A 10.0 6.0
AC Locked Rotor A 60.0 36.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927035

A19 Temperature Control Less Enclosure (SPDT, Close Differential)

Description

The A19 Temperature Control Less Enclosure is an open-type temperature control for mounting in cases or enclosures.

Refer to the A19 Series Temperature Controls Less Enclosure Product Bulletin (LIT-125045) for important product application information.

Features

This control is designed with single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) contacts for open high or open low applications.

Applications

Use for panel-mounted temperature control for a packaged terminal air conditioner or for

self-contained HVAC equipment.

Selection Charts

A19 Series

Y

R

B

Action on Increase of Temperature

a19.eps

A19 Series

Terminal Arrangement for SPDT

A19AGF-31 Temperature Control

A19 Temperature Control Less Enclosure (SPDT, Close Differential) Replacement Parts

Product

Code Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Range

Adjuster

Maximum

Bulb Temp.

°F (°C)

Product Code Number Description
CVR28A-617R Concealed adjustment
CVR28A-618R Visible scale
A19AGF-31C Single-Pole,

Double-Throw (SPDT)

40 to 90

(4 to 32)

1-1/2

(0.8)

3/8 x 5 in.;

5 ft. capillary

Shaft 140 (60) KNB20A-602R Knob Kit

Technical Specifications Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 20.4 18
Non-Inductive 10 A, 120 to 277 VAC
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC
  • back mounting
  • knob supplied by the customer
Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927045

A19 Series Thermostat for Hazardous Locations

Description

The A19 Series Thermostat provides remote bulb or coiled bulb sensing for hazardous environments.

Refer to the Types A19AUC, A19BUC Fixed Differential Thermostat For Hazardous Location Product Bulletin (LIT-121035) for important product application information.

Features

  • precision enclosed switch and a liquid-filled sensing element provides repeat accuracy that is unaffected by barometric pressure and cross-ambient temperature fluctuations
  • single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) switch provides open high or close high action for heating or cooling
  • electrical rating permits direct control of most equipment

Selection Chart

Applications

These thermostats are designed for use in grain elevators, chemical and powder plants, mines, oil refineries, and similar sites. For use in Class I, Group D and Class II, Groups E, F, and G hazardous locations.

Repair Information

If the A19 Series Thermostat for Hazardous Locations fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277
Full Load Amperes 16.0 9.2 8.0
Locked Rotor Amperes 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive Amperes 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC

A19AUC

Thermostat

A19BUC

Thermostat

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Bulb well

(if required)

Range

Adjuster

Maximum Bulb

Temp. °F (°C)

A19AUC-1C SPDT -30 to 50 (-34 to 10) 5 (2.8) 3/8 in. x 4-1/16 in., 6 ft. capillary WEL14A-602R Knob 140 (60)
A19AUC-2C 20 to 80 (-7 to 27) 3-1/2 (1.9) 3/8 in. x 4-31/32 in., 6 ft. capillary WEL14A-603R 140 (60)
A19AUC-3C 0 to 150 (-18 to 66) 6 (3) 3/10 x 2-1/2 in., 10 ft. capillary WEL16A-600R 190 (88)
A19AUC-4C 100 to 250 (38 to 121) 6 (3) 3/10 x 2-3/8 in., 10 ft. capillary WEL16A-600R 290 (143)
A19BUC-2C 20 to 80 (-7 to 27) 3-1/2 (1.9) Coiled 140 (60)

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927050

A19 Series Coiled Bulb Space Thermostat

Description

The A19 Series Thermostat is a wide range temperature control with air coil sensing element.

Refer to the A19 Series Utility Thermostats for Farm, Industrial, and Commercial Use Product Bulletin (LIT-125030) for important product application information.

Features

  • wide temperature range
  • NEMA 1 enclosure

Applications

Use for return air or space temperature sensing.

Selection Charts

A19 Series Coiled Bulb Space Thermostat

A19 Series

Y

R

B

Action on Increase of Temperature

a19.eps

A19 Series

Terminal Arrangement for SPDT

A19BAC Thermostat

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
A19BAB, A19BAC
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A1 (Not Lamp Loads) 22 A,

120 to 277 VAC

Pilot Duty 125 VA,

24 to 600 VAC

A19BAF
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 20.4 18.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads) 10 A,

120 to 277 VAC

Pilot Duty 125 VA,

24 to 277 VAC

Cooling – A19BBC
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A1 (Not Lamp Loads) 22 A,

120 to 277 VAC

Pilot Duty 125 VA,

24 to 600 VAC

Product

Code Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Range

Adjuster

Maximum

Bulb Temp

°F (°C)

Ventilating, Heating
A19BAB-3C Single-Pole,

Single-Throw (SPST),

open high

35 to 95

(0 to 35)

3 (1.7) fixed 1-3/8 in. x 2-1/4 in.

coiled

Knob 140 (60)
A19BAC-1C Single-Pole,

Double-Throw (SPDT)

30 to 110

(-1 to 43)

3-1/2 (1.9)

fixed

1-3/8 in. x 2-1/4 in.

coiled

Convertible
A19BAF-1C SPDT 30 to 110

(-1 to 43)

1-1/2 (0.9)

fixed

1-3/8 in. x 2-1/4 in.

coiled

Knob
Cooling
A19BBC-2C 1 SPDT -30 to 100

(-34 to 38)

3 to 12

(1.7 to 7)

1-3/8 in. x 2-1/4 in.

coiled

Convertible 140 (60)

1. Replaces White-Rodgers® 201-16, -8, 2A37-1; Ranco® 010-1418, -1802, 016-594, C30-C1101; Honeywell® T631A, T696A, T6054 A1005.

Replacement Parts

Product Code Number Description
CVR28A-617R Concealed adjustment cover
CVR28A-618R Visible scale cover
KNB20A-602R Knob kit

1. SPST and only one side of SPDT control; SPDT – 16 A 120 to 277 VAC

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927055

Description

A19 Thermostat for Portable Heaters (Chain Mount and Drop Cord Electrical Connection)

Applications

The A19 Series Thermostat is a sturdy compact thermostat designed especially for temporary installations.

Refer to the Type A19BAG Thermostat for Portable Heaters with Thermostat Extension Cord and Beaded Chain Hanger Product Bulletin (LIT-121040) for important product application information.

Features

  • 6-foot extension cord with piggyback style plug
  • NEMA 1 enclosure
  • chain mount

Selection Chart

  • on/off control of portable space heaters
  • agriculture

Repair Information

If the A19 Thermostat for Portable Heater fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120
AC Full Load A 15
AC Locked Rotor A 90

A19BAG-1 Thermostat

Product Code

Number

Switch Action Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Maximum Bulb

Temperature °F (°C)

A19BAG-1C Single-Pole,

Single-Throw (SPST) open high No-Heat position

35 to 95

(2 to 35)

3 (1.7)

Non-adjustable

140 (60)
Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1900402

A19 Thermostat for Portable Cooling Applications (Chain Mount and Drop Cord Electrical Connection)

Description

The A19 Series Thermostat is a sturdy compact thermostat designed especially for temporary installations.

Refer to the A19 Series Hot Water Heating Controls Well Immersion Product Bulletin (LIT-125025) for important product application information.

Features

  • 6-foot extension cord with piggyback style plug
  • NEMA 1 enclosure
  • chain mount
  • remote sensing bulb with 6 ft (1.8 m) capillary tube

Selection Chart

Applications

  • on/off control of portable cooling applications
  • home brewing

Repair Information

If the A19 Thermostat for Portable Cooling Applications (Chain Mount and Drop Cord Electrical Connections) fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120
AC Full Load Amperes 15
AC Locked Rotor Amperes 90

A19AAT-2 Thermostat

Product

Code Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Maximum Bulb

Temperature

°F (°C)

A19AAT-2C Single-Pole, Single-Throw

(SPST)

open low

20 to 80 (-7 to 27) 3-1/2 ± 2 (2 ± 1.11)

Non-adjustable

140 (60)

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927060

A19 Series Automatic Changeover with Strap-On Mounting

Description

The A19 Series Changeover is a control for use with combination heating and cooling thermostats.

Refer to the A19CAC Type Automatic Changeover Control Product Bulletin

(LIT-125065) for important product application information.

Features

This control automatically selects the correct thermostat function.

Applications

Recommended for convectors, fan coils, and blast coil units, and similar devices. The A19CAC-2 Control can be mounted directly on either a vertical or a horizontal pipe, using the can mounting strap supplied with control. The A19CAC-1 Control has a remote bulb for greater mounting convenience.

Selection Charts

A19 Series

Y

R

B

Action on Increase of Temperature

a19.eps

A19 Series

Terminal Arrangement for SPDT

A19CAC-1 Control (Remote Bulb Model)

Technical Specifications

A19 Series Automatic Changeover with Strap-on Mounting

Product Code Number Switch Action Range °F (°C) Differential F°(C°) Mounting
A19CAC-1C Single-Pole,

Double-Throw (SPDT)

60 to 90 (16 to 32) 10 (5.6) 42 in. Capillary
A19CAC-2C SPDT 60 to 90 (16 to 32) 10 (5.6) Direct

Replacement Parts

  • maximum case ambient temperature: 131°F (55°C)
  • maximum bulb temperature: 250°F (121°C)

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 240
AC Full Load A 10.0 6.0
AC Locked Rotor A 60.0 36.0
AC Non-Inductive A 10.0 6.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA,

24 to 240 VAC

Product Code Number Description
CVR28A-617R Concealed adjustment cover

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927065

A19D Series Surface Mounted Temperature Controls

Description

The A19D Series Surface Mounted Temperature Controls are reliable, durable On/Off temperature controls with line-voltage single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) switches. The A19D Series Controls are designed primarily for fluid piping applications and include two adjustable mounting straps for mounting the control directly to a pipe.

Refer to the A19D Series Surface Mounted Temperature Controls Product Bulletin

(LIT-125070) for important product application information.

Features

  • SPDT switch action provides either high or low temperature detection.
  • sealed, dust-protected switch provides reliable and durable On/Off control for commercial and industrial applications.
  • color-coded electrical terminals simplify wiring the controls.
  • sensing element insulated from the control case minimizes the effects of ambient temperature on the control setpoint.

Selection Chart

  • convertible range adjuster kit provides knob, screwdriver, or concealed adjustment options.
  • multi-position mounting capability allows you to mount the control in any position on horizontal, vertical, or angled pipes.
  • NEMA 1 enclosure provides protection against contact with the control’s electrical components and protects the switch and electrical terminals from incidental contact.

Applications

Typical A19D control applications include high temperature detection on boiler applications and low temperature detection on unit heaters coil applications.

SPDT Switch

Switch Action 6

At Setpoint Y-R is open

B-R is closed

On Increase Y-R closes B-R opens

Y

R

B

A19D Series Control Switch Action

FIG:6SPDT_chngHI

A19D Series Temperature Control

Repair Information

If the A19D Series Surface Mounted Temperature Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Product Code

Number

Description
A19DAC-1C 100 to 240°F Temperature Range and Scale, 10 F° (± 2.8 F°) Differential, Visible Range Scale
A19DAC-9C 40 to 120°C Temperature Range and Scale, 6 C° (± 1.0 C°) Differential, Visible Range Scale
A19DAC-10C 40 to 120°C Temperature Range and Scale, 6 C° (± 1.0 C°) Differential, Concealed Range Scale
A19DAC-12C 100 to 240°F Temperature Range and Scale, 10 F° (± 2.8 F°) Differential, Concealed Range Scale
A19DAF-2C 200 to 240°F Temperature Range and Scale, 3-1/2 F° (± 2.0 F°) Differential, Concealed Range Scale

Technical Specifications

A19D Series Surface Mount Temperature Controls
Product Code Number A19DAC: SPDT switch, standard differential

A19DAF: SPDT switch, narrow differential

Adjustable Temperature Range A19DAC: 100 to 240°F or 40 to 120°C A19DAF: 200 to 240°F (95 to 120°C)
Fixed Temperature Differential A19DAC: 10 F° or 6.0 C° A19DAF: 3-1/2 F° (1.9 C°)
Maximum Ambient Operating Temperature Controller Housing: 140°F (60°C) Sensor Element: 250°F (121°C)
Switch Contact Action SPDT, Snap Acting, Enclosed Dust Protected Pennswitch

Red to Yellow Terminal Contacts Close on Temperature Increase Red to Blue Terminal Contacts Open on Temperature Increase

Terminal Screws No. 8-32 x 1/4 in. Binder Head with Cup Washers
Electrical Ratings Motor Rating VAC A19DAC: Standard Differential

120 240

A19DAF: Narrow Differential

120 240

Full Load Amperes Locked Rotor Amperes Non-Inductive Amperes Pilot Duty 10.0 6.0

60.0 36.0

10.0 6.0

125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

6.0 3.4

36.0 20.4

6.0 3.4

125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

Enclosure NEMA Type 1 General Purpose; Cold Rolled Steel, Gray Baked Enamel
Mounting Clamp-On (Straps Included)
Shipping Weight 1-1/5 lb (.54 kg)
Compliance UL Guide No. XAPX, File E6688 CSA Class No. 4813 02, File LR948

C-Tick

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927070

A19 Flange Mounted Duct Thermostat

Description

The A19 Flange Mounted Duct Thermostat is a wide-range temperature control with a special air coil sensing element and an adjustable mounting flange.

Refer to the A19 Series Hot Water Heating Controls Well Immersion Product Bulletin (LIT-125025) for important product application information.

Features

  • single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) snap-action switch
  • unaffected by barometric pressure or cross-ambient temperatures
  • flat flange mounting with the coil element permits positioning the sensing bulb in the appropriate portion of the air stream

Selection Charts

A19 Flange Mounted Duct Thermostat

Applications

These duct thermostats are used on rooftop units, make-up heaters, duct heaters, and air handling systems of all types.

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 20.4 18.0
Non-Inductive 10 A, 120 to 277 VAC
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

A19EAF Thermostat

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Maximum Bulb

Temperature °F (°C)

A19EAF-1C SPDT 60 to 130 (16 to 54) 2 (1.1) 200 (93)
A19EAF-2C SPDT 30 to 110 (-1 to 43) 2 (1.1) 140 (60)

Replacement Parts

Product Code Number Description
CVR28A-618R Visible scale cover
Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927075

A19 Series Fan or Cutout Control (Liquid Expansion Bulb)

Description

The A19 Series Fan or Cutout Control is a wide range temperature control with adjustable dial stops and mounting flange.

Refer to the A19E Series Warm Air Fan and Duct Controls Low or Line Voltage Product Bulletin (LIT-125075) for important product application information.

Features

  • liquid charged element for fast response
  • may be mounted in any position

Applications

This control is designed for low or line voltage applications including warm air or furnace fan control.

Selection Chart

A19 Series Fan or Cutout Control (Liquid Expansion Bulb)

A19EBA, A19EBB, A19EBC

A19EDB Cutout Controls (A19EDB not for use as cutout control)

Product Code

Number

Application Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential F° (C°) Adjustable Stop °F (°C) Bulb

Length

Maximum Bulb

Temperature °F (°C)

Min Max Min Max
A19EBA-1C Furnace Fan

Control

Close high

Single-Pole, Single-Throw (SPST)

50 to 250

(10 to 121)

9

(5)

36

(20)

145

(63)

250

(121)

6 in. 290

(143)

A19EBB-1C Warm Air Open high SPST 100 to 350

(38 to 177)

9

(5)

36

(20)

240

(116)

350

(177)

6 in. 375

(191)

A19EBC-1C Counter-Flow Warm Air Furnace Single-Pole, Double-Throw (SPDT) 100 to 350

(38 to 177)

9

(5)

36

(20)

240

(116)

350

(177)

6 in. 375

(191)

A19EDB-1C1 Warm Air With Lock Out Open high SPST 100 to 350

(38 to 177)

Manual Reset 240

(116)

350

(177)

6 in. 375

(191)

1. A19EDB-1 not for use as a limit control.

Replacement Parts

Product Code Number Description
CVR28A-618R Visible scale cover

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277
A19EBA, A19EBB
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
AC Non-Inductive A 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC
A19EBC
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
AC Non-Inductive A 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC
A19EDB
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
AC Non-Inductive A 22.0 22.0 22.0 16.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC
Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927040

A19 Temperature Control with Rainproof Enclosure

Description

The A19 Temperature Control is a remote bulb temperature control with a rainproof (NEMA Type 3R) enclosure.

Refer to the A19 Series Hot Water Heating Controls Well Immersion Product Bulletin (LIT-125025) for important product application information.

Features

This control has a rainproof gasketed enclosure.

Selection Chart

Applications

Use for control of cooling tower sump heaters.

Repair Information

If the A19 Temperature Control with Rainproof Enclosure fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

A19ANC-1 Temperature Control

Product

Code Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Diff.

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Bulb Well No.

(Order Separately)

Range

Adjuster

Max.

Bulb Temp.

°F (°C)

A19ANC-1C Single-Pole,

Double-Throw (SPDT)

0 to 150

(-18 to 66)

5 (2.8)

fixed

3/10 x 2-1/2 in.

10 ft. capillary

WEL11A-601R Screwdriver

slot

190 (88)

Technical Specifications

  • maximum bulb temperature: 190°F (88°C)
  • maximum ambient temperature: 140°F (60°C)

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive A When connected Single-Pole, Single-Throw (SPST) 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0
When connected SPDT 16.0 9.2 8.0 6.9
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC
Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927080

A19 Agricultural/Industrial Thermostat with NEMA 4X Enclosure

Description

The A19PRC is a single-stage temperature control designed for heating and ventilation applications. It features a raintight enclosure for use in agricultural and industrial applications that require compliance with Article 547 of the National Electrical Code. The A19PRC Thermostat has a rugged thermoplastic enclosure that meets NEMA 4X specifications.

Refer to the A19 Series Hot Water Heating Controls Well Immersion Product Bulletin (LIT-125025) for important product application information.

Features

  • an O-ring sealed setpoint adjustment knob
  • exposed portion of the liquid filled sensing elements are plated and plastic coated to resist damage in corrosive atmospheres

Selection Chart

Applications

Typical applications include controlling ventilation or heating equipment in animal confinement or industrial buildings.

Repair Information

If the A19 Agricultural/Industrial Thermostat with NEMA 4X Enclosure fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads)1 22 A, 120/277 VAC
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC

1. Single-pole, single-throw (SPST) and only one side of single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) control; SPDT – 16 A, 120 to 277 VAC

A19PRC Thermostat

Product Code Number Switch Action Range °F (°C) Differential F° (C°) Bulb and Capillary Range Adjuster
A19PRC-1C SPDT 30 to 110 (1 to 43) 3 to 12 (1.7 to 6.7) 1-3/8 in. x 2 -1/4 in. Coiled Knob
Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927085

A19 Industrial Thermostat (Watertight and Dusttight)

Description

The A19 Industrial Thermostat is a wide range temperature control with rainproof enclosure, single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) switch, and 5F° fixed differential.

Refer to the A19 Series Hot Water Heating Controls Well Immersion Product Bulletin (LIT-125025) for important product application information.

Features

  • rugged steel enclosure
  • liquid filled sensing element (provides uniform control)

Applications

Use for refrigeration, air conditioning, and heating applications that require a NEMA 4 watertight and dusttight enclosure.

Accessories

Order code number WEL16A-600R bulb well, if required.

Repair Information

If the A19 Industrial Thermostat (Watertight and Dusttight) fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads) 16.0 9.2 8.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA,

24 to 600 VAC

Selection Chart

Product

Code Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Bulb Well No.

(Order Separately)

Range

Adjuster

A19KNC-1C SPDT 0 to 150

(-15 to 65)

5 (2.8) fixed 3/10 x 2-1/2 in.

10 ft. capillary

WEL16A-600R Knob

A19KNC-1 Thermostat

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1900403

A19 Temperature Control with NEMA 4X Enclosure (Remote Bulb)

Description

The A19 Temperature Control is a remote bulb temperature control with a watertight NEMA 4X enclosure.

Refer to the A19 Series Hot Water Heating Controls Well Immersion Product Bulletin (LIT-125025) for important product application information.

Applications

  • cooling tower sump heaters
  • control of heating or ventilating equipment

Technical Specifications

Maximum ambient temperature: 140°F (60°C).

Electrical Ratings

Features

  • watertight gasketed thermoplastic enclosure that meets NEMA 4X specifications
  • concealed setpoint adjustment

Repair Information

If the A19 Temperature Control with NEMA 4X Enclosure (Remote Bulb) fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

A19QSC Temperature Control

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277
AC Full Load Amperes 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor Amperes 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive

Amperes

When connected

Single-Pole, Single-Throw (SPST)

22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0
When connected

Single-Pole, Double-Throw (SPDT)

16.0 9.2 8.0 6.9
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC

Selection Chart

Product

Code Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and Capillary Bulb Well No.

(Order Separately)

Range

Adjuster

Maximum Bulb

Temperature

°F (°C)

A19QSC-1C SPDT 0 to 150 (-18 to 66) 5±2 (2.82 ±1.11) fixed 3/10 x 2-1/2 in.; 10 ft. capillary WEL11A-601R Concealed

screwdriver slot

190 (88)
A19QSC-2C 100 to 250 (38 to 121) 6±2 (32 ±1.11) fixed 3/10 x 2-3/8 in.; 10 ft capillary 290 (143)
A19QSC-3C 200 to 350 (93 to 176) 5±2 (2.82 ±1.11) fixed 3/10 x 2-1/4 in.; 10 ft capillary 390 (199)
A19QSC-4C 0 to 190 (-18 to 88) 5±2 (2.82 ±1.11) fixed 3/10 x 2-1/2 in.; 20 ft capillary WEL11A-601R 190 (88)
Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927090

A19 Water Chiller Control with Locked Cut-Out/Adjustable Cut-In

Description

The A19 Water Chiller Control is a remote bulb temperature control with limited setpoint range, adjustable differential, and adjustable cut-out.

Refer to the A19ZBA Type Temperature Control Product Bulletin (LIT-121065) for important product application information.

Features

  • adjustable cut-out (38 to 47°F)
  • wide differential adjustment range

Accessories

  • includes Code No. FTG13A-600R Packing Nut as standard
  • replacement cover: CVR61A-600R

Selection Chart

Applications

Use for water chillers.

Repair Information

If the A19 Water Chiller Control with Locked Cut-Out/Adjustable Cut-In fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Technical Specifications

Maximum bulb temperature is 140°F (60°C).

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads) 16.0 9.2 8.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

A19ZBA Water Chiller Control

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Bulb Well No.

(Order Separately)

Range

Adjuster

A19ZBA-1C Single-Pole, Single-Throw

(SPST)

Close high, open low

38 to 80 (3 to 27) 8 to 40 (4 to 22)

Adjustable

3/8 in. x 3-7/16 in.

6 ft. capillary

WEL14A-602R Knob
Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927095

A19 Defrost Duration and Fan Delay Control

Description

The A19 Defrost Duration and Fan Delay Control is a remote bulb control with adjustable defrost termination temperature and preset fan delay temperature.

Refer to the A19ZBC Type Temperature Control Product Bulletin (LIT-121071) for important product application information.

Features

  • sensing element unaffected by barometer pressure and cross ambient temperature problems
  • limited adjustment range

Applications

Use for defrost termination control for refrigerated display cases.

Selection Chart

Repair Information

If the A19 Defrost Duration and Fan Delay Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Technical Specifications

  • maximum bulb temperature: 140°F (60°C)
  • fan delay temperature: factory set at 25°F (-4°C)

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads) 16.0 9.2 8.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

A19ZBC-2 Defrost Duration and Fan Delay Control

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Defrost Termination

°F (°C)

Bulb and

Capillary

Range

Adjuster

A19ZBC-2C Single-Pole,

Double-Throw (SPDT)

45 to 85 (7 to 29) 19/64 in. x 3-1/8 in.; 6 ft. capillary Knob

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927105

A25 Series Warm Air Limit Control with Manual Reset

Description

The A25 Warm Air Control Locks out on a temperature increase to the control setpoint. Manual reset is required before the electrical contacts can be reclosed.

The A25 Control is normally located in a return air duct and is wired to shut down air conditioning or ventilating fans when the temperature of the air becomes excessively hot.

Refer to the A25 Series Warm Air Control with Manual Reset Product Bulletin (LIT-125118) for important product application information.

Applications

Use for high temperature cut-out.

Features

A25 Series

Y

R

B

Action on Increase of Temperature

a25.eps

A25 Series Action Diagram

A25AN-1 Warm Air Limit Control

Technical Specifications

A25AP-1 Warm Air Limit Control

  • trip-free reset lever does not permit restarting until the reset lever is manually released
  • the rod and tube type sensing element provides positive control action

Repair Information

If the A25 Series Warm Air Limit Control with Manual Reset fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Selection Chart

The maximum element temperature is 300°F (149°C).

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive A 16.0 A at 120/277 VAC
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC
Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Range

Adjuster

Dial Stop

°F (°C)

A25AN-1C Single-Pole,

Single-Throw (SPST),

Open high

25 to 215

(-4 to 102)

Knob High limit

set at 125 (52)

A25CN-1C Single-Pole, Double-Throw (SPDT) 25 to 215

(-4 to 102)

Knob High limit

set at 125 (52)

Factory Mutual Approved Models
A25AP-1C SPST

Open high

25 to 215

(-4 to 102)

Concealed

screwdriver slot

High limit

set at 125 (52)

A25CP-1C SPDT 25 to 215

(-4 to 102)

Concealed screwdriver slot High limit

set at 125 (52)

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927140

A70 Series Four-Wire, Two-Circuit Temperature Control

Description

The A70 Series Temperature Control incorporates a vapor-charged sensing element. The A70G, A70H, and A70K have a four-wire, two-circuit contact block that contains two isolated sets of contacts.

The contacts are designed so that when the main contact opens, the auxiliary contact closes.

Refer to the A70, A72 Series Temperature Controls for Refrigeration and Heating Product Bulletin (LIT-125155) for important product application information.

Features

  • long-life, snap-acting contacts
  • automatic or manual reset models

Applications

Typical applications include energizing an indicator light after a low temperature cutout on a ventilating system.

Selection Charts

A70 Series

Action on Increase on Temperature

Li ne 2

M2

M1

Li ne 1

a70s.eps

A70 Series Action Diagram A70GA-1 Temperature Control

A70 Series Four-Wire, Two-Circuit Temperature Control

Product Code

Number

Switch Action Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Maximum Bulb

Temperature °F (°C)

Range

Adjuster

Main Contacts Auxiliary Contacts
A70GA-1C1 Open low Close low 15 to 55

(-9.4 to 12.8)

5 (2.8) 20 ft of 1/8 in.

O.D. tubing

400 (204.4) Screwdriver slot
A70GA-2C 35 to 80

(1.7 to 26.7)

3 to 30

(-16.1 to -1.1),

factory set at 12 (-11.1)

3/8 in. x 3 in.

6 ft capillary

250 (121)
A70HA-1C1 15 to 55

(-9.4 to 12.8)

Manual reset 20 ft of 1/8 in.

O.D. tubing

400 (204.4)
A70HA-2C 35 to 80

(1.7 to 26.7)

3/8 in. x 3 in.

6 ft capillary

250 (121)
A70HA-14C 15 to 55

(-9.4 to 12.8)

20 ft of 1/8 in.

O.D. tubing

400 (204.4)
A70KA-1C Open high Close high 100 to 170

(37.8 to 76.7)

3/8 in. x 3 in.

6 ft capillary

240 (116)

1. On these models, the low cutout stop is set and sealed at 35°F (1.6°C). It cannot be set lower. The control responds only to the lowest temperature along any 14 to 16 in. section of the entire 20 ft element.

Replacement Covers

Product Code Number Description
CVR17A-620R Automatic reset cover
CVR17A-621R Manual reset cover

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Pole Number LINE-M2 (Main) LINE-M1 (Auxiliary)
Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277 4801 6001 120 208 240 277
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0 5.0 4.8 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0 30.0 28.8 36.0 20.4 18.0
AC Non-Inductive A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.2 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Pilot Duty – Both Poles 125 VA, 120 to 600 VAC and 57.5 VA, 120 to 300 VDC

1. Not compressor motor loads.

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927145

Description

A72 Series Two-Pole Heavy Duty Temperature Controls (Adjustable Differential)

A72 Series

The A72 Series Temperature Controls incorporate a vapor charged sensing element and heavy duty contacts.

Refer to the A70, A72 Series Temperature Controls for Refrigeration and Heating

(LIT-125155) for important product application information.

Features

The double-pole, single-throw (DPST) contact block contains two isolated sets of contacts that make or break simultaneously.

Applications

Use for automatic control of heavy electrical loads.

Selection Charts

M1

Line 1

M2

Line 2

Action on Increase on Temperature

A72 Action Diagram

A72AA-3 Temperature Control

a27.eps

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Maximum Bulb

Temperature °F (°C)

Range

Adjuster

A72AA-1C DPST

Close high Open low

-30 to 30

(-34 to -1)

4 to 25

(2 to 14)

3/8 in. x 3 in.1

6 ft capillary

200

(93)

Screwdriver slot
A72AA-2C DPST

Close high Open low

15 to 55

(-9 to 13)

3 to 30

(1.7 to 17)

3/8 in. x 3 in.1

6 ft capillary

200

(93)

Screwdriver slot
A72AA-3C DPST

Close high Open low

50 to 90

(10 to 32)

3 to 30

(1.7 to 17)

11/16 in. x 6-3/4 in. Cross ambient

6 ft capillary

135

(57)

Screwdriver slot
A72AP-1C2 DPST

Close high Open low

-10 to 65

(-23 to 18)

4 to 40

(2 to 22)

11/16 in. x 6-3/4 in. Cross ambient

6 ft capillary

130

(54)

Screwdriver slot
  1. Packing nut assembly available for direct immersion applications, Code No. FTG13A-600R.
  2. Equipped with manual PUSH TO START button. Manual start feature is especially desirable on milk cooler jobs; permits manual start of the compressor when bulb temperature is between closing and opening setting of switch.

Replacement Covers

Product Code Number Description
CVR17A-620R Automatic reset cover
CVR17A-621R Manual reset cover

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120

Single-Phase

2081

Single-Phase

2401

Single-Phase

2201

Two-Phase

208

Three-Phase

220

Three-Phase

Horsepower 2 3 3 5 5 5
AC Full Load A 24.0 24.0 24.0 15.0 15.9 15.0
AC Locked Rotor A 144.0 144.0 144.0 90.0 95.4 90.0
AC Non-Inductive A 24.0 24.0 24.0
DC Non-Inductive A2 3.0 0.5
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA, 120 to 300 VDC
  1. These full load and locked rotor ampere (not horsepower) ratings apply to hermetic compressors only.
  2. This rating does not apply to the A72AP-1C Control.
Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927160

A72 Series Cooling Tower or Evaporative Condenser Controls (Single-Stage Temperature Control with Outdoor Enclosure)

Description

The A72AE and A72CE are wide range temperature controls with heavy duty double-pole, single-throw (DPST) contacts and neoprene-coated sensing elements.

Refer to the A72 Series Temperature Controls for Cooling Towers and Evaporated Condensers with Weather Resistant Enclosure Product Bulletin (LIT-125165) for important product application information.

Selection Chart

Features

Open high or close high models are available.

Applications

Use for control of cooling tower fans; motorized valves or solenoid operated valves.

Repair Information

If the A72 Series Cooling Tower or Evaporative Condenser Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

A72 Series Temperature Control

Product

Code Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Range

Adjuster

A72AE-1C DPST; close high 25 to 90

(-5 to 30)

4 to 25

(2.2 to 14)

11/16 in. x 6-3/4 in. Neoprene-coated 6 ft cap. Internal screwdriver slot
A72CE-1C DPST; open high

Technical Specifications

  • ambient temperature limits: -65 to 150°F (-54 to 66°C)
  • maximum bulb temperature: 170°F (77°C)

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120

Single- Phase

2081

Single- Phase

2401

Single- Phase

2201

Two- Phase

208

Three- Phase

220

Three- Phase

Horsepower 2 3 3 5 5 5
AC Full Load A 24.0 24.0 24.0 15.0 15.9 15.0
AC Locked Rotor A 144.0 144.0 144.0 90.0 95.4 90.0
AC Non-Inductive A 24.0 24.0 24.0
DC Non-Inductive A 3.0 0.5
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA, 120 to 300 VDC

1. These full load and locked rotor ampere (not horsepower) ratings apply to hermetic compressors only.

Single-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927150

A72AA Coiled Bulb Space Thermostat (Cooling)

Description

The A72 is a space sensing temperature control with heavy-duty contacts.

Refer to the A72 Series Temperature Controls for Cooling Towers and Evaporative Condensers with Weather Resistant Enclosure Product Bulletin (LIT-125165) for important product application information.

Applications

Use for compressor cycling for walk-in coolers and freezers.

Accessories

For replacement cover, order code number

CVR17A-620R.

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Range

Adjuster

A72AA-4C DPST

Close high, open low

15 to 55

(-9 to 13)

3 to 30

(1.7 to 17)

Coiled copper

bulb

Screwdriver

slot

Technical Specifications

Maximum bulb temperature is 200°F (93°C).

Electrical Ratings

Features

Double-pole, single-throw (DPST) contact block contains two isolated sets of contacts that make or break simultaneously.

Repair Information

If the A72AA Coiled Bulb Space Thermostat fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

A72AA-4 Thermostat

Motor Ratings VAC 120

Single-Phase

2081

Single-Phase

2401

Single-Phase

2201

Two-Phase

208

Three-Phase

220

Three-Phase

Horsepower 2 3 3 5 5 5
AC Full Load Amperes 24.0 24.0 24.0 15.0 15.9 15.0
AC Locked Rotor Amperes 144.0 144.0 144.0 90.0 95.4 90.0
AC Non-Inductive Amperes 24.0 24.0 24.0
DC Non-Inductive Amperes 3.0 0.5
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA, 120 to 300 VDC

1. These full load and locked rotor ampere (not horsepower) ratings apply to hermetic compressors only.

Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1900933

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls

Description

The A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls are single-stage controls with a single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) output relay.

A421 Controls feature a bright backlit LCD with adjustable brightness and a three-button touchpad interface that can be set up to restrict user adjustments. An LED indicates the output relay’s On/Off status. Standard A421 Series control modules have simple On and Off temperature settings for heating or cooling, an adjustable anti-short cycle delay, temperature setback, and sensor offset capability. The temperature control range is

-40 to 212°F or -40 to 100°C.

The A421 controls are available either in Type 1 (NEMA), IP20 (CE), high-impact plastic enclosures suitable for surface or DIN rail mounting or in Type 4X (NEMA), IP67 (CE) watertight, corrosion resistant surface mount enclosures.

Refer to the A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls Product Bulletin (LIT-12011972) for important product application information.

Applications

The A421 Electronic Temperature Control can be used to control a wide variety of

single-stage refrigeration or HVAC equipment.

Sample temperature control applications include:

  • temperature monitoring and alarming
  • on/off control of boilers and chillers
  • boiler and chiller pump control
  • heating and cooling control
  • floating temperature control of damper and valve actuators
  • cooling tower fan control based on water temperature
  • supply, makeup, and mixed air temperature control
  • temperature actuated valve control
  • supply and makeup air damper and fan control
  • condenser fan control based on condenser temperature

Features

  • easy-to-read, bright, adjustable backlit LCD screen displays the temperature, parameters, and status clearly and allows you to adjust LCD brightness for the ambient light conditions. Custom icons on the display provide visual cues on system and control status.
  • basic and advanced programming menus allow you to easily set up your control application on the LCD using a simple three-button touchpad interface.
  • adjustable On and Off temperature setpoints enable easy to set up cooling or heating control applications on the

three-button touchpad, eliminating the need to remove the cover and reposition jumpers for reverse or direct control actions.

  • high and low temperature setpoint adjustment stops allow you to set up your application for your desired range of adjustment and restrict user adjustment to just the desired temperature adjustment range.
  • displayed temperature offset allows you to adjust the displayed temperature to the actual sensed temperature in applications where the resistance error in long sensor cable leads cause a deviation in the displayed temperature from the actual sensed temperature.
  • adjustable anti-short cycle delay keeps the output relay Off after the Off setpoint is reached for a user-defined time delay, which helps avoid short cycling, hard starts, and nuisance overload outages on compressors and other inductive applications.
  • temperature setback/offset control enables the control to shift the On and Off setpoint values by a user-defined offset when an external switch closes the binary input control circuit. Using a switching timer enables you to set up occupied/unoccupied temperature setback schedules for your applications.
  • high-impact, thermoplastic Type 1/IP20 or Type 4X (NEMA)/IP66 watertight, corrosion-resistant enclosures increase application options, allowing surface and snap-fit DIN rail mount, or watertight surface mount.

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Control

  • parameter adjustment restriction allows you to lock the control’s setup parameters and restrict user adjustments to just the On and Off temperature setpoint values within your defined setpoint adjustment range.
  • low- and line-voltage control models provide industry standard control voltage options for most refrigeration and HVAC control applications.

Repair Information

If the A421 Series Electronic Temperature Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement A421 Control, contact the nearest Authorized

Johnson Controls/PENN® Distributer or Sales Representative.

Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls (Continued)

Selection Chart

A421 Electronic Temperature Control Selection Chart

Product Code Number Description
A421ABC-02C Line-Voltage Type 1 Electronic Temperature Control: Type 1 (NEMA), IP20 standard enclosure for DIN rail and surface-mount

applications. Rated for 120/240 VAC.

Includes an A99BB-200C temperature sensor with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) cable.

A421ABC-03C Line-Voltage Type 1 Electronic Temperature Control: Type 1 (NEMA), IP20 standard enclosure for DIN rail and surface-mount applications. Rated for 120/240 VAC.

Includes an A99BB-300C temperature sensor with 9 ft 9 in. (3.0 m) cable.

A421ABC-04C Line-Voltage Type 1 Electronic Temperature Control: Type 1 (NEMA), IP20 standard enclosure for DIN rail and surface-mount applications. Rated for 120/240 VAC.

Includes an A99BB-400C temperature sensor with 13 ft 1-1/5 in. (4.0 m) cable.

A421ABC-06C Line-Voltage Type 1 Electronic Temperature Control: Type 1 (NEMA), IP20 standard enclosure for DIN rail and surface-mount applications. Rated for 120/240 VAC. Includes an A99BB-400C temperature sensor with 19 ft 6 in. (6.0 m) cable.
A421AEC-01C Line-Voltage Type 4X Electronic Temperature Control: Type 4X (NEMA), IP67 weathertight enclosure for surface-mount applications. Rated for 120/240 VAC.

Includes an A99BB-25C temperature sensor with 9-7/8 in. (0.25 m) cable.

A421AEC-02C Line-Voltage Type 4X Electronic Temperature Control: Type 4X (NEMA), IP67 weathertight enclosure for surface-mount applications. Rated for 120/240 VAC.

Includes an A99BB-200C temperature sensor with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) cable.

A421GBF-02C Low-Voltage Type 1 Electronic Temperature Control: Type 1 (NEMA), IP20 standard enclosure for DIN rail and surface-mount applications. Rated for 24 VAC Class 2, Safety Extra Low Voltage.

Includes an A99BB-200C temperature sensor with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) cable.

A421GEF-01C Low-Voltage Type 4X Electronic Temperature Control: Type 4X (NEMA), IP67 weathertight enclosure for surface-mount applications. Rated for 24 VAC Class 2, Safety Extra Low Voltage (SELV).

Includes an A99BB-25C temperature sensor with 9-7/8 in. (0.25 m) cable.

A421GEF-02C Low-Voltage Type 4X Electronic Temperature Control: Type 4X (NEMA), IP67 weathertight enclosure for surface-mount applications. Rated for 24 VAC Class 2 (SELV).

Includes an A99BB-200C temperature sensor with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) cable.

A99 Temperature Sensors Compatible with the A421 Control1

Product Code

Number

Description
A99BA-200C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) shielded PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-25C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9-7/8 in. (0.25 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-200C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-300C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9 ft 9-3/5 in. (3.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-400C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 13 ft 1-1/5 in. (4.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-600C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 19 ft 8-2/5 in. (6.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BC-25C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9-7/8 in. (0.25 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BC-100C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 3 ft 3-3/5 in. (1.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99BC-300C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9 ft 9-3/5 in. (3.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99BC-500C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 16 ft 4-4/5 in. (5.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99BC-1500C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 49 ft 2-2/5 in. (15.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99CB-200C PTC Temperature Sensor: Extended probe 6 in. (15.2 cm) with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99CB-600C PTC Temperature Sensor: Extended probe 6 in. (15.2 cm) with 19 ft 8-2/5 in. (6.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)

1. When any A99 Series Temperature Sensor is connected to a standard temperature A421 Control model, the range of usable values is -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC).

Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls (Continued)

Accessories for the A421 Controls

Product Code

Number

Description
BKT287-1R 12 in. (305 mm) long DIN rail section
BKT287-2R 36 in. (914 mm) long DIN rail section
PLT344-1R Two End Clamps for DIN rail sections
A99-CLP-1 Surface Mounting Clip for A99B and A99C Series Temperature Sensors
SHL10-603R Sun Shield for A99B and A99C Series Temperature Sensors
BOX10A-603R PVC Enclosure for A99B and A99C Series Temperature Sensors
WEL11A-601R Immersion well for applying sensor in fluid applications

Technical Specifications

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls
Power Consumption 1.8 VA maximum
Supply Power Low Voltage Models: 24 VAC (20 to 30 VAC), 50/60 Hz, Class 2 or Safety Extra-Low Voltage Line Voltage Models: 110/120 or 208/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Ambient Conditions Operating: Type 1 Models: -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C), 0 to 95% RH Noncondensing Type 4X Models: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C), 0 to 95% RH Noncondensing

Shipping and Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C), 0 to 95% RH Noncondensing

Temperature Control Range -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C)
Input Signal 1,035 ohm at 77F (25C) for A99 PTC temperature sensors
Sensor Offset Range ±5ºF or ±3ºC
Output Relay Contacts Electrical Ratings 24 VAC models:

100 VA, 30 VAC maximum, Class 2

120/240 VAC models: Applied Voltage: Horsepower N.O. (N.C.) :

Full Load Amperes N.O. (N.C.):

Locked Rotor Amperes N.O. (N.C.): Resistive Amperes N.O. (N.C.): Pilot Duty N.O. (N.C.):

24 VAC

15 (10) A

125 (50) VA

120 VAC

1 (0.25) hp

16 (5.8) A

96 (34.8) A

15 (10) A

125 (125) VA

208 VAC

1 (0.33) hp

9.2 (4.0) A

55.2 (24) A

10 (10) A

125 (125) VA

240 VAC

1 (0.5) hp

8.0 (4.9) A

48 (29.4) A

10 (10) A

125 (125) VA

Enclosure Material Type 1/IP20 high-impact thermoplastic or Type 4X/IP66 watertight, corrosion-resistant, high-impact thermoplastic
Compliance

North America: cULus Listed; UL 60730, File E27734, Vol. 1; FCC Compliant to CFR47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class B Industry Canada (IC) Compliant to Canadian ICES-003, Class B limits

Europe: CE Mark – Johnson Controls, Inc. declares that this product is in compliance with the essential requirements and

other relevant provisions of the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC and the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.

Australia: Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM)

Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1900934

Description

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls with Integral Power Cord

Features

The A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls are single-stage controls with a single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) output relay, a bright backlit LCD, and a

three-button touchpad interface that can be set up to restrict user adjustments. An LED indicates the output relay’s On/Off status. The A421 Series Controls have simple On and Off temperature settings for heating or cooling, an adjustable anti-short cycle delay, and a temperature offset function.

The control range is -40 to 212°F

(-40 to 100°C) for standard models. Models with a control range of -40 to 248°F

(-40 to 120°C) are available in quantity orders. The controls feature remote sensing capability and interchangeable sensors. The A421 Controls are available in either Type 1 (NEMA)/IP20 high-impact plastic enclosure suitable for surface or DIN rail mounting or Type 4X (NEMA)/IP66 watertight,

corrosion-resistant surface mount enclosures.

The A421ABG Controls Type 1 (NEMA)/IP20 enclosure feature factory-installed power cords with plug and receptacle to provide easy plug-in connection and control of 120 VAC plug-in cooling and heating equipment.

Refer to the A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls Product Bulletin (LIT-12011972) for important product application information.

Applications

The A421 Electronic Temperature Control can be used to control a wide variety of

single-stage refrigeration or HVAC equipment.

Sample temperature control applications include:

  • temperature monitoring and alarming
  • on/off control of boilers and chillers
  • boiler and chiller pump control
  • heating and cooling control
  • floating temperature control of damper and valve actuators
  • cooling tower fan control based on water temperature
  • supply, makeup, and mixed air temperature control
  • temperature actuated valve control
  • supply and makeup air damper and fan control
  • condenser fan control based on condenser temperature
  • easy-to-read, bright, adjustable backlit LCD screen displays the temperature, parameters, and status clearly and allows you to adjust LCD brightness for the ambient light conditions. Custom icons on the display provide visual cues on system and control status.
  • basic and advanced programming menus allow you to easily set up your control application on the LCD using a simple three-button touchpad interface.
  • adjustable On and Off temperature setpoints enable easy to set up cooling or heating control applications on the

three-button touchpad, eliminating the need to remove the cover and reposition jumpers for reverse or direct control actions.

  • high and low temperature setpoint adjustment stops allow you to set up your application for your desired range of adjustment and restrict user adjustment to just the desired temperature adjustment range.
  • displayed temperature offset allows you to adjust the displayed temperature to the actual sensed temperature in applications where the resistance error in long sensor cable leads cause a deviation in the displayed temperature from the actual sensed temperature.
  • adjustable anti-short cycle delay keeps the output relay Off after the Off setpoint is reached for a user-defined time delay, which helps avoid short cycling, hard starts, and nuisance overload outages on compressors and other inductive applications.
  • temperature setback/offset control enables the control to shift the On and Off setpoint values by a user-defined offset when an external switch closes the binary input control circuit. Using a switching timer enables you to set up occupied/unoccupied temperature setback schedules for your applications.
  • high-impact, thermoplastic Type 1 (NEMA)/IP20 or Type 4X (NEMA)/IP66 watertight, corrosion-resistant enclosures increase application options, allowing surface and snap-fit DIN rail mount, or watertight surface mount.
  • parameter adjustment restriction allows you to lock the control’s setup parameters and restrict user adjustments to just the On and Off temperature setpoint values within your defined setpoint adjustment range.

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls with Integral Power Cord

  • low- and line-voltage control models provide industry standard control voltage options for most refrigeration and HVAC control applications.

Repair Information

If the A421 Series Electronic Temperature Control with Integral Power Cord fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement A421 Control, contact the nearest Authorized

Johnson Controls/PENN® Distributer or Sales Representative.

Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls with Integral Power Cord (Continued)

Selection Chart

A421 Electronic Temperature Control Selection Chart

Product Code Number Description
A421ABG-02C Line-Voltage Type 1 Electronic Temperature Control with Dual Power Cords: Type 1 (NEMA), IP20 standard enclosure for DIN rail

and surface-mount applications. Rated for 120 VAC. Control is factory wired with a 6 ft (1.8 m) cord with 120 VAC grounded external plug and a 1 ft (0.30) cord with 120 VAC grounded internal receptacle. Includes an A99BB-200C temperature sensor with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) cable.

A421ABJ-02C Line-Voltage Type 1 Electronic Temperature Control with Single Power Cord and Piggyback Plug: Type 1 (NEMA), IP20 standard enclosure for DIN rail and surface-mount applications. Rated for 120 VAC. Control is factory wired with a 6 ft (1.8 m) cord with 120 VAC grounded piggyback plug. Includes an A99BB-200C temperature sensor with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) cable.
A421AEJ-01C Line-Voltage Type 4X Electronic Temperature Control with Single Power Cord and Piggyback Plug: Type 4X (NEMA), IP67 weathertight enclosure for surface-mount applications. Rated for 120 VAC. Control is factory wired with a 6 ft (1.8 m) cord with grounded piggyback plug. Includes an A99BB-25C temperature sensor with 9-7/8 in. (0.25 m) cable.
A421AEJ-02C Line-Voltage Type 4X Electronic Temperature Control with Single Power Cord and Piggyback Plug: Type 4X (NEMA), IP67 weathertight enclosure for surface-mount applications. Rated for 120 VAC. Control is factory wired with a 6 ft (1.8 m) cord with grounded piggyback plug. Includes an A99BB-200C temperature sensor with 6.6 ft (2.0 m) cable.

A99 Temperature Sensors Compatible with the A421 Control1

Product Code Number Description
A99BA-200C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) shielded PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-25C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9-7/8 in. (0.25 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-200C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-300C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9 ft 9-3/5 in. (3.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-400C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 13 ft 1-1/5 in. (4.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-600C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 19 ft 8-2/5 in. (6.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BC-25C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9-7/8 in. (0.25 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BC-100C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 3 ft 3-3/5 in. (1.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99BC-300C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9 ft 9-3/5 in. (3.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99BC-500C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 16 ft 4-4/5 in. (5.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99BC-1500C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 49 ft 2-2/5 in. (15.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99CB-200C PTC Temperature Sensor: Extended probe 6 in. (15.2 cm) with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99CB-600C PTC Temperature Sensor: Extended probe 6 in. (15.2 cm) with 19 ft 8-2/5 in. (6.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)

1. When any A99 Series Temperature Sensor is connected to a standard temperature A421 control model, the range of usable values is -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC).

Accessories for the A421 Controls

Product Code Number Description
BKT287-1R 12 in. (305 mm) long DIN rail section
BKT287-2R 36 in. (914 mm) long DIN rail section
PLT344-1R Two End Clamps for DIN rail sections
A99-CLP-1 Surface Mounting Clip for A99B and A99C Series Temperature Sensors
SHL10-603R Sun Shield for A99B and A99C Series Temperature Sensors
BOX10A-603R PVC Enclosure for A99B and A99C Series Temperature Sensors
WEL11A-601R Immersion well for applying sensor in fluid applications
Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls with Integral Power Cord (Continued)

Technical Specifications

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls
Power Consumption 1.8 VA maximum
Supply Power 110/120 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Ambient Conditions Operating: Type 1 Models: -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C), 0 to 95% RH noncondensing Type 4X Models: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C), 0 to 95% RH noncondensing

Shipping and Storage: All Models: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C), 0 to 95% RH noncondensing

Temperature Control Range -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C)
Input Signal 1,035 ohm at 77F (25C) for A99 PTC temperature sensors
Sensor Offset Range ±5ºF or ±3ºC
Output Relay Contacts Electrical Ratings 120 VAC Model with Integral Power Cord:

Applied Voltage: 120 VAC

Full Load Amperes N.O.: 12 A

Locked Rotor Amperes N.O.: 72 A

Resistive Amperes N.O.: 12 A

Pilot Duty: 125 VA (N.O. contacts) at 24 to 120 VAC

Enclosure Material NEMA 1/IP20 high-impact thermoplastic or

NEMA 4X/IP66 watertight, corrosion-resistant, high-impact thermoplastic

Compliance North America: cULus Listed; UL 60730, File E27734, Vol. 1; FCC Compliant to CFR47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class B Industry Canada (IC) Compliant to Canadian ICES-003, Class B limits
Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1900935

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls with Off-Cycle Defrost

Description

The A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls are single-stage controls with a single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) output relay, a bright backlit LCD, and a

three-button touchpad interface that can be set up to restrict user adjustments. An LED indicates the output relay’s On/Off status. The A421 Series Controls have simple On and Off temperature settings for heating or cooling, an adjustable anti-short cycle delay, and a temperature offset function.

The control range is -40 to 212°F

(-40 to 100°C) for standard models. Models with a control range of -40 to 248°F

(-40 to 120°C) are available in quantity orders. The controls feature remote sensing capability and interchangeable sensors. The A421 Controls are available in either Type 1 (NEMA)/IP20 high-impact plastic enclosure suitable for surface or DIN rail mounting or Type 4X (NEMA)/IP66 watertight,

corrosion-resistant surface mount enclosures.

A421 Controls with Off-Cycle Defrost (A421ABD and A421AED models) provide off-cycle defrost control with

user-configurable defrost cycle duration and frequency.

Refer to the A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls Product Bulletin (LIT-12011972) for important product application information.

Applications

The A421 Electronic Temperature Control can be used to control a wide variety of

single-stage refrigeration or HVAC equipment.

Sample temperature control applications include:

  • temperature monitoring and alarming
  • on/off control of boilers and chillers
  • boiler and chiller pump control
  • heating and cooling control
  • floating temperature control of damper and valve actuators
  • cooling tower fan control based on water temperature
  • supply, makeup, and mixed air temperature control
  • temperature actuated valve control
  • supply and makeup air damper and fan control
  • condenser fan control based on condenser temperature

Features

  • easy-to-read, bright, adjustable backlit LCD screen displays the temperature, parameters, and status clearly and allows you to adjust LCD brightness for the ambient light conditions. Custom icons on the display provide visual cues on system and control status.
  • basic and advanced programming menus allow you to easily set up your control application on the LCD using a simple three-button touchpad interface.
  • adjustable On and Off temperature setpoints enable easy to set up cooling or heating control applications on the

three-button touchpad, eliminating the need to remove the cover and reposition jumpers for reverse or direct control actions.

  • high and low temperature setpoint adjustment stops allow you to set up your application for your desired range of adjustment and restrict user adjustment to just the desired temperature adjustment range.
  • displayed temperature offset allows you to adjust the displayed temperature to the actual sensed temperature in applications where the resistance error in long sensor cable leads cause a deviation in the displayed temperature from the actual sensed temperature.
  • adjustable anti-short cycle delay keeps the output relay Off after the Off setpoint is reached for a user-defined time delay, which helps avoid short cycling, hard starts, and nuisance overload outages on compressors and other inductive applications.
  • integrated off-cycle defrost timer (defrost control models only) shuts off the refrigeration system for a user-defined defrost time interval at a user-defined frequency. This eliminates the cost and time to install a separate defrost timer in many refrigeration applications.
  • temperature setback/offset control enables the control to shift the On and Off setpoint values by a user-defined offset when an external switch closes the binary input control circuit. Using a switching timer enables you to set up occupied/unoccupied temperature setback schedules for your applications.
  • high-impact, thermoplastic Type 1 (NEMA)/IP20 or Type 4X (NEMA)/IP66 watertight, corrosion-resistant enclosures increase application options, allowing surface and snap-fit DIN rail mount, or watertight surface mount.

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Control with Off-Cycle Defrost

  • parameter adjustment restriction allows you to lock the control’s setup parameters and restrict user adjustments to just the On and Off temperature setpoint values within your defined setpoint adjustment range.
  • low- and line-voltage control models provide industry standard control voltage options for most refrigeration and HVAC control applications.

Repair Information

If the A421 Series Electronic Temperature Control with Off-Cycle Defrost fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement A421 Control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls with Off-Cycle Defrost (Continued)

Selection Charts

A421 Electronic Temperature Controls

Product Code Number Description
A421ABD-02C Line-Voltage Type 1 Electronic Temperature Control with Off-Cycle Defrost Timer: Type 1 (NEMA), IP20 standard enclosure for DIN rail and surface-mount applications. Rated for 120/240 VAC. Includes integral timer for off-cycle defrost control.

Includes an A99BB-200C temperature sensor with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) cable.

A421AED-01C Line-Voltage Type 4X Electronic Temperature Control with Off-Cycle Defrost Timer: Type 4X (NEMA), IP67 weathertight enclosure for surface-mount applications. Rated for 120/240 VAC. Includes integral timer for off-cycle defrost control.

Includes an A99BB-25C temperature sensor with 9-7/8 in. (0.25 m) cable.

A421AED-02C Line-Voltage Type 4X Electronic Temperature Control with Off-Cyle Defrost Timer: Type 4X (NEMA), IP67 weathertight enclosure for surface-mount applications. Rated for 120/240 VAC. Includes integral timer for off-cycle defrost control.

Includes an A99BB-200C temperature sensor with 6 ft 6 in. (2 m) cable.

A99 Temperature Sensors Compatible with the A421 Control1

Product Code Number Description
A99BA-200C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) shielded PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-25C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9-7/8 in. (0.25 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-200C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-300C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9 ft 9-3/5 in. (3.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-400C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 13 ft 1-1/5 in. (4.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-600C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 19 ft 8-2/5 in. (6.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BC-25C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9-7/8 in. (0.25 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BC-100C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 3 ft 3-3/5 in. (1.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99BC-300C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9 ft 9-3/5 in. (3.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99BC-500C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 16 ft 4-4/5 in. (5.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99BC-1500C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 49 ft 2-2/5 in. (15.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99CB-200C PTC Temperature Sensor: Extended probe 6 in. (15.2 cm) with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99CB-600C PTC Temperature Sensor: Extended probe 6 in. (15.2 cm) with 19 ft 8-2/5 in. (6.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)

1. When any A99 Series Temperature Sensor is connected to a standard temperature A421 control model, the range of usable values is -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC).

Accessories for the A421 Controls

Product Code Number Description
BKT287-1R 12 in. (305 mm) long DIN Rail section
BKT287-2R 36 in. (914 mm) long DIN Rail section
PLT344-1R Two End Clamps for DIN Rail sections
A99-CLP-1 Surface Mounting Clip for A99B and A99C Series Temperature Sensors
SHL10-603R Sun Shield for A99B and A99C Series Temperature Sensors
BOX10A-603R PVC Enclosure for A99B and A99C Series Temperature Sensors
WEL11A-601R Immersion Well for applying sensor in fluid applications
Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls with Off-Cycle Defrost (Continued)

Technical Specifications

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls
Power Consumption 1.8 VA Maximum
Supply Power 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Class 2:

108/110/115/120 or 208/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Ambient Conditions Operating: -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C), 0 to 95% RH Noncondensing

Shipping and Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C), 0 to 95% RH Noncondensing

Temperature Control Range -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C) or -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC), depending on the model selected
Input Signal 1,035 ohm at 77F (25C) for A99 PTC temperature sensors
Sensor Offset Range ±5ºF or ±3ºC
Output Relay Contacts Electrical Ratings 24 VAC Models:

100 VA, 30 VAC maximum, Class 2

120 VAC Model with Integral Power Cord: Applied Voltage: 120 VAC Full Load Amperes N.O. and N.C.: 12 A Locked Rotor Amperes N.O. and N.C.: 72 A Non-inductive Amperes N.O. and N.C.:12 A

Pilot Duty: 125 VA (N.O. contacts) at 24 to 120 VAC

120/240 VAC Models:

Applied Voltage: 120 VAC 208 VAC 240 VAC

Horsepower N.O. (N.C.) : 1 (0.25) hp 1 (0.33) hp 1 (0.5) hp

Full Load Amperes N.O. (N.C.): 16 (5.8) A 9.2 (4.0) A 8.0 (4.9) A

Locked Rotor Amperes N.O. (N.C.): 96 (34.8) A 55.2 (24) A 48 (29.4) A

Non-inductive Amperes N.O. (N.C.):15 (10) A 10 (10) A 10 (10) A

Pilot Duty: 125 VA (N.O. contacts) at 24 to 240 VAC 125 VA (N.C. contacts) at 24 to 240 VAC

50 VA (N.C. contacts) at 24 VAC

Enclosure Material NEMA 1/IP20 High-Impact Thermoplastic or

NEMA 4X/IP66 Watertight, Corrosion-Resistant, High-Impact Thermoplastic

Compliance

North America: cULus Listed; UL 60730, File E27734, Vol. 1; FCC Compliant to CFR47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class B Industry Canada (IC) Compliant to Canadian ICES-003, Class B limits

Europe: CE Mark – Johnson Controls, Inc. declares that this product is in compliance with the essential requirements and

other relevant provisions of the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC and the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.

Australia: Mark: C-Tick Compliant (N1813)

Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1900936

Description

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls with Integral Cycle Timer

Features

The A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls are single-stage controls with a single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) output relay, a bright backlit LCD, and a

three-button touchpad interface that can be set up to restrict user adjustments. An LED indicates the output relay’s On/Off status. The A421 Series Controls have simple On and Off temperature settings for heating or cooling, an adjustable anti-short cycle delay, and a temperature offset function.

The control range is -40 to 212°F

(-40 to 100°C) for standard models. Models with a control range of -40 to 248°F

(-40 to 120°C) are available in quantity orders. The controls feature remote sensing capability and interchangeable sensors. The

A421 Controls are available in either Type 1 (NEMA)/IP20 high-impact plastic enclosure suitable for surface or DIN rail

mounting or Type 4X (NEMA)/IP66 watertight, corrosion-resistant surface mount enclosures.

The A421 Controls with Integral Cycle Timer provide On/Off control of ventilation fans in agriculture applications, warehouse and storage facilities, and other ventilation application that require air-exchange based on temperature or a ventilation schedule with a user-defined On-time and Off-time cycle.

Refer to the A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls Product Bulletin (LIT-12011972) for important product application information.

Applications

The A421 Electronic Temperature Control can be used to control a wide variety of

single-stage refrigeration or HVAC equipment.

Sample temperature control applications include:

  • temperature monitoring and alarming
  • on/off control of boilers and chillers
  • boiler and chiller pump control
  • heating and cooling control
  • floating temperature control of damper and valve actuators
  • cooling tower fan control based on water temperature
  • supply, makeup, and mixed air temperature control
  • temperature actuated valve control
  • supply and makeup air damper and fan control
  • condenser fan control based on condenser temperature
  • easy-to-read, bright, adjustable backlit LCD screen displays the temperature, parameters, and status clearly and allows you to adjust LCD brightness for the ambient light conditions. Custom icons on the display provide visual cues on system and control status.
  • basic and advanced programming menus allow you to easily set up your control application on the LCD using a simple three-button touchpad interface.
  • adjustable On and Off temperature setpoints enable easy to set up cooling or heating control applications on the

three-button touchpad, eliminating the need to remove the cover and reposition jumpers for reverse or direct control actions.

  • high and low temperature setpoint adjustment stops allow you to set up your application for your desired range of adjustment and restrict user adjustment to just the desired temperature adjustment range.
  • displayed temperature offset allows you to adjust the displayed temperature to the actual sensed temperature in applications where the resistance error in long sensor cable leads cause a deviation in the displayed temperature from the actual sensed temperature.
  • adjustable anti-short cycle delay keeps the output relay Off after the Off setpoint is reached for a user-defined time delay, which helps avoid short cycling, hard starts, and nuisance overload outages on compressors and other inductive applications.
  • temperature and timed ventilation control (integral cycle timer models only) enables you to set up timed ventilation or makeup air cycles independent from temperature controlled cycles. This eliminates the cost and time to install a separate interval timer in ventilation and makeup air applications.
  • temperature setback/offset control enables the control to shift the On and Off setpoint values by a user-defined offset when an external switch closes the binary input control circuit. Using a switching timer enables you to set up occupied/unoccupied temperature setback schedules for your applications.
  • high-impact, thermoplastic NEMA 1/IP20 or NEMA 4X/IP66 watertight,

corrosion-resistant enclosures increase application options, allowing surface and snap-fit DIN rail mount, or watertight surface mount.

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Control with Integral Cycle Timer

  • parameter adjustment restriction allows you to lock the control’s setup parameters and restrict user adjustments to just the On and Off temperature setpoint values within your defined setpoint adjustment range.
  • low- and line-voltage control models provide industry standard control voltage options for most refrigeration and HVAC control applications.

Repair Information

If the A421 Series Electronic Temperature Control with Integral Cycle Timer fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement A421 Control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls with Integral Cycle Timer (Continued)

Selection Charts

A421 Electronic Temperature Controls

Product Code Number Description
A421ABT-02C Line-Voltage Type 1 Electronic Temperature Control with Duty-Cycle Timer: Type 1 (NEMA), IP20 standard enclosure for DIN rail and surface-mount applications. Rated for 120/240 VAC. Includes integral timer for On/Off duty-cycle control.

Includes an A99BB-200C temperature sensor with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) cable.

A421AET-01C Line-Voltage Type 4X Electronic Temperature Control with Duty-Cycle Timer: Type 4X (NEMA), IP67 weathertight enclosure for surface-mount applications. Rated for 120/240 VAC. Includes integral timer for On/Off duty-cycle control.

Includes an A99BB-25C temperature sensor with 9-7/8 in. (0.25 m) cable.

A99 Temperature Sensors Compatible with the A421 Control1

Product Code Number Description
A99BA-200C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) shielded PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-25C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9-7/8 in. (0.25 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-200C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-300C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9 ft 9-3/5 in. (3.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-400C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 13.1 ft (4.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BB-600C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 19 ft 8-2/5 in. (6.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BC-25C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9-7/8 in. (0.25 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99BC-100C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 3 ft 3-3/5 in. (1.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99BC-300C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 9 ft 9-3/5 in. (3.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99BC-500C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 16 ft 4-4/5 in. (5.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99BC-1500C PTC Temperature Sensor: Standard probe 2 in. (5.1 cm) with 49 ft 2-2/5 in. (15.0 m) high-temperature silicon cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC)
A99CB-200C PTC Temperature Sensor: Extended probe 6 in. (15.2 cm) with 6 ft 7-1/5 in. (2.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)
A99CB-600C PTC Temperature Sensor: Extended probe 6 in. (15.2 cm) with 19 ft 8-2/5 in. (6.0 m) PVC cable; Ambient operating temperature range: -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC)

1. When any A99 Series Temperature Sensor is connected to a standard temperature A421 control model, the range of usable values is -40 to 212ºF (-40 to 100ºC).

Accessories for the A421 Controls

Product Code Number Description
BKT287-1R 12 in. (305 mm) long DIN rail section
BKT287-2R 36 in. (914 mm) long DIN rail section
PLT344-1R Two End Clamps for DIN rail sections
A99-CLP-1 Surface Mounting Clip for A99B and A99C Series Temperature Sensors
SHL10-603R Sun Shield for A99B and A99C Series Temperature Sensors
BOX10A-603R PVC Enclosure for A99B and A99C Series Temperature Sensors
WEL11A-601R Immersion well for applying sensor in fluid applications
Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls with Integral Cycle Timer (Continued)

Technical Specifications

A421 Series Electronic Temperature Controls
Power Consumption 1.8 VA maximum
Supply Power 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Class 2:

108/110/115/120 or 208/230/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Ambient Conditions Operating: -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C), 0 to 95% RH noncondensing

Shipping and Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C), 0 to 95% RH noncondensing

Temperature Control Range -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C) or -40 to 248ºF (-40 to 120ºC), depending on the model selected
Input Signal 1,035 ohms at 77F (25C) for A99 PTC temperature sensors
Sensor Offset Range ±5ºF or ±3ºC
Output Relay Contacts Electrical Ratings 24 VAC Models:

100 VA, 30 VAC maximum, Class 2

120 VAC Model with Integral Power Cord: Applied Voltage: 120 VAC Full Load Amperes N.O. and N.C.: 12 A Locked Rotor Amperes N.O. and N.C.: 72 A Non-inductive Amperes N.O. and N.C.:12 A

Pilot Duty: 125 VA (N.O. contacts) at 24 to 120 VAC

120/240 VAC Models:

Applied Voltage: 120 VAC 208 VAC 240 VAC

Horsepower N.O. (N.C.) : 1 (0.25) hp 1 (0.33) hp 1 (0.5) hp

Full Load Amperes N.O. (N.C.): 16 (5.8) A 9.2 (4.0) A 8.0 (4.9) A

Locked Rotor Amperes N.O. (N.C.): 96 (34.8) A 55.2 (24) A 48 (29.4) A

Non-inductive Amperes N.O. (N.C.):15 (10) A 10 (10) A 10 (10) A Pilot Duty: 125 VA (N.O. contacts) at 24 to 240 VAC

125 VA (N.C. contacts) at 24 to 240 VAC

50 VA (N.C. contacts) at 24 VAC

Enclosure Material NEMA 1/IP20 high-impact thermoplastic or

NEMA 4X/IP66 watertight, corrosion-resistant, high-impact thermoplastic

Compliance

North America: cULus Listed; UL 60730, File E27734, Vol. 1; FCC Compliant to CFR47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class B Industry Canada (IC) Compliant to Canadian ICES-003, Class B limits

Europe: CE Mark – Johnson Controls, Inc. declares that this product is in compliance with the essential requirements and

other relevant provisions of the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC and the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.

Australia: Mark: C-Tick Compliant (N1813)

Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1900003

MR Series Defrost Control Modules

Description

The MR Series Controls are versatile, microprocessor-based, multifunction, programmable temperature controls. Depending on the model chosen, the

MR Series Controls can also manage alarm, defrost cycle (active or passive defrost), and evaporator fan functions.

The MR Series Controls have large red LED displays. These compact controls are available in panel mount and DIN rail mount varieties. The MR Series Controls use the A99B temperature sensors, which allow remote mounting of the display unit.

All MR Series Controls perform temperature and alarm management. Some models have additional capabilities.

MR1 Series Controls

The MR1 Series provides temperature and alarm management functions. It can replace a temperature control and digital temperature readout.

MR2 Series Controls

The MR2 Series provides temperature, alarm, and defrost cycle management. The MR2 control performs defrost cycle management using time-based, passive, off cycle defrost. It can replace a temperature control, a digital temperature readout, and a defrost timer.

Refer to the MR Series Refrigeration Temperature Controls Product Bulletin (LIT-125199) for important product application information.

Applications

MR4 Series Controls

The MR4 Series provides temperature, alarm, defrost, and evaporator fan management.

The MR4 Series provides defrost cycle management with hot gas or electric heat defrost and defrost termination based on time or temperature. The MR4 Series consolidates the functions of a temperature control, a digital temperature readout, a defrost cycle timer, and a defrost termination device.

Refer to the MR Series Refrigeration Temperature Controls Product Bulletin (LIT-125199) for important product application information.

Features

  • programmable functions allow adjustment of control settings to meet application needs
  • alarm management functions provide local alarm display and an alarm output relay that can be used to trigger a remote alarm or dial-out modem
  • easily readable LED display displays temperature and other functions quickly and clearly
  • programming button lockout allows user to disable programming buttons and deter accidental or unauthorized changes
  • accurate, interchangeable temperature sensor provides accurate control performance with up to 300 feet of wiring (an adjustable temperature offset is provided for longer wiring)
  • self-test procedure checks control operation by cycling all outputs and testing all LEDs

Selection Chart

MR4 Series

DIN Rail and Panel Mount Modules

Repair Information

If the MR Series Defrost Control Modules fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Application MR1 MR2 MR4
Cooling tower pump control
Space and return air temperature control
Convenience store coolers
Convenience store freezers
Supermarket display cases for produce
Reach-in coolers
Walk-in coolers
Freezers or coolers with passive defrost, time-based termination
Freezers with hot gas defrost (temperature or time-based termination
Freezers with electrical defrost (temperature or time-based termination)
Product Code

Number

Description Ship. Wt.

lb (g)

MR1DR24-11C MR1 Single-Stage, DIN Rail Mount Defrost

Control, One A99BB-200C sensor included

0.75 lb

(340 g)

MR2PM24-11C MR2 Two-Stage, Panel Mount Defrost Control, One A99BB-200C sensor included 0.53 lb (240 g)
MR2DR24-11C MR2 Two-Stage, DIN Rail Mount Defrost Control, One A99BB-200C sensor included 0.79 lb (360 g)
MR4PM24-12C MR4 Four-Stage, Panel Mount Defrost Control, Two A99BB-200C sensors included 0.90 lb (410 g)
MR4DR24-12C MR4 Four-Stage, DIN Rail Mount Defrost Control, Two A99BB-200C sensors included 1.17 lb (530 g)

Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls

MR Series Defrost Control Modules (Continued)

Technical Specifications

MR Series Defrost Control Modules
Power Requirements 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz Class 2 (20 to 30 VAC)
Power Consumption 3.7 VA at 24 VAC
Accuracy ± 1.8F° (± 1°C)
Ambient Conditions Operating +14 to +140°F (-10 to +60°C); 0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)
Storage -22 to +176°F (-30 to +80°C); 0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)
Dimensions (H x W x D) Panel Mount 1.38 x 2.95 x 2.68 in. (35 x 75 x 68 mm)
DIN Rail: 4.65 x 2.76 x 2.07 in. (118 x 70 x 53 mm)
Agency Listings UL Recognized: File E194024, CCN XAPX2

Canadian UL Recognized: File E194024, CCN XAPX8

Electrical Ratings of Contacts

Rating Category 120 VAC 240 VAC 24 VDC
Horsepower 1/4 1/2
Full Load Amperes 5.8 4.9
Locked Rotor Amperes 34.8 29.4
Inductive (Non-Motor) Amperes 8 8 8
Pilot Duty VA 275 450

Note: Relay outputs must not exceed 20 Amperes total connected load. Open collector transistors on MR1 alarms have a maximum rating of 40 VDC 100 mA. Alarms require external power source.

Refer to Rating Table for more information

Internal to Control

Process Temperature Sensor

Sensor

Common

Binary Input

Binary Common

Evaporator Alarm Temperature

Sensor

Internal to Control

Power Compressor

Supply

Evaporator

Fan

Defrost

Refer to Rating Table for more information

S1

SC

D

CD

S2

A1

A2

Terminal Not Used

V1

V2

C1

Fr

C3

Fn

C2

Df

Common

C

Fr

A1

Df

Fn

V1

V2

D

Defrost

Power Binary

Sensor

S1

SC

S2

Alarm Compressor

mr4panel.eps

Supply

Evaporator Input

Fan

Common

Evaporator Temperature

MR4 DIN Rail Control

mr4dinrl.eps

Process Temperature Sensor

MR4 Panel Mount Control

Sensor

Single-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927380

MR4PMUHV Electronic Temperature/Defrost Control with Relay Pack

Description

The MR Series temperature controls are designed for use with hot gas or electric heat defrost in both refrigeration and freezer units. Either time or temperature based defrost termination may be selected.

The MR Series incorporates control functions such as compressor control, defrost management, fan management, and alarm management.

Refer to the MR4PMUHV Electronic Temperature/Defrost Control with Relay Pack Product Bulletin (LIT-125190) for important product application information.

Features

  • single package provides the functionality of multiple components at a cost-effective price
  • mounting flexibility allows the control and relay pack to be mounted together or separately, facilitating multiple configurations
  • accurate, interchangeable temperature sensor provides reliable control performance with up to 300 ft. of wiring (an offset is provided for longer wiring)
  • easily readable temperature display can show either evaporator or process temperature at the touch of a button
  • heavy-duty relays allow direct control of compressors, fans, defrost heaters, and alarms
  • alarm management functions provide both local alarm codes and a relay closure that can be used to trigger a remote alarm or a dial-out modem

Applications

These relay pack mounted controls provide direct control of compressors up to 2 hp, electric heater loads of up to 20 amperes, and evaporator fan loads of up to 3/4 hp. The need for separate relays is eliminated in these applications.

MR4PMUHV Temperature Control

In addition, the MR4PMUHV controls combine the functionality of an electromechanical thermostat, mechanical clock, defrost termination device, and temperature readout device with the accuracy of electronic technology.

Selection Charts

MR4PMUHV Electronic Temperature/Defrost Control with Relay Pack

Product Code Number Description
MR4PMUHV-12C Relay pack defrost control with two

A99BB-200C sensors

Repair Parts

Product Code Number Description
MR4PM12C-12C Replacement control for use in relay pack
RP4MRUHV-1C Relay pack without control
A99BB-200C Sensor, cable length: 6.5 ft/1.98m

Technical Specifications

MR4PMUHV Electronic Temperature/Defrost Control

with Relay Pack (Part 1 of 2)

Frequency 60/50 Hz at 120/240 VAC
Power consumption 10 VA at 240 VAC, 5 VA at 120 VAC
Supply Level 120 and L1: 120 VAC +10%/-15%

240 and L1: 240 VAC +10%/-15%

Accuracy ± 1.8F°/± 1C°
A99 Sensor Cable 6.5 ft/1.98 m
Ambient Operating Conditions MR4PMUHV-12C +14° to +111°F/-10° to +44°C;

derating 6.25% per 1°C to 60° C; 0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)

MR4PM12C-12C +14° to +140°F/-10° to +60°C;

0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)

RP4MRUHV-1C -40° to +111°F/ -40° to +44°C;

derating 6.25% per 1°C to 60° C; 0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)

Ambient Storage Conditions MR4PMUHV-12C -22° to +176°F/-30° to +80°C

0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)

MR4PM12C-12C -22° to +176°F/-30° to +80°C

0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)

RP4MRUHV-1C -40° to +185°F/-40° to +85°C

0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)

Dimensions (H x W x D) 7.94 x 3.6 x 2.4 in./202 x 92 x 61 mm

Technical Specifications (Continued)

MR4PMUHV Electronic Temperature/Defrost Control

with Relay Pack (Part 2 of 2)

Agency Listings UL Listed (File SA516, UL Guide SDFY;

cUL Guide SDFY7)

Shipping Weight 2.9 lb/1,320 g

Relay Electrical Ratings

24 120 208 240
SPST Compressor Relay
Horsepower Rating 1 1.5 2
AC Full Load Amperes 16 11 12
AC Locked Rotor Amperes 96 66 72
Pilot Duty (VA) 125 750 875 1,125
SPDT Fan Relay
Horsepower Rating 1/3 1/2 3/4
AC Full Load Amperes 7.2 5.65 6.9
AC Locked Rotor Amperes 43.2 33.9 41.4
Pilot Duty (VA) 50 325 450 600
SPST Defrost Heater Relay
Horsepower Rating 1 1.5 2
AC Full Load Ampere 16 11 12
AC Locked Rotor Amperes 96 66 72
Non-Inductive Load Amperes 20 20 20
Pilot Duty (VA) 125 750 825 1,125
SPST Alarm Relay
Non-Inductive Load Ampere 5 5 5 5
Pilot Duty (VA) 125 250 325

Relay Electrical Ratings Note:

Ratings shown are for ambient operation at -40 to 44°C. Derate electrical ratings 6.25% per 1°C (1.8°F) between 44°C (111°F) and 60°C (140°F).

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927110

A28 Series Two-Stage Temperature Control

Description

The A28 Series are two-stage temperature controls that incorporate a liquid-filled sensing element.

Refer to the A28 Series Two-Stage Temperature Controls with NEMA 1 Enclosure Product Bulletin Product Bulletin (LIT-125130) for important product application information.

A28 Series

Action on Increase of Temperature

A28 Action Diagram

A28AA-4

Temperature Control

Y

R

B

High Stage

Y

R

B

Low Stage

a28.eps

Applications

A28AB-29

Temperature Control

Features

  • wide temperature ranges available
  • constant differential throughout the entire range
  • single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) snap-acting switches
  • unaffected by changes in barometric pressure
  • unaffected by cross ambient conditions
  • compact enclosure
  • variety of sensing element styles

Selection Charts

Use for temperature sensing applications requiring two-stage control of HVAC/R equipment.

Accessories

  • packing nut assembly available for direct immersion applications (Code No. FTG13A-600R)
  • remote bulb models include 5/8 in. mounting clip
Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Bulb Well No.

(Order Separately)

Range

Adjuster

Coiled Bulb-Fixed Differential
A28AA-4C Two-SPDT 30 to 110

(-1 to 43)

3-1/2 (1.9) each stage

3 (1.7) fixed between stages

1-3/8 in. x 2-1/4 in.

coiled

Convertible
Case Compensated-Fixed Differential
A28AA-9C Two-SPDT 20 to 80

(-7 to 27)

3-1/2 (1.9) each stage

3 (1.7) fixed between stages

3/8 in. x 5 in. 6 ft capillary1 WEL14A-603R Knob
Wide Range-Adjustable Interstage Differential
A28AA-28C Two-SPDT 30 to 110

(-1 to 43)

3-1/2 (1.9) each stage

2 to 7 adjustable between stages

12 ft averaging bulb

6 ft capillary

Screwdriver

slot

A28AA-29C Two-SPDT -30 to 100

(-34 to 38)

5 (2.8) each stage

2 to 7 adjustable between stages

3/8 in. x 4 in. 8 ft capillary1 WEL14A-602R Convertible
A28AA-36C Two-SPDT 40 to 90

(4 to 32)

3 each stage

2 to 7 adjustable between stages

3/8 in. x 5-3/4 in. 6 ft capillary Knob
A28AA-37C Two-SPDT 60 to 140

(16 to 60)

5 each stage

2 to 7 adjustable between stages

3/8 in. x 4 in. 6 ft capillary WEL14A-602R Knob
A28AJ-4C Two-SPDT 20 to 80

(-7 to 27)

2 each stage

2 to 7 adjustable between stages

3/16 in. x 22 in. 6 ft capillary Knob
Changeover Control
A28AB-1C Two-SPDT2 20 to 80

(-7 to 27)

3-1/2

(1.9)

3/8 in. x 5 in.

6 ft capillary

WEL14A-603R Screwdriver

slot

  1. Packing nut assembly available for direct immersion applications (Code No. FTG13A-600R).
  2. Switches within 1 F° (0.6 C°) of each other.
Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls

A28 Series Two-Stage Temperature Control (Continued)

Replacement Parts

Product Code Number Description
CVR28A-617R Concealed adjustment
CVR28A-618R Visible scale
KNB20A-602R Knob kit

Technical Specifications

Maximum bulb temperature of A28AA-37 is 230°F (110°C). For all others, maximum bulb temperature is 140°F (60°C).

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277
A28AA, A
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads) 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.2
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC1
A28AJ
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 20.4 18.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads) 15.0 9.2 8.0 7.2
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC1
A28AB
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads) 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.2
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC1

1. When used as two-circuit control, the total connected load must not exceed 2,000 VA.

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927115

A28 Series Two-Stage Flange Mounted Duct Thermostat

Description

The A28AK is a two-stage temperature control with special air coil sensing element and adjustable mounting flange.

Refer to the A28 Series Two-Stage Temperature Controls with NEMA 1 Enclosure Product Bulletin (LIT-125130) for important product application information.

Features

  • flat flange mounting with special coil element permits positioning of sensing bulb in the appropriate portion of the air stream
  • two single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) snap-acting switches
  • unaffected by barometric pressure or cross ambient temperatures

Applications

These duct thermostats are used on roof top units, make-up heaters, duct heaters, and air handling systems of all types.

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Number

of Stages

Switch

Action

Range °F (°C) Differential F° (C°) Fixed Maximum Allowable

Temperature at Bulb

°F (°C)

Each

Stage

Between

Stage

A28AK-1C Two Two-SPDT switches 30 to 110

(-1 to 43)

2 (1.1) 3 (1.7) 140 (60)
A28AK-2C Two Two-SPDT switches 60 to 130

(16 to 54)

2 (1.1) 3 (1.7) 200 (93)

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

A28 Series

Y

Y

R

R

B

B

High Stage Low Stage

Action on Increase of Temperature

a28.eps

A28 Action Diagram

Repair Information

If the A28 Series Two-Stage Flange Mounted Duct Thermostat fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

A28AK Thermostat

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 20.4 18.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads) 10.0 9.2 8.0 7.2
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

Note: When used as a two-circuit control, the total connected load must not exceed 2,000 VA.

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927120

A28 Two-Stage Industrial Thermostat (Watertight and Dusttight)

Description

The A28KA is a wide range temperature control with gasketed enclosure and two single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) switches.

Refer to the A19A, A19K, A28K Series Industrial Controls Remote Bulb Product Bulletin (LIT-125105) for important product application information

Features

  • rugged steel enclosure
  • liquid-filled sensing element that provides uniform control

Applications

This control is for refrigeration, air conditioning, and heating applications. This model incorporates a gasketed enclosure that can be used in a wide range of industrial and general purpose applications.

Repair Information

If the A28 Two-Stage Industrial Thermostat fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings AC 120 208 240
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads) 16.0 9.2 8.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

Note: When used as a two-circuit control, the total connected load must not exceed 2,000 VA.

A28AKA Industrial Thermostat

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Bulb Well No.

(Order Separately)

Range

Adjuster

A28KA-1C Two-SPDT 0 to 150

(-15 to 65)

5 (2.8) each stage

3 (1.7) fixed between stages

0.290 x 2-1/2 in.

10 ft capillary

WEL16A-600R Knob
Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927125

A28 Two-Stage Temperature Control with Weatherproof Enclosure

Description

The A28MA Controls are wide range temperature controls with rainproof NEMA 3R enclosure and two single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) switches.

Refer to the A28MA Type Two-Stage Tower Fan Control Two-Stage Air Cooled Condenser Fan Control Product Bulletin

(LIT-125135) for important product application information

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings 120 208 240
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads) 16.0 9.2 8.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

Note: When used as a two-circuit control, the total connected load must not exceed

2,000 VA.

Features

  • rugged steel enclosure
  • liquid-filled sensing element provides uniform control

Applications

  • sump water temperature control for cooling towers and evaporative condensers
  • fan cycling control for air-cooled condensers

Repair Information

If the A28 Two-Stage Temperature Control with Weatherproof Enclosure fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Selection Chart

Product

Code Number

Switch

Action

Range

°F (°C)

Differential

F° (C°)

Bulb and

Capillary

Range

Adjuster

A28MA-1C Two-Stage Two-SPDT

Switches

40 to 120

(4 to 49)

Factory set

5 (2.8) each stage

8 (4.4) between stages

3/8 in. x 4 in.;

Neoprene-coated 6 ft capillary

Screwdriver slot
A28MA-2C 3/8 in. x 4-1/16 in.; 6 ft capillary

A28MA Temperature Control

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927130

A28 Two-Stage Agricultural Thermostat with NEMA 4X Enclosure

Description

The A28PJ and A28PA are two-stage temperature controls with raintight and dusttight enclosures.

Refer to the A28 Series Two-Stage Temperature Controls with NEMA 1 Enclosure Product Bulletin (LIT-125130) for important product application information.

Features

  • rugged thermoplastic gasketed enclosures that meet NEMA 4X specifications
  • O-ring sealed setpoint adjustment knobs
  • range scale with oversized white markings for easy readability in low light
  • exposed portion of liquid-filled sensing elements are plated and plastic coated to resist damage in corrosive atmospheres

Selection Chart

Product Code Number Switch Action Range °F (°C) Differential F° (C°) Bulb and Capillary Range Adjuster
A28PJ-1C Two-SPDT 30 to 110

(-1 to 43)

2 (1.1) each stage

2 to 7 (1.1 to 3.9) adjustable between stages

1-3/8 in. x 2-1/4 in.

coiled

Knob
A28PA-2C Two-SPDT 30 to 110

(-1 to 43)

2 (1.1) each stage

2 to 7 (1.1 to 3.9) adjustable between stages

1-3/8 in. x 2-1/4 in. coiled Knob

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Applications

Designed for use in agricultural and industrial applications that require compliance with Article 547 of the National Electrical Code.

Repair Information

If the A28 Two-Stage Agricultural Thermostat with NEMA 4X Enclosure fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

A28PJ, A28PA Thermostat

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277
A28PJ
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 20.4 18.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads) 10.0 9.2 8.0 7.2
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC1
A28PA
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
Non-Inductive or Resistance Load A (Not Lamp Loads) 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.2
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC1

1. When used as a two-circuit control, the total connected load must not exceed 2,000 VA.

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927135

A36 Series Four-Stage Remote Bulb Thermostats

Sw itch

D ifferentia l

Description

The A36 series are four-stage thermostats with open construction for use in panel mounting.

Refer to the Type A36AHA 4-Stage Computer Environmental Temperature Control Product Bulletin (LIT-125145) for important product application information.

In ter sta ge Dif ferent ial

A36 Series Differential Diagram

Sw itch

D iffe ren tia l

Sw itch

D iffere n tial

a36diff.eps

Features

Screwdriver slot adjustment with calibrated dial enables movement of entire staging band within the range.

Applications

Use for cycling control for multiple refrigeration compressors or unloading type compressors.

Accessories

Order Enclosure CSE57A-600 separately, if required.

a36 IN.eps

A36AHA-52 Remote Bulb Thermostat

Repair Information

If the A36 Series Four-Stage Remote Bulb Thermostat fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

A36 Series Action Diagram

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Range °F (°C) Differential F° (C°)

Fixed

Bulb and

Capillary

Bulb Well No.

(Order Separately)

Range

Adjuster

A36AHA-50C1 Four Single-Pole,

Double-Throw (SPDT)

switches

55 to 95

(13 to 35)

Two each stage

1 1/2 (0.8) between stages

3/8 in. x 5-1/4 in.

18 in. capillary

w ith 12 in. nylon armor

WEL14A-603R Screwdriver slot with

calibrated dial

A36AHA-52C1
A36AHA-58C2 0 to 70

(-18 to 21)

Three each stage

2-1/2 (1.4) between stages

3/8 in. x 4-3/4 in.

15 ft braid armor capillary

WEL14A-602R
A36AHB-33C1 Two each stage

2-1/2 (1.4) between stages

  1. Calibrated at mid-switching point; computer room or comfort control.
  2. Calibrated at low-switching point; special close control chiller applications.

Specifications

Maximum bulb temperature is 120°F (49°C) in operation and 140°F (60°C) when shipping.

Electrical Ratings (Per Switch)

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277
A36AHA
AC Full Load A 10.0 6.9 5.0
AC Locked Rotor A 60.0 41.4 30.0
Non-Inductive A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.2
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 227 VAC
A36AHB
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 20.4 18.0
Non-Inductive A 10.0 5.7 5.0 4.3
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 227 VAC

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1922250

S26 Series Switching Subbase

Description

The S26 Series is a switching subbase used in conjunction with T26A, T26J, and T26S thermostats to provide system and fan switching capability.

The variety of switching configurations available with the S26 Series adds application flexibility to the T26 Series thermostats.

Applications

S26 Series subbases are available with a variety of system switch configurations for manual control of system operation and fan speed for heating, cooling, and combination heating/cooling equipment.

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

System

Switch

Fan Switch
S26AA-1 Heat-off-cool Low-med-high
S26AH-1 Heat-off-cool None
S26DH-1 Off-auto None

Refer to the S26 Series Switching Subbase Product Bulletin (LIT-125610) for important product application information.

Features

  • mounts directly to a two-gang electrical box
  • wiring connections enclosed and isolated from the user
  • smooth action multi-position slide switches for dependable service
  • can be added to existing T26 Series thermostats (new style with plastic cover)
  • high-impact plastic enclosure

Repair Information

If the S26 Series Switching Subbase fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement subbase, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

S26 Series Switching Subbase

Technical Specifications

Gray

Typical Wiring Configuration for Cooling S26

T26S and S26AH (T46SAH) Heat-Off-Cool Selector Switch with Continuous Fan (Heating and Cooling)

Black

FIG:T46SAH

S26 Series System Switching Subbase
Finish Cover Almond
Faceplate Gold metallic with dark brown border and lettering
Material Base 0.050 in. (1 mm) cold rolled steel
Cover 0.090 in. (2 mm) high impact PVC plastic
Mounting Mounts to a 2-gang electrical box
Shipping Weight Individual Pack 7 oz (0.20 kg)
Overpack of 20 Units 10 lb, 4 oz (4.65 kg)
Wiring Connections Color coded No. 16 AWG wires, 8 in. (203 mm) long

Typical Wiring Configurations for Combinations

Electrical Ratings
Motor Ratings 120V 208V 240V 277V
AC full load A 12.0 6.9 6.0 5.2
AC locked rotor A 72 41.4 36 31.2
AC non-inductive A 6.5 6.5 6.5
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

Black

Red

H C H C

Gray

T26S and S26AA (T46SAA) Heat-Off-Cool Selector Switch with Fan Speed Control (Heating and Cooling)

Black

T26S and S26DH (T46SDH) Off-Auto Selector Switch with Manual or Automatic Changeover Switch and

Gray

FIG:T46SAA

FIG:T4SDH

Continuous Fan (Heating and Cooling)

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1922255

T22/T25/T26 Series Line Voltage Wall Thermostat (Heating, Cooling, or Heating and Cooling)

Description

For line voltage control of residential, commercial, or industrial heating or year-round air conditioning. Heat or cold anticipators are not required. The

liquid-charged temperature sensing element and highly efficient diaphragm and leverage provide close temperature control.

Refer to the following documents for important product application information:

  • T22 Series Line Voltage Thermostats with Selector Switch Product Bulletin

(LIT-125630)

  • T25 Two-Stage Room Thermostat Product Bulletin (LIT-125640)
  • T26 Series Line Voltage Thermostats Product Bulletin (LIT-125645)

Features

  • attractive beige colored, high-impact plastic enclosure (T26 Series)
  • close differential without the need for anticipators
  • bi-metal thermometer supplied as standard except where indicated
  • equipped with adjustable dial stops (T26 Series)

T22 Series Line Voltage Wall Thermostat

Series T25

Y

Y

B R

B

R

High Stage

T25 Series Line Voltage Wall Thermostat

Low Stage

t28cd.eps

T25 Series Line Voltage Wall Thermostat

SeriesT26

3

2

1

t28cd.eps

Specifications

Action on Increase of Temperature

Action on Increase of Temperature

Temperature range is 40 to 90°F (5 to 30°C),

except energy conservation models.

Accessories

  • replacement knobs and faceplates
  • for double trim plate for mounting two T22s or T26s

Repair Information

If the T22/T25/T26 Series Line Voltage Wall Thermostat (Heating, Cooling, or Heating and Cooling) fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Applications

Use for line voltage control of heating and cooling equipment.

T25, T26 Series Action Diagrams

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls

T22/T25/T26 Series Line Voltage Wall Thermostat (Heating, Cooling, or Heating and Cooling) (Continued)

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number1

Type of

Adjustment

Application Selector

Switch

Differential Approximately C° (F°) Shipping

Wt. (lb)

Heating Cooling
Heating
T22AAA-1C Knob Single-Pole, Single-Throw (SPST) Off-Auto 1-3/4 (1) 1.3
T22ABC-1C Auto-Off-Fan
T22ABC-3C Concealed
T22BBC-1C Knob SPST, medium duty 3 (1.7)
T22CBC-1C SPST, heavy duty
T22CBC-3C Concealed
T26A-14C

(No Thermometer)

Knob SPST, Energy Conservation Heating

model, max. setting 75°F (24°C)

None 2 (1.1) 1.0
T26A-15C

(No Thermometer)

SPST, Energy Conservation Heating

model, max. setting 65°F (18°C)

Cooling
T22JAA-1C Knob SPST Off-Auto 2-1/4 (1.3) 1.3
T22JCC-1C Auto-Off-Fan
T26J-7C

(No Thermometer)

SPST, Energy Conservation Cooling

model, min. setting 75°F (24°C)

None
T26J-9C

(No Thermometer)

SPST, Energy Conservation Cooling

model, min. setting 78°F (26°C)

2 (1.1) 1.0
Heating and Cooling
T22SDA-1C Knob Single-Pole, Double-Throw (SPDT),

permits system shutdown at the thermostat

Off-Auto 1-3/4 (1) 2-1/4 (1.3) 1.3
T22SEB-1C SPDT, used when the same device

controls heating and cooling

Heat-Off-Cool
T22SFB-1C2 SPDT, used to control separate

loads on heating and cooling

T22TFB-1C2 SPDT, heavy duty, used to control

separate loads on heating and cooling

3 (1.7) 3 to 4 (1.7 to 2.2)
T26S-18C3 SPDT None 1-3/4 (1) 2-1/4 (1.3) 1.0
T26T-3C2 SPDT, heavy duty 3 (1.7) 3 to 4 (1.7 to 2.2)
Two-Stage
T25A-1C Knob Two SPDT switches

Two-stage heating, cooling or one- stage heating and one-stage cooling

None 1-3/4 (1) 2-1/4 (1.3) 1.5
T25A-16C Concealed 3 (1.7) between stages
  1. For the thermostat guard, refer to G Series Thermostat and Humidistat Guards (LIT-1922145).
  2. Can also be used where one unit provides both heating and cooling by adding a jumper between terminals 2 and 3. Refer to Typical Wiring Diagram and Electrical Ratings for Line Voltage Thermostats (LIT-1922600).
  3. Includes a faceplate for horizontal mounting. The plate is for on-the-job installation over a vertical plate. Can field-convert to other configurations.

The T26S-18 is a universal replacement for Honeywell T451A, -B, T651A; White-Rodgers 179-1, 180-1, 181-1, 182-101, -102; Robertshaw® TA500, TH71,

-72, -79, -500, TX550.

T26T-3 replaces: Honeywell T4051A, -B, T6051A; White-Rodgers 151-6, 152-9, 159-3, -5.

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1922600

Typical Wiring Diagram and Electrical Ratings for Line Voltage Thermostats

Technical Specifications

H

Off

Off

h

H eat C ool H eat C ool

3

1

2

Cooling

System

Heating

System

G

t22sfb.eps

T22SFB, T22TFB

Typical Wiring Diagram for Line Voltage Thermostat

Electrical Ratings T22A, T22J, T22S, T25A, T26A, T26J, T26S

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 21 18.0
AC Non-Inductive A (1) (1) (1) (1)
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

Note: T25A Non-Inductive Ratings are 10.0, 9.2, 8.0 and 7.2 A. T26A, T26S Non-Inductive Rating is 10.0 A,

120 to 277 VAC.

Electrical Ratings T22BBC

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
AC Full Load A 10.0 6.9 6.0
AC Locked Rotor A 60.0 41.4 36.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

Electrical Ratings T22CBC1, T26T2

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
Heat Cool Heat Cool Heat Cool
AC Full Load A 16.0 8.0 9.2 8.0 8.0 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 48.0 55.2 48.0 48.0 48.0
Non-Inductive Rating 120 240 227
AC Non-Inductive A 22.0 22.0 22.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 240 VAC
  1. Heating rating only applies. Non-inductive ratings do not apply to Type T2CBC.
  2. Non-inductive rating does not apply to the cooling side of T26T.

Electrical Ratings T22TFB

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
Heat Cool Heat Cool Heat Cool
AC Full Load A 16.0 8.0 9.2 8.0 8.0 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 48.0 55.2 48.0 48.0 48.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 240 VAC

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1922260

T23 Series Fan Coil Thermostat (with Fan and System Selectors)

Description

This line voltage thermostat controls heating, cooling, or combination heating and cooling systems. It operates fan motors, relays, or valves on fan-coil units. All thermostats have a three-speed fan selector switch.

Refer to the T23 Series Line Voltage Fan Coil Thermostat Product Bulletin (LIT-125635) for important product application information.

Features

  • dual voltage switching provided (120/240 VAC) without the need for

anticipators to achieve close temperature control

  • field-adjustable high and low dial stops
  • mounts on a standard double outlet box
  • attractive one-piece beige cover with inlaid two-tone panel

Applications

  • line voltage control of fan motors, relays, or valves on fan-coil units

T23A Thermostat

2 3 Y h

MED

L O H I B

OF F

5 6 4

R

H E A T C O OL

2

3

Y

h

ME D

LO

HI

B

OF F

5

6

R

AU T O

t23a.eps

T23B Thermostat

2

3

Y

h

ME D

LO

HI

B

OF F

5

6

R

AU T O

T23A-1 Thermostat

Repair Information

If the T23 Series Fan Coil Thermostat (with Fan and System Selectors) fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

t23b.eps

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Switches Range °F (°C) Differential F° (C°) Shipping

Weight (lb)

Fan System Heating Cooling
T23A-1C Low-Med-High Heat-Off-Cool 50 to 90

(10 to 32)

1-3/4 (1) 2-1/4 (1.3) 1.5
T23B-1C Low-Med-High Auto-Off

Technical Specifications Mounts on a standard double outlet box. Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 240
AC Full Load Amperes 5.8 2.9
AC Locked Rotor Amperes 34.8 17.4
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 240 VAC

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1922265

T28 Series Fan Coil Thermostat (with or without Fan Selector Switches)

Description

This thermostat controls light duty line voltage fan coil or baseboard valves on heating, cooling, and heating-cooling systems. The thermostat can control one or two valves directly. These thermostats are rated for 120, 208, or 240 VAC at 50 to 60 Hz.

Refer to the T28 Series Fan Coil Thermostats Product Bulletin (LIT-125650) for important product application information.

Features

  • precision, snap-acting contacts
  • heating and cooling anticipation
  • cooling and heating-cooling models have an interlocked fan off position

Applications

Use for line voltage control of heating and cooling equipment.

HI ME D h

OFF

LO

T28CD

t28cd.eps

Heating-Cooling Thermostat with Off-Hi-Med-Lo Fan Switch

HI ME D h

OF F LO

T28DG

Sequenced Heating-Cooling Thermostat with Off-Hi-Med-Lo Fan Switch

t28dg.eps

T28CD Thermostat

Repair Information

If the T28 Series Fan Coil Thermostat (with or without Fan Selector Switches) fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement thermostat, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Selection Chart

Product Code Number Fan Switch Shipping Weight, lb (kg)
Cooling
T28BD-1C Off-Hi-Med-Lo 1.3 (0.59)
Heating-Cooling (Remote changeover, Single valve for heating and cooling)1
T28CD-1C Off-Hi-Med-Lo 1.3 (0.59)
Heating-Cooling, Sequenced (Automatic changeover, Separate valves for heating and cooling)2
T28DA-1C None 1.0 (0.45)
T28DB-1C1 Off-On 1.3 (0.59)
T28DD-1C1 Off-Hi-Med-Lo 1.3 (0.59)
T28DG-1C3 Off-Hi-Med-Lo 1.3 (0.59)
  1. Off position of fan switch interlocks to turn off cooling.
  2. For automatic changeover where one valve functions for heating or cooling, use A19CAC-2 Strap-On Changeover Control.
  3. Off position of fan switch interlocks to turn off both heating and cooling.

Technical Specifications

The T28 mounts on a standard, double outlet box.

Nominal operating differential at 0.6°F (0.3 C°) heating, 1 F° (0.6 C°) cooling on standard 120 VAC fan coil valves. Sequenced models have 6 F° (3.3 C°) differential from heat on to cool on.

Electrical Ratings – Ampere

VAC Thermostat Fan Switch
Cooling Heating
Normal Inrush Normal Inrush Full Load Amperes Locked Rotor Amperes
120 0.32 1.0 0.12 0.36 5.8 34.8
208 0.18 0.57 0.07 0.21 3.3 19.8
240 0.16 0.50 0.06 0.18 2.9 17.4
Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1922270

T46 Series Fan Coil Thermostat

Description

The T46 Series Thermostat is used to control line voltage, fan coil, and heating zone valves on heating, cooling, and combination heating and cooling systems. Models are available with single-pole, single-throw (SPST) or single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) contact action for standard duty (nominal 1/4 hp,

6 A non-inductive) applications. Thermostats are available with or without fan speed control or built-in thermometers. Various system switch combinations are available, including fan speed selection.

Field-installable faceplate combinations of knob or concealed adjustment are possible. Also, the T46 is available with or without thermometer indication. These thermostats have plastic locking covers with an

Allen-head screw to discourage unauthorized tampering. Standard models are supplied with the thermostat faceplate installed with knob adjustment and thermometer.

Refer to the T46 Series Fan Coil Thermostats Product Bulletin (LIT-125655) for important product application information.

Selection Charts

T46 Series Fan Coil Thermostat

Features

  • knob or concealed setpoint adjustment
  • low and high temperature dial stops that are concealed and adjustable throughout setpoint range
  • can be set for a locked dial
  • narrow differential without the need for anticipator
  • standard internal dual Celsius and Fahrenheit scales
  • switch mechanism and wiring connections go into the switch box to isolate electrical circuits from the sensing element
  • mounts on a standard double outlet box
  • separable mounting plate allows easy mounting and wiring without removing thermostat cover
  • locking cover reduces unauthorized tampering
  • high-impact plastic enclosure
  • smooth action multi-position slide switches for dependable service

Replacement Parts

Product Code Number Description
CVR88A-600R Thermostat Cover Assembly for knob adjustment models with thermometer,

°F scale, faceplate supplied unassembled

KNB26A-600R Plastic push on knob for thermostat
BKT48A-600R Mounting plate for T46

T46 Thermostat

Applications

These thermostats control fan coil and zone heating valves on a wide variety of heating and cooling combinations for conditioned space.

Accessories

Product Code

Number

System

Switch

Fan

Switch

Heating
T46ABH-1C Auto-off-fan None
T46ADH-1C Off-auto None
Cooling
T46JBH-1C Auto-off-fan None
T46JDH-1C Off-auto None
T46JEA-1C On-off Low-med-high
Heating and Cooling
T46SAA-1C Heat-off-cool Low-med-high
T46SAH-1C Heat-off-cool None
T46SDA-1C Off-auto Low-med-high
T46SDH-1C Off-auto None
Product Code

Number

Faceplate Selection1
Mounting

Position

Type of

Adjustment

Thermometer

Cutout

Temperature

Scale

PLT333-1R2 Vertical Knob Yes Fahrenheit
PLT333-3R Vertical Concealed Yes Fahrenheit
PLT333-5R Vertical Knob Yes Celsius
PLT333-12R Vertical Concealed No

Technical Specifications

  1. Faceplates must be ordered in multiples of ten.
  2. Supplied with standard wholesaler models.
T46 Series Fan Coil Thermostats
Range Thermostat 40 to 90°F (5 to 30°C)
Thermometer 50 to 90°F (10 to 30°C)
Differential Mechanical Approximately 0.7°F (0.4°C)
Operating See next page
Finish Cover Almond
Faceplate Gold metallic with dark brown border and lettering
Mounting Double gang box, separable mounting plate
Material Base 0.050 in. (1 mm) cold rolled steel
Cover 0.090 in. (2 mm) high-impact plastic
Sensing Element Liquid-filled for positive trouble-free operation
Shipping Weight Individual Pack 1 lb (0.45 kg)
Overpack of 20 Units 20 lb (9.07 kg)
Thermometer Bimetal type for accuracy and clarity, can be field-calibrated
Wiring Connections Color coded No. 16 AWG wires, 8 in. (203 mm) long

Multi-Stage Electromechanical Temperature Controls

T46 Series Fan Coil Thermostat (Continued)

Technical Specifications (Continued)

Electrical Ratings

Typical Wiring Application for Heating

Black

Motor Ratings 120 V 208 V 240 V 277 V
T46 System and Fan Switches
AC Full Load A 12.0 6.9 6.0 5.2
AC Locked Rotor A 34.8 19.1 17.4 14.4
AC Non-Inductive A 6.5 6.5 6.5
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC
T46 Thermostat Only
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.5 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 34.8 19.1 17.4
AC Non-Inductive A 6.5 6.5 6.5
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

L1 (Hot)

Grey

Operating Differentials

5

T46A, T46S Heating

4

Operating Differential F 0

3

2.2

Orange

Red

Neutral

T46ABH Auto-Off-Fan Selector Switch with Continuous Fan (Heating Only)

Typical Wiring Application for Cooling

To Fan

To Heating

t46auht.eps

2

1

0

0 2 4 6 8

Amperage Load

1.1

L1 (Hot)

Operating Differential C 0

Bla ck

Grey

Orange

Blu e

To Fan

t46auco.eps

Operating Differential for T46A and Heating Side of T46S

t46heat.eps

Neutral

To Cool ing

T46JBH Auto-Off-Fan Selector Switch

5 with Continuous Fan (Cooling Only)

T46J, T46S Cooling

4 2.2

Operating Differential F 0

Operating Differential C 0

3

2 1.1

1

Typical Wiring Application for Combination

Fan

Orange

To

L1 (Hot)

Fan

Off

Changeover

Control

Blue

Y

B

Red

R

Valve

Neutral

Black

0

t46cool.eps

Grey

0 2 4 6 8

Amperage Load

Operating Differential for T46J and Cooling Side of T46S

Note: The heavy line in each of the above figures is the nominal operating temperature differential. Production thermostats may vary from the norm, as indicated by the dotted line.

T46SDH Off-Auto Selector Switch.

t46_2.eps

Used on Fan-Coil Unit with Cycling Valve and Continuous Fan.

Terminal Markings Shown for

A19CAC Changeover Control (Heating and Cooling)

Multi-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1900004

MS Series Temperature Stage Control Modules

Description

The MS Series Temperature Controls are versatile, microprocessor-based, multifunction, programmable temperature controls. They are designed for single and multiple-stage temperature control applications.

Depending on the model selected, the

MS Series Controls can operate in the following modes:

  • Direct mode
  • Reverse mode
  • Deadband mode
  • Independent Setpoint mode

The MS Series Controls have large, easy-to-read, red LED displays. These

compact controls are available in panel mount and DIN rail mount models. MS Series Controls use the A99B temperature sensors, which allow remote mounting of the display unit.

Refer to the MS Series Multi-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls Product Bulletin

(LIT-125198) for important product application information.

Features

  • programmable functions allow adjustment of control settings to meet application needs
  • alarm management functions provide visible alarm codes on the display
  • easily readable LED display shows temperature and functions quickly and clearly
  • programming button lockout allows user to disable programming buttons to deter accidental or unauthorized changes
  • accurate temperature sensors provide precise control performance with up to 300 feet of wiring (An adjustable offset is provided for longer wiring)
  • self-test procedure checks control operation by cycling all outputs and testing all LEDs

MS4 Series Panel and DIN Rail Mount, Multi-Stage, Electronic Temperature Controls

Repair Information

If the MS Series Temperature Stage Control Modules fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Applications

Application MS1 Series Single-Stage MS2 Series Two-Stage MS4 Series Four-Stage
Rooftop heating or cooling units
Boiler or pump control
Convenience store coolers
Space temperature control
Cooling tower pump control
Compressor or chiller staging
Reach-in coolers
Supermarket display cases for produce
Restaurant and Convenience store walk-in coolers

Selection Chart

Product Code Number Description Shipping Weight, lb (g)
MS1DR24T-11C MS1 Single-stage, DIN Rail Mount Temperature Control, A99BB-200C sensor included 0.75 (340)
MS2DR24T-11C MS2 Two-stage, DIN Rail Mount Temperature Control, A99BB-200C sensor included 0.79 (360)
MS2PM24T-11C MS2 Two-stage, Panel Mount Temperature Control, A99BB-200C sensor included 0.53 (240)
MS4DR24T-11C MS4 Four-stage, DIN Rail Mount Temperature Control, 2 A99BB-200C sensors included 1.17 (530)
MS4PM24T-11C MS4 Four-stage, Panel Mount Temperature Control, 2 A99BB-200C sensors included 0.90 (410)

Accessories

Product Code Number Description
A99BB-200C Temperature Sensor: Range: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C)

Cable length and type: 6-1/2 ft (2 m) PVC

A99BB-300C Temperature Sensor: Range: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C) Cable length and type: 9-3/4 ft (3 m) PVC
A99BB-500C Temperature Sensor: Range: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C) Cable length and type: 16-3/8 ft (5 m) PVC
A99BB-600C Temperature Sensor: Range: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C) Cable length and type: 19-1/2 ft (6 m) PVC
A99BA-200C Temperature Sensor: Range: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C) Cable length and type: 6-1/2 ft (2 m) Shielded

ms4pm24t.eps

ms4dr24t.eps

Multi-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls

MS Series Temperature Stage Control Modules (Continued)

Technical Specifications

MS Series Temperature Stage Control Modules
Power Requirements 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Class 2 (20 to 30 VAC)
Power Consumption 5 VA at 24 VAC
Accuracy  1.8°F ( 1°C)
Ambient Conditions Operating +14 to +140°F (-10 to +60°C); 0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)
Storage -22 to +176°F (-30 to +80°C); 0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)
Agency Listings UL Recognized: File E194024, CCN XAPX2

Canadian UL Recognized: File E194024, CCN XAPX8

Dimensions (H x W x D) Panel Mount 1.38 x 2.95 x 2.68 in. (35 x 75 x 68 mm)
DIN Rail 4.65 x 2.76 x 2.07 in. (118 x 70 x 53 mm)

Electrical Ratings

120 VAC 240 VAC 24 VDC
Horsepower 1/4 1/2
Full Load Amperes 5.8 4.9
Locked Rotor Amperes 34.8 29.4
Inductive (Non-Motor) Amperes 8 8 8
Pilot Duty VA 275 450

Note: Relay outputs must not exceed 20 Amperes total connected load. Open collector transistors on the MS1 Alarm Circuits have a maximum rating of 40 VDC 100 mA. Alarms require separate power source.

Refer to Ratings Table for more information

Internal to Control

Stage Stage

1

3

Power

Stage

Stage Supply

2 4

Common

Binary Input

Auxiliary Temperature Sensor

Process Sensor

Binary/Sensor Common

C

1

2

3

4

V1 V2 D S2 SC S1

Terminal Not Used

Binary Input

Sensor Common

Process Sensor

Binary and Sensor Common

Auxiliary Temperature Stage Sensor

SC D CD S2 C2

Internal to Control

V1 V2

C1 1

C4

C3 3

Stage 1 Stage 4 Stage 3

Power Supply

See Ratings Table for more information

MS4PM24T Panel Mount Control Wiring MS4DR24T Din Rail Mount Control Wiring

Multi-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1900009

MS Series Single-Stage Control Modules with Voltage Input

Description

The MS Series Controls are versatile, microprocessor-based, multifunction, programmable controls for humidity, pressure, or other 0 to 10 VDC input. They are designed for single- and multiple-stage control applications.

Depending on the model selected, the MS Series Control can operate in one of several modes:

  • Direct mode
  • Reverse mode
  • Deadband mode
  • Independent Setpoint mode

The MS Series Controls have large, easy-to-read, red LED displays. These

compact controls are available in panel mount and DIN rail mount models.

Refer to the MS Series Multi-Stage Electronic Controls Product Bulletin (LIT-125502) for important product application information.

Applications

Application MS1 Series Single-Stage
Rooftop heating or cooling units
Boiler or pump control
Convenience store coolers
Space temperature control
Cooling tower pump control

Selection Chart

Product Code Number Description
MS1DR24T-11C MS1 Single-Stage thermostat, DIN Rail Mount Control; A99 sensor included
MS1DR24V-11C MS1 Single-Stage, DIN Rail Mount Control; 0 to10 VDC input; no sensor included

Accessories

Product Code Number Description
HE-6300-3

HE-6310-3

Humidity Sensor: 0 to 100% RH noncondensing

20 to 140°F (-29 to 60°C)

Technical Specifications

Features

  • programmable functions allow adjustment of control settings to meet application needs
  • alarm management functions provide visible alarm codes on the display and alarm relay contacts that can be used to activate a remote alarm or dial-out modem
  • easily readable LED display shows condition and functions quickly and clearly
  • programming button lockout allows user to disable programming buttons to deter accidental or unauthorized changes
  • provides accurate control performance with up to 300 feet of wiring (an adjustable offset is provided for longer wiring.)
  • self-test procedure checks control operation by cycling all outputs and testing all LEDs

MS1 Series DIN Rail Mount, Single-Stage, Electronic Pressure, Temperator

Repair Information

If the MS Series Single-Stage Control Modules with Voltage Input fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

MS Series Stage Control Modules with Voltage Input
Power Requirements 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Class 2 (20 to 30 VAC)
Power Consumption 5 VA at 24 VAC
Accuracy  1.8°F ( 1°C)
Multi-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls

Electrical Ratings

MS Series Stage Control Modules with Voltage Input
Ambient Conditions Operating +14 to +140°F (-10 to +60°C); 0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)
Storage -22 to +176°F (-30 to +80°C); 0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)
Agency Listings UL Recognized: File E194024, CCN XAPX2

Canadian UL Recognized: File E194024, CCN XAPX8

Dimensions (H x W x D) Panel Mount 1.38 x 2.95 x 2.68 in. (35 x 75 x 68 mm)
DIN Rail 4.65 x 2.76 x 2.07 in. (118 x 70 x 53 mm)

MS Series Single-Stage Control Modules with Voltage Input (Continued)

120 VAC 240 VAC 24 VDC
Horsepower 1/4 1/2
Full Load Amperes 5.8 4.9
Locked Rotor Amperes 34.8 29.4
Inductive (Non-Motor) Amperes 8 8 8
Pilot Duty VA 275 450

Note: Relay outputs must not exceed 20 Amperes total connected load. Open collector transistors on the MS1 Alarm Circuits have a maximum rating of 40 VDC 100 mA. Alarms require separate power source.

Multi-Stage Electronic Temperature Controls Code No. LIT-1927375

Description

MS4PMUHVT Multi-Stage Electronic Temperature Control with Relay Pack

    • Surface Mounted Design (SMD)

The MS4PMUHVT Control is intended for multi-stage temperature control applications. This microprocessor based control offers innovative features and state-of-the-art technology to improve all your staged temperature control applications.

Refer to the MS4PMUHVT Multi-Stage Electronic Temperature Control with Relay Pack Product Bulletin (LIT-125195) for important product application information.

Features

  • four enclosed, line voltage relays provide direct control of motor loads without additional relays
  • 120/240 VAC power supply eliminates need for separate transformers
  • one control provides single-sensor multi-stage control or dual-sensor reset

control, which reduces need for warehouse or truck to stock multiple controls for similar applications

  • accepts A99 sensor signal, which is suitable for a wide range of applications

Selection Charts

technology assures high quality, reliable components in a compact package

  • keypad lock deters accidental changes to parameter settings
  • listed for use on refrigeration equipment in accordance with Canadian and U.S. National standards

Applications

This control is specifically designed for the control of four-stage applications in the following configurations:

  • four cooling stages with common setpoint
  • four heating stages with common setpoint
  • four stages with deadband (two heating stages and two cooling stages with common setpoint)
  • two independent sets of two dependent stages (two heating stages and two cooling stages with independent setpoints)

Repair Information

If the MS4PMUHVT Multi-Stage Electronic Temperature Control with Relay Pack fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Technical Specifications

MS4PMUHVT Electronic Temperature Control

MS4PMUHV Multi-Stage Electronic Temperature Control with Relay Pack

MS4PMUHVT Multi-Stage Electronic Temperature Control

with Relay Pack

Power Requirements 120 VAC ±10% or 240 VAC ±10%
Frequency 60/50 Hz
Power Consumption 10 VA at 240 VAC, 10 VA at 120 VAC
Sensor Range -40 to 158°F (-40 to +70°C)
Accuracy ±1 F°/±1 C°
Ambient Operating Conditions MS4PMUHVT-11C +14 to +140°F (-10 to +60°C);

0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)

MS4PM12CT-11C +14 to +140°F (-10 to +60°C);

0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)

RP4MSUHV-1C -40 to +140°F (-40 to +60°C);

0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)

Ambient Storage Conditions MS4PMUHVT-11C -22 to +176°F (-30 to +80°C);

0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)

MS4PM12CT-11C -22 to +176°F (-30 to +80°C);

0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)

RP4MSUHV-1C -40 to +185°F (-40 to +85°C);

0 to 95% RH (noncondensing)

Agency Listings UL File SA516, Guide SDFY cUL File SA516, Guide SDFY7
Emissions Compliance FCC (US), DOC (Canada)
Dimensions (H x W x D) 7.94 x 3-3/5 x 2-2/5 in. (202 x 92 x 61 mm)
Shipping Weight 2.9 lb (1,320 g)
Product Code Number Description
MS4PMUHVT-11C Multi-Stage Electronic Temperature Control with

Relay Pack and One Temperature Sensor

Accessories and Maintenance Parts

Product Code Number Description
A99BB-200C Sensor with 6-1/2 ft/1.98 m Cable Length
MS4PM12CT-11C Replacement Control (for use only with relay pack)
RP4MSUHV-1C Replacement Relay Pack without Control

Electrical Ratings per Relay

24 VAC 120 VAC 208 VAC 240 VAC
HP 1/3 3/4 1
FLA (Ampere) 7.2 7.6 8
LRA (Ampere) 43.2 45.6 48
Non-Inductive (Ampere) 8 8 8
Pilot Duty (VA) 50 325 625 750
Temperature Control Sensors and Accessories Code No. LIT-1900006

A99B Series Temperature Sensor

Description

The A99B Series Temperature Sensors are passive PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) sensors. The A99B sensors are splashproof and are designed to measure temperature in a variety of refrigeration applications. Several accessories allow easy tailoring of the temperature sensor to various mounting configurations.

Applications include temperature sensing for freezers and coolers, as well as in defrost termination sensing, space and return air temperature sensing, and condenser fan cycling.

Refer to the A99B Series Temperature Sensors Product Bulletin (LIT-125186) for important product application information.

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Description
A99BA-200C PTC Silicon Sensor with Shielded Cable;

Cable length 6-1/2 ft (2 m);

Range: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C)

A99BB-25C PTC Silicon Sensor with PVC Cable; Cable length 9-3/4 in. (0.25 m); Range: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C)
A99BB-200C PTC Silicon Sensor with PVC Cable; Cable length 6-1/2 ft (2 m);

Range: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C)

A99BB-300C PTC Silicon Sensor with PVC Cable; Cable length 9-3/4 ft (3 m);

Range: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C)

A99BB-500C PTC Silicon Sensor with PVC Cable; Cable length 16-3/8 ft (5 m);

Range: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C)

A99BB-600C PTC Silicon Sensor with PVC Cable; Cable length 19-1/2 ft (6 m);

Range: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C)

A99BC-25C PTC Silicon Sensor with High Temperature Silicon Cable; Cable length 9-3/4 in. (0.25 m);

Range: -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C)

A99BC-300C PTC Silicon Sensor with High Temperature Silicon Cable; Cable length 9-3/4 ft (3 m);

Range: -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C)

A99BC-500C PTC Silicon Sensor with High Temperature Silicon Cable; Cable length 16-3/8 ft (5 m);

Range: -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C)

A99BC-1500C PTC Silicon Sensor with High Temperature Silicon Cable; Cable length 49 ft (15 m);

Range: -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C)

Features

  • variety of lead lengths available to encompass most application requirements and simplify wiring sensors
  • an assortment of mounting hardware provides configurations for many applications
  • exceptional accuracy of sensing element provides excellent performance in a wide variety of control applications
  • stainless steel sensing bulb allows use in more applications than other types of bulbs without corrosion
  • lead length may be extended up to 800 ft (244 m)

Applications

A99B Temperature Sensors

Repair Information

If the A99B Series Temperature Sensor fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement sensor, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Accessories

The A99B temperature sensor line offers an economical solution for a wide variety of temperature sensing needs in refrigeration and HVAC applications.

Typical temperature sensing applications and environments include:

  • freezers
  • display cases
  • walk-in coolers
  • reach-in coolers
  • defrost termination temperature sensing
  • condenser fan cycling
  • space and return air temperature sensing
  • outdoor air sensing
  • process cooling and heating

Technical Specifications

A99B Series Temperature Sensor
Sensing Range A99BA

A99BB

-40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C)
A99BC -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C)
Reference Resistance 1,035 ohms at 77°F (25°C)
Accuracy 0.9°F (0.5°C)

between 5 and 167°F (-15 and 75°C)

Sensor Construction Stainless steel probe
Sensor Lead Wire Insulation A99BA Shielded PVC cable
A99BB PVC cable
A99BC High temperature silicon cable
Lead Wire Gauge 22 AWG
Maximum Allowable Bulb Temperature 257°F (125°C)
Ambient Operating Conditions A99BA A99BB -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C);

0 to 100% RH, condensing

A99BC -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C);

0 to 100% RH, condensing

Ambient Storage Conditions A99BA A99BB 40 to 221°F (-40 to 105°C);

0 to 100% RH, condensing

A99BC -40 to 266°F (-40 to 130°C);

0 to 100% RH, condensing

Product Code

Number

Description
A99-CLP-1 Surface Mounting Clip for the A99B Temperature Sensor
ADP11A-600R 1/2 in. diameter EMT Conduit Adaptor (box of 10) for use with BOX10A-600R
BOX10A-600R PVC Enclosure
SHL10A-600R Sun Shield for Single Sensor
SHL10A-603R Sun Shield for Two Sensors
WEL11A-601R Immersion Well

Temperature Control Sensors and Accessories Code No. LIT-1922135

Bulb Wells

Description

Bulb Wells are used in conjunction with Remote Bulb Temperature Controls where bulb insertion into a vessel or container to sense temperature is required. These wells are used with TE-6000 and TE-6300 Series Sensors.

A variety of shapes, sizes, and materials are available for a wide range of applications.

Refer to the appropriate temperature control for the exact bulb well required.

Accessories

The Code No. FTG13A-600R Packing Nut Assembly is used in applications where the temperature does not fall below -35°F (-37°C). The maximum liquid pressure limit is 150 psig (1,034 kPa). Use with Style 1, 3/8 in. diameter bulb for direct immersion application. A19s require models with support tube; A70s and A72s do not need support tubes.

Selection Charts

WEL Series Bulb Wells

Repair Information

If the Bulb Wells fail to operate within thier specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement Bulb Well, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

WEL Series Bulb Well

WEL Series Bulb Wells

FIG:Wel_3

FIG:Wel_2

FTG13A-600R

Packing Nut

Interlocking Retainer Washers

½ in. N.P.T. Adaptor

Style 1

Bulb Support Tube

FIG:Wel_1

FIG:FTG13A_600R

Product Code

Number

See

Figure

Dimension, in. Pipe Thread, in. Material Maximum

Temp °F

Maximum

Pressure psig

Type of

Solder Joint

Plating
A B C Inside

D

Outside

E

Connector Tube
WEL11A-601R1 2 2-3/8 2-5/16 .299 1/2 Brass Copper 250 300 Soft
WZ-1000-22 1 5-1/4 1-1/4 .500 1/2 1/2 Stainless steel Stainless steel 300 400
WZ-1000-4 1 5-1/4 1-1/4 .500 1/2 1/2 Stainless steel Stainless steel 600 400
WZ-1000-52 2 2-3/8 2-5/16 .299 1/2 Malleable Brass 250 300
WEL14A-601R 3 3 7-9/16 1-13/16 .430 1/2 Brass Copper 250 300 Silver Brite-Dip
WEL14A-602R 3 3 4-15/16 1-13/16 .430 1/2 Brass Copper 250 300 Silver Brite-Dip
WEL14A-603R 3 3 5-13/16 1 13/16 .430 1/2 Brass Copper 250 300 Silver Brite-Dip
WEL16A-600R1 2 2-3/8 1-5/16 .299 1/2 Brass Copper 250 300 Soft
WEL16A-601R 2 2-13/16 1-13/16 .375 1/2 Brass Copper 250 300 Soft
WEL17A-600R3 1 10-7/16 3/4 .763 1/2 3/4 Malleable Copper 250 250 Silver Tin
WEL17A-601R3 1 8-11/16 3/4 .763 1/2 3/4 Malleable Copper 250 250 Silver Tin
WEL17A-602R3 1 10-7/16 3/4 .753 1/2 3/4 Malleable Steel 250 540 Silver Tin
WEL17A-604R3 1 14-13/32 3/4 .763 1/2 3/4 Malleable Copper 250 250 Silver Tin
WEL18A-600R3 1 3-1/2 3/4 .773 1/2 3/4 Malleable Steel 250 150 Silver Tin
WEL18A-602R3 1 3-1/2 3/4 .773 1/2 3/4 Malleable Brass 250 150 Silver Tin
  1. With phenolic bushing 0.093 in. slot
  2. Includes thermal compound
  3. For 11/16 in. diameter style 4 bulbs. Style 1 can be used, but is not fastened into well

T-800 Wells

Product Code

Number

Description
T-800-1605 Brass well, 6-1/2 inch
T-800-1606 Stainless steel well, 5-1/4 inch
T-800-1618 Brass well, 9-1/2 inch
T-800-1620 Brass well, 9-1/2 inch
Temperature Control Sensors and Accessories Code No. LIT-1922145

G Series Thermostat and Humidistat Guards

GRD10-1R

Wire Guard

GRD10A-601

Cast Aluminum Guard

GRD10A-608

Large Clear Plastic Guard

GRD10A-609

Rectangular Clear Plastic Guard

Description

The G Series Guards protect thermostats and humidistats from damage, vandalism, tampering, and unauthorized adjustment.

They are available in plastic, cast aluminum, or wire construction.

Features

• clear plastic guards have tumbler-type key locks

• GRD10A-608 and -609 include a mounting ring for mounting to a wall or flat surface

• plastic baseplate and plastic mounting ring available

• the baseplate mounts to a flat surface or to a single or double outlet box

• the mounting ring permits mounting over a thermostat or humidistat already installed

Applications

Ideal for locations where locked protection is required, such as schools, warehouses, churches, hospitals, or offices.

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Description Thermostat or Humidistat Series Number
T22 T25 T26 T28

No Switches

T91
GRD10-1R Wire guard only
GRD10A-600 Wire guard and baseplate
GRD10A-601 Aluminum guard and baseplate
GRD10A-606 Plastic guard with baseplate
GRD10A-608 Plastic guard with baseplate, mounting ring
GRD10A-609 Plastic guard with baseplate, mounting ring

Repair Parts

Replacement key KEY12A-600 (set of two) is available.

Temperature Control Sensors and Accessories

G Series Thermostat and Humidistat Guards (Continued)

6-3/4 (171)

(64)

2-2/3

(68)

3-3/8 (86)

6-1/5 (157)

6-3/4 (171)

1-2/5 (36)

3-5/8

(92)

4-1/5

(106)

(127)

2-7/8 (73)

1-5/8 (41)

4-3/4 (121)

grd10a_dm.eps

7-2/3 (195)

3-2/3 (94)

6-3/8 (162)

4-3/4 (121)

3-1/3 (84)

1-5/8 (41)

4-1/5

(106)

2-2/3

(68)

5-4/5 (148)

5-1/3 (135)

4-2/3 (119)

6-5/9

(167)

1-5/8

(41)

grd10a_dm2.eps

3-1/3

(84)

G Series Dimensions, in. (mm)

Temperature Control Sensors and Accessories Code No. LIT-1922285

T22, T25, T26, T28, T46, and T91 Accessories

Description

Replacement Knob and Cover Kits

Replacement Knob Kit numbers KNB17A-600R, KNB20A-600R, and

KNB26A-600R are designed as direct replacements for original equipment knobs.

Faceplates

Faceplates are available with metal or plastic covers.

Thermostat Trim Plates

Trim plate PLT231-1R is for mounting two wall thermostats such as T22, T25, T26, T58, T91 or one thermostat and one humidistat on a three-gang electrical box. The PLT61A-600 is a similar three-gang plate but with one cutout and a 3/8 in. hole for mounting accessory switches.

These plates are finished in tawny silver to complement the design of the thermostat and humidistat.

PLT61A-600 Faceplate

Selection Charts

Replacement Knob and Cover Kits

Product Code Number Description Replacement Knob For
KNB17A-600R Includes two plastic knobs T91, T22, T25, and T26 with metal knob and metal cover
KNB20A-600R Includes one plastic knob T26 and W43 with plastic knob and metal cover
KNB26A-600R Includes one plastic knob with trim disc T26, T46, and W43 with plastic cover

Faceplates

Product Code

Number

Mounting

Position

Type of

Adjustment

Cutout for

Thermometer

Use With Temperature

Scale

Faceplates for T22, T25, T26, T80, T91, and W43 with Metal Cover
PLT213-6R Vertical Concealed No T26, T91BA, W43 with metal cover None
Faceplates for T26, W43 AND W45 with Plastic Cover
PLT333-1R Vertical Knob Yes T26, T46 Fahrenheit
PLT333-2R Horizontal Knob Yes T26 Fahrenheit
PLT333-3R Vertical Concealed Yes T26, T46 Fahrenheit
PLT333-4R Horizontal Concealed Yes T26 Fahrenheit
PLT333-5R Vertical Knob Yes T26, T46 Celsius
PLT333-12R Vertical Concealed No T26, T46, and W43 None

Trim Plates

Product Code Number Description Replacement Trim Plate For
PLT231-1R Tawny silver trim plate T22, T25, T26, T28, T58, T91, W42, W43

Temperature Control Sensors and Accessories Code No. LIT-1922280

T91 Series Room Temperature Sensor

Description

The T91 Series Temperature Sensor is a solid state thermistor sensor detects temperature changes in a room or similar space.

Series T91 Sensors may be used directly with Series M100Q Motor Actuators.

Refer to the T91 Thermistor Room Temperature Sensor Product Bulletin (LIT-125675) for important product application information.

Applications

Use for room or space temperature sensing to position sequencers or actuators for heating and/or cooling systems.

Selection Chart

Features

• highly sensitive thermistor sensing element

• fast response

• integral Fan and System switch options

• vertical or horizontal mounting

• three types of adjusters: external knob, concealed knob, or provisions for remote setpoint

• easy to install and wire

• separable mounting plate with screws saves installation time

Repair Information

If the T91 Series Room Temperature Sensor fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement sensor, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

T91 Series Room Temperature Sensor

Product Code

Number1

Range

°F (°C)

Thermometer Setpoint Adjustment Switches
Fan System
T91BAA-1C 40/90 (5/32) No Remote
T91BBA-1C 40/90 (5/32) No Concealed
T91BCA-1C 40/90 (5/32) Yes Knob

1. Supplied with vertical faceplate installed.

Technical Specifications

T91 Series Room Temperature Sensor
Ambient Temperature -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C)
Baseplate 0.050 in. (1 mm) cold rolled steel with dichromate dip finish
Cover 0.025 in. (1 mm) cold rolled steel. Baked on tawny silver finish. Faceplate is aluminum with dark brown and light brown finish. Letters and markings are bright aluminum surface.
Electrical Rating for Switches 5 A at 24 VAC
Wiring Connections 6 in. No. 18 color coded wire leads

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1927175

P10 Series Low Pressure Control

Description

The P10 Series Pressure Controls open or close electrical circuits from a change in operating air pressure. R to Y terminals make (cut-in) on pressure rise

Refer to the P10 Series Low Range Pressure Controls Product Bulletin (LIT-125400) for important product application information.

.

P10 Series

Y

R

B

B

Y

R

Action on Increase of Pressure

p10.eps

P10 Series Action Diagram

Selection Chart

Features

• visible calibrated adjustable range scale

• snap-acting switch in a dust protected enclosure

• easily accessible wiring terminals

Applications

• pneumatic systems

• control of pumps or small air compressors

Accessories

• universal mounting bracket

No. BKT16A-600 as well as a barbed fitting supplied as standard

• model P10FC-4 has a jumper installed on the common terminals

Repair Information

If the P10 Series Low Pressure Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

P10BC-7

with Bracket No. BKT16A-600R

Product

Code Number

No. of

Stages

Contact

Action

Range

psi (kPa)

Factory Setting Pressure

Connector

psig (kPa) Switch Diff psi (kPa)
P10BC-7C 1 Single-Pole,

Double-Throw (SPDT)

3 to 20 (21 to 138) 12 (R to Y Cut-in) 2 Barbed Fitting
P10BG-3C 1 SPDT 2 to 20 (15 to 138) 12 (R to Y Cut-in) 0.2 1/8 in. Internal NPSF
P10BJ-1C 1 SPDT 3 to 20 (21 to 138) 12 (R to Y Cut-in) 2 1/8 in. Internal NPSF
P10FC-4C 2 SPDT 3 to 20 (21 to 138) (R-Y Cutout) Low Stage 8 (55) (R-Y Cut-in) High Stage 12 (82) Low Stage 2 (14) High Stage 2 (14) 1/8 in. Barbed Fitting
P10PA-11C 3 SPST 3 to 20 (21 to 138) Stage One Open High 6 (41) Stages Two & Three Open High

18 (120)

Stage One 3 (21) Stages Two & Three 0.4 (3) 1/8 in. Barbed Fitting

Technical Specifications

• model P10BJ-1 is rated for 24 A non-inductive when used as a

single-pole, single-throw (SPST) (R-Y). (See Electrical Ratings chart below.)

  • maximum allowable pressure is 150 psig (1,034 kPa)
  • maximum ambient temperature is 140°F (60°C)

Electrical Ratings (Part 1 of 2)

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277 600
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0 42
Non-Inductive

A

Double Throw 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0
Single Throw 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 600 VAC
Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277 600 P10FC-4
P10BC-7 AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.0
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.0 AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0 42.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0 42.0 Non-Inductive A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.2
Non-Inductive A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.2 Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

On two- and three-stage models, maximum connected load shall not exceed 2,000 VA

Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC
P10BG-3
P10PA-11
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 20.4 18.0 AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
Non-Inductive A 6.0 3.4 3.0 2.6 AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 20.4 18.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC Non-Inductive A 6.0 3.4 3.0
P10BJ-1 Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 to 277 VAC

On two- and three- stage models, maximum connected load shall not exceed 2,000 VA

AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7

Electrical Ratings (Part 2 of 2)

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1927180

P20 Series Air Conditioning/Pressure Cutout Control

Description

The P20 Series are field replacement high and low pressure controls for non-corrosive refrigerants. They include a dust-tight contact unit with quick connect connectors, and a

36 in. or 42 in. capillary with 1/4 in. sweat section. The setpoint is screwdriver adjustable.

Refer to the P20, P21 Series Air Conditioning Limit Controls Product Bulletin (LIT-125415) for important product application information.

Features

• accurate repeatability

• compact size

• trip-free manual reset

Applications

• air conditioning high/low pressure control

• refrigeration high/low pressure control

• head pressure control

Repair Information

If the P20 Series Air Conditioning/Pressure Cutout Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

P20DB-1 Air Conditioning/ Pressure Cutout Control

SPST

Construction

SPDT

Construction

Red Red

Blue

(Open High)

Yellow (Open Low)

Yellow (Open Low)

Blue

(Open High)

Seal

White: Open Low Control Red: Open High Control

Low Range High Ranges

Control action is identified by

p20spst.eps

colored sealing compound or terminal markings on switch.

Selection Chart

Product

Code Number1

Pressure

Connections

Switch

Action

Range

psi (kPa)

Differential

psi (kPa)

Factory Setting, psig (kPa) Max. Bellows

Pressure psig (kPa)

Max.

Temp.

Opens Closes
P20BB-1C2 36 in. capillary

1/4 in. sweat tube

Open on fall 7 to 150 (48 to 1,034) Manual reset 40 (276) Lockout 250 (1,724) 140°F
P20DB-1C3 Open on rise 100 to 425 (690 to 2,930) Manual reset 400 (2,758) Lockout 450 (3,103)
P20GB-1C 42 in. capillary

1/4 in. sweat tube

Single-Pole,

Double-Throw (SPDT)

Open on rise

100 to 425 (690 to 2,930) Manual reset 360 (2,482) Lockout 450 (3,103)
P20EB-1C4 36 in. capillary

1/4 in. sweat tube

SPDT 7 to 150 (48 to 1,034) 30 (172) fixed 40 (276) 70 (448) 250 (1,724)
P20EB-18C 42 in. capillary

1/4 in. sweat tube

SPDT 7 to 150 (48 to 1,034) 22 (152) fixed 15 (103) 37 (255) 250 (1,724)
P20EB-2C5 36 in. capillary

1/4 in. sweat tube

SPDT 100 to 425 (690 to 2,930) 75 (483) fixed 400 (2,758) 324 (2,275) 450 (3,103)

1. Mounting bracket supplied on all models.

2. Replaces Ranco® G20-4412; Robertshaw® 3126-216, 3160-212

3. Replaces Ranco G23-5253; Robertshaw 3127-220, 3161-205; Honeywell® P430X-1250, 1268, 1292, 1300

4. Replaces Ranco G20-4050; Robertshaw 3126-116, 3160-012, 3160-014; Honeywell P431X-1092, 1100

5. Replaces Ranco G23-5052; Robertshaw 3127-140, 3127-414, 3161-009; Honeywell P430X, 1235, 1243, 1276, 1284

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls

Accessories

P20 Series Air Conditioning/Pressure Cutout Control

Product Code Number Description
210-604R Black phenolic resin spring clip snap-on insulated terminal cover

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0 42.0
SPDT 16.0 16.0 16.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA at 24 VAC, 720 VA at 120 to 277 VAC

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1927190

P29 Series Low Pressure Control with Time Delay

Description

P29NC is a low pressure control with time delay and lockout, which requires manual reset. A drop in pressure energizes the time delay relay and opens a contact after the time delay, shutting down the equipment. The time delay prevents nuisance shutdowns due to momentary fluctuations in system pressures.

Refer to the P29 Series Low Pressure Cutout Control with Time Delay Relay Product Bulletin (LIT-125425) for important product application information.

Features

• direct reading scale indication

• dust-protected snap action switch

• trip-free manual reset

• replacement timing relays available

Selection Chart

Applications

• chiller low temperature

• industrial equipment, oil pressure lubrication

• low suction pressure

Technical Specifications

• pilot duty rating of 750 VA, 120/240 VAC

• external step down transformer for 440 and 550 VAC applications must be of sufficient capacity to supply 15 VA at 120 VAC or 30 VA at 240 VAC for time delay

Accessories

• universal mounting bracket (271-51)

• replacement timing relays (Refer to Replacement Timing Relays for P28 and P29 Lube Oil Controls Catalog Page [LIT-1927395].)

P29 Series Low Pressure Control

Repair Information

If the P29 Series Low Pressure Control with Time Delay fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Pressure

Range

Differential

psi (kPa)

Max Overpressure

psig (kPa)

Max Working Pressure

psig (kPa)

Pressure

Connection

Time Delay

Setting

P29NC-2C Single-Pole,

Single-Throw (SPST)

20 in. Hg Vacuum

to 100 psig

(-68 to 690 kPa)

2.2 ±1.5

(15.2 ±10.3)

325

(2,241)

250

(1,723)

1/4 in. external

flare fitting

60 seconds

(factory set)

P29NC-3C 36 in. copper

capillary tube

with 1/4 in. flare nut

P29NC-49C 120 seconds
P29NC-53C 90 seconds
P29NF-1C1 120 seconds

1. With alarm contacts

Example: Setpoint at 10 psig. On a rise in pressure, the timing circuit opens at 10 psig and time out ends. On a fall in pressure, the timing circuit energizes at 6 to 9 psig and the time out begins. If the pressure fails to reach 10 psig within the 60 second time delay, the main contacts open, shutting down the controlled equipment.

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1927205

P47 Series Steam Pressure Limit Control

Description

The P47 Controls are available with single-pole, single-throw (SPST), double-pole, single-throw (DPST), or

four-wire, two-circuit contacts for line voltage or low voltage. The pressure connector is 1/4 in. external NPT (0 to 15 psi only) or

1/4 in. internal NPT (for all other ranges).

Refer to the P47 Series Steam Pressure Controls Product Bulletin (LIT-125450) for important product application information.

Features

• long-life contact structure with high contact force

• easy-to-adjust single sight set scales show both cut-in and cut-out settings

Selection Chart

Product

Code Number

Switch Action Range

psi (kPa)

Diff psi (kPa) Max.

Over-pressure psig (kPa)

Min. Max.
Contacts Open On Rise – Automatic Reset
P47AA-1C SPST 0 to 15 (0 to 103) 2 (14) 8 (55) 50 (345)
P47AA-4C 20 in. Hg to 50 (-68 to 345) 5 (34) 35 (241) 180 (1,241)
P47AA-13C 0 to 150 (0 to 1,034) 12 (83) 50 (345) 325 (2,241)
Contacts Close On Rise – Automatic Reset
P47BA-1C SPST 0 to 15 (0 to 103) 2 (14) 8 (55) 50 (345)
P47BA-6C 0 to 150 (0 to 1,034) 12 (83) 50 (345) 325 (2,241)
Four-Wire, Two Circuit1 – Automatic Reset
P47GA-9C1 Main open high;

Auxiliary open low

0 to 150 (0 to 1,034) 12 (83) 50 (345) 325 (2,241)
P47AB-3C SPST 50 to 240 (345 to 1,655) Manual reset 300 (2,069)
P47EA-1C SPDT 50 to 240 (345 to 1,655) 10 (69) Fixed 300 (2,069)

Applications

P47 steam pressure controls are designed for high limit or operating control applications. A typical use is as a limit control on steam heating systems. Models that close on a pressure increase are used on steam unit heaters to avoid blower operation when steam pressure is below the point required for adequate heating. The P47 can be used with steam, water, air, or noncombustible gases that do not harm iron or copper.

Accessories

The Part No. TBG16A-600 Siphon is supplied with all controls except models with

0 to 15 psi range.

P47AA-1 Steam Pressure Limit Control

Repair Information

If the P47 Series Steam Pressure Limit Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

1. The main contacts (Line-M2) open on rise, as the auxiliary contacts (Line-M1) close.

P47AA

Opens on Pressure Rise

P47BA

Closes on Pressure Rise

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings for P47AA, P47AB, and P47BA

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
AC Non-Inductive A 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA, 120 to 300 VDC

Electrical Ratings for P47EA

p47ga_1.eps

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
AC Non-Inductive A 16.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 227 VAC

Electrical Ratings for P47GA

p47ga_2.eps

Pole Number Line-M2 (Main) Line-M1 (Auxiliary)
Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240 277 120 208 240 277
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0 6.0 3.3 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0 36.0 19.8 18.0
AC Non-Inductive A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.2 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Pilot Duty: Both Poles 125 VA, 120 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA, 120 to 300 VDC

SPST

P4 7 G A

Four-Wire, Two-Circuit Action on Pressure Rise

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1927215

P67 Series Low Pressure Control

Description

P67 pressure controls are used to close or open an electrical circuit, based on a predetermined air pressure signal. The operating point of the control and the differential, are easy to adjust with the externally located adjustment screws on the top of the control enclosure. The pressure controls incorporate a non-metallic diaphragm that is positioned by air pressure changes. The diaphragm, in turn, actuates a heavy-duty electrical contact block using a lever mechanism.

Refer to the P67 Series Low Range Pressure Control Product Bulletin (LIT-121445) for important product application information.

Selection Chart

Features

• long-life contact structure, high contact force

• easy-to-adjust settings: single sight-set scales show both cut-in and cut-out settings

Applications

Typical applications include the control of air compressors, fans, pilot lights, resistance heating elements, and other devices.

P67 Series Low Pressure Control with 271-350 Mounting Bracket

Repair Information

Product

Code Number

Control

Action

Scale

Range psi1 (kPa)

Temp.

Range

Diff.

psi (kPa)

Maximum

Over- pressure psig (kPa)

Connector
P67AA-1C Double-Pole, Single-Throw

(DPST) opens on pressure drop

3 to 30

(21 to

207)

32 to

140°F

0 to 60°C

1-1/2-20

(10 to 138)

Adjustable

50 (345) Angle

Barbed Fitting

P67CA-1C DPST opens on pressure rise
P67EA-5C L-M2 contacts connect on

pressure rise and simultaneously the L-M1 contacts break

1/8 in.

External NPT

If the P67 Series Low Pressure Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

1. Range is minimum cut-out to maximum cut-in on Open Low controls. It is minimum cut-in to maximum cut-out on Open High controls.

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings for P67AA and P67CA

Electrical Ratings for P67EA and P67FA

Pole Number LINE-M2 (Main) LINE-M1 (Auxiliary)
Motor Rating VAC 120 208 240 277 120 208 240 277
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0 6.0 3.3 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0 36.0 19.8 18.0
AC Non-Inductive A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.2 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA, 120 to 300 VDC
Motor Ratings VAC 1 Phase 2 – 3 Phase
120 208 240 277 208 240
AC Full Load A 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
AC Locked Rotor A 72.0 72.0 72.0 72.0 72.0
AC Non-Inductive A 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
DC Non-Inductive A 3.0 0.5 0.5
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA, 120 to 300 VDC

P67 Wiring Diagram (no alarm) P67 Dimensions, in. (mm)

Line

Line

M2

Line

M1

Line

Load

Action on

Pressure Increase

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1927220

P70, P72 Approximate Low Pressure Settings for Typical Applications

Vacuum – in. Hg Approximate Temperature

°F

Pressure – psig1
Application Refrigerant
R-12 R-22 R-502 R-717 R-134A
Cut-Out Cut-In Cut-Out Cut-In Cut-Out Cut-In Cut-Out Cut-In Cut-Out Cut-In Cut-Out Cut-In
Ice Cube Maker – Dry Type Coil -11 14 4 17 16 37 22 45 2 15
Sweet Water Bath – Soda Fountain 20 31 21 29 43 56 52 66 33 45 18 26
Beer, Water, Milk Cooler, Wet Type 17 31 19 29 40 56 48 66 16 26
Ice Cream Trucks, Hardening Rooms -16 10 2 15 13 34 18 41 5 24 0 13
Eutectic Plates, Ice Cream Truck -21 -11 1 4 11 16 16 22 4 8 1 2
Walk In, Defrost Cycle 9 37 14 34 32 64 40 75 23 55 12 32
Reach In, Defrost Cycle 20 39 19 36 40 68 48 78 30 57 16 36
Vegetable Display, Defrost Cycle 7 38 13 35 30 66 38 77 10 34
Vegetable Display Case – Open Type 12 45 16 42 35 77 44 89 14 40
Beverage Cooler, Blower Dry Type 11 37 15 34 34 64 42 75 24 55 12 32
Retail Florist – Blower Coil 29 45 28 42 55 77 65 89 44 67 26 40
Meat Display Case – Defrost Cycle 19 38 17 35 37 66 45 77 15 34
Meat Display Case – Open Type 4 28 11 27 27 53 35 63 8 25
Dairy Case – Open Type 2 38 10 35 26 66 33 77 16 34
Frozen Food – Open Type -32 -9 7 5 4 17 8 24 10 3

1. Conversion factor: 1 psig = 6.9 kPa

Note: These settings represent approximate starting values. Actual values may vary widely, depending on application-specific guidelines.

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1900170

P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for Low Pressure Applications

Description

The P70, P72, and P170 Controls for low pressure applications are designed primarily for low pressure cut-out control, pump-down control, and capacity control on commercial refrigeration and air conditioning applications.

These controls are available in several pressure ranges and are compatible with most common refrigerants. They may also be used on other non-corrosive fluid applications. Ammonia-compatible models are also available.

Controls also are available in several different electrical ratings and switch configurations. The P72 models provide direct control of 208 to 240 volt single-phase motors up to

3 horsepower, and 208 to 220 volt

three-phase motors up to 5 horsepower.

Refer to the P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for Low Pressure Applications Product Bulletin (Part No. 24-7664-2608) for important product application information.

Features

• all-steel case and cover built to provide long lasting, rugged protection for internal components

• sight-set calibrated pressure adjustment displays a visible pressure scale, fully adjustable through the range without removing the cover (on NEMA 1 enclosure models)

• MICRO-SET™ differential option allows for precise control on critical low pressure applications

• manual reset lockout option provides

trip-free low pressure lockout that cannot be overridden or reset until pressure returns to specified level

• limited knob adjustment option restricts control adjustment ranges and deters tampering and over-adjustment

Applications

NEMA 1 enclosures are standard on most models.

P70A and P170A models with single-pole, single-throw (SPST)

Open Low switch action are the most popular models, and are typically used for low pressure cut-out and pump-down control.

P70 and P170 models are also available with SPST Open High switch action, and are typically used for capacity control. Models with single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) or four-wire, two-circuit switch action allow users to install alarm devices or other control circuits.

P72 models have a double-pole, single-throw (DPST) switch with

load-carrying contacts that can provide direct control of 208 to 240 V single-phase motors up to 3 horsepower, and 208 to 220 V 3-phase motors up to 5 horsepower. See the DPST Electrical Ratings (P72A, B, C, and D Models) that follow.

P70AB-12 MICRO-SET

Low Pressure Control

Repair Information

If the P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for Low Pressure Applications fail to operate within their specifications, replace the units. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls

P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for Low Pressure Applications (Continued)

Selection Chart for Standard P70, P72, and P170 Controls for Low Pressure Applications

Product

Code Number

Switch

Action

Range

psi (kPa)

Differential

psi (kPa)

Pressure

Connection

Max.

Overpressure

Max. Working

Pressure

Limited Knob

Adjustment

MICRO-SET Controls (For Non-Corrosive Refrigerants)
P70AB-12C SPST open low 12 in. Hg to 80

(-41 to 551)

Minimum 5 (34)

Maximum 35 (241)

36 in. capillary with 1/4 in. flare nut 525 psig

(3,617 kPa)

80 psig

(551 kPa)

Supplied,

but not assembled

P170AB-12C 1/4 in. external flare connector
P70EA-14C SPDT

1 to 3 open low

1 to 2 close low

36 in. capillary with 1/4 in. flare nut None
P170EA-14C 1/4 in. external flare connector
All-Range Controls (For Non-Corrosive Refrigerants)
P70AB-1C SPST open low 20 in. Hg

to 100

(-68 to 690)

Minimum 7 (48)

Maximum 50 (345)

1/4 in. external flare connector 325 psig

(2,239 kPa)

100 psig

(690 kPa)

Supplied,

but not assembled

P70AB-2C 36 in. capillary with 1/4 in. flare nut
P70BA-1C Manual reset

lockout

None
P70BA-10C 1/4 in. external flare connector
P70EA-10C SPDT

1 to 3 open low

1 to 2 close low

5 (34)

fixed

P72AA-1C DPST open low Minimum 7 (48)

Maximum 50 (345)

36 in. capillary with 1/4 in. flare nut
P72AB-1C Mounted on

differential screw

P170AB-2C SPST open low 1/4 in. external flare connector
P70CA-1C SPST open high 36 in. capillary with 1/4 in. flare nut None
P170CA-1C 1/4 in. external flare connector
All-Range Controls (Ammonia-Compatible)
P70AA-5C SPST open low 20 in. Hg to

100

(-68 to 690)

Minimum 7 (48)

Maximum 50 (345)

1/4 in. SS Internal NPT 325 psig

(2,239 kPa)

100 psig

(690 kPa)

None
P70CA-4C SPST open high
P70GA-11C Four-wire,

Two-circuit

Line M1 close low Line M2 open low

P70HA-3C Manual reset

lockout

Note: To order models not listed in the selection chart, please contact Johnson Controls/PENN® Refrigeration Application Engineering at 1-800-275-5676.

Technical Specifications

Single Pressure Controls Switch Action, Low Event, High Event, and Models

Switch and Action Low Event High Event Models
SPST Open Low Cut-Out

(Opens Line to M1)

Cut-In

(Closes Line to M1)

P70A, P70B, P170A
SPST Open High Cut-In

(Closes Line to M1)

Cut-Out

(Opens Line to M1)

P70C, P70D, P170C, P170D
SPDT Opens 1 to 2 and

closes 1 to 3

Closes 1 to 2 and

Opens 1 to 3

P70E, P70F
Four-Wire, Two-Circuits, 1 N.O., 1

N.C. Open Low

Cut-Out

(Opens M2 to Line and Closes M1 to Line)

Cut-In

(Closes M2 to Line and Opens M1 to Line)

P70G, P70H
Four-Wire, Two-Circuits, 1 N.O., 1

N.C. Open High

Cut-In

(Closes M2 to Line and Opens M1 to Line)

Cut-Out

(Opens M2 to Line and Closes M1 to Line)

P70J, P70K, P170K
DPST Open Low Cut-Out

(Opens M1 to Line and M2 to Line)

Cut-In

(Closes M1 to Line and M2 to Line)

P72A, P72B
DPST Open High Cut-In

(Closes M1 to Line and M2 to Line)

Cut-Out

(Opens M1 to Line and M2 to Line)

P72C, P72D

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls

P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for Low Pressure Applications (Continued)

L1 L2

Load

M1

Line

Open-Low switch action: opens on pressure drop.

(A and B Models) L1

Alarm

Load

2

1

3

L2

L1 L2

Load

M1

p7s_wir_spst.eps

p7s_wir_spdt.eps

Line

Open-High switch action: opens on pressure rise. (C and D Models)

1 to 3 opens, and 1 to 2 closes on pressure rise.

Typical Wiring for SPST Open Low Switch and Open High Switch (P70A, B, C, D, and P170A, C, D, Models)

Typical Wiring for SPDT Switch (P70E, F Models)

L1 L2

L3*

M2

Line

M1

Load

Line

Typical Wiring for Four-Wire Two-Circuit Switch (P70G and H Models)

eps 2.

4-

r

s_wi p7

L1

L2

Alarm

Alarm

Circuit Power

M1

Line

Load

Line

M2

Main circuit (Line to M2) opens and

auxiliary circuit (Line to M1) closes on pressure rise.

Line to M1 and Line to M2 open on pressure drop.

*(L3 is third supply line in three-phase applications.)

p7s_wir_dpst.eps

Typical Wiring for DPST Switch (P72A and B Models)

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls

P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for Low Pressure Applications (Continued)

Technical Specifications (Continued)

SPST Electrical Ratings

(P70A, B, C, and D, and P170A, C, and D Models)

2-15/16

(74)

Two Mounting Holes 10-32 UNF-2B Thread

3-1/4

(83)

5/16

(9)

Single-Phase Ratings
Standard Hermetic

Compressor

120

VAC

208

VAC

240

VAC

208/240

VAC

Motor Horsepower 2 3 3
Motor Full-Load A 24 18.7 17 20
Motor Locked-Rotor A 144 112.2 102 120
Non-Inductive A 22 22 22
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 600 VA; 57.5 VA,

120 to 300 VDC

5/16

(8)

3-1/4 (83)

1-11/16 (43)

5/16 (8)

1

(25)

1-1/8

(29)

1-7/8

13/16 (20)

1-3/4

(44)

Capillary or Connector as Specified

(48)

3/8

X 3/16 (5)

15/16

(24)

3/16 Diameter (5)

1-5/16 (34)

3-1/16

3/16 (5)

1-1/4 (32)

3/16 Diameter

(5) Mounting Hole

Standard Single-Phase Ratings
120

VAC

208

VAC

240

VAC

277

VAC1

Motor Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.0
Motor Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0 42.0
Non-Inductive A 16.0 9.2 8.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA at

120 to 600 VAC

125 VA at

24 to 600 VAC

Diameter

SPDT Electrical Ratings 1hp Switch (P70E Models)

1/16

(77)

4

7/8 or 1-1/8

(1/2 in. or 3/4 in. Trade Size)

(22) (28)

Conduit Hole

Dimensions for Low Pressure Controls with NEMA 1 Enclosure, in. (mm)*

p70_low_NEMA1_dims.eps

1. Rating for P70EC models only

SPDT Electrical Ratings 1/4 hp Switch (P70F Models)

5/8 (16)

79)

Standard Single-Phase Ratings
120 VAC 208 VAC 240 VAC
Motor Full Load A 6.0 3.3 3.0
Motor Locked Rotor A 36.0 19.8 18.0
Non-Inductive A 6.0 6.0 6.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA at 24 to 240 VAC

4-1/16

(103) (

5/8 (16)

4-1/16

1/2

Four-Wire, Two-Circuit Electrical Ratings

7/16 (11)

(103)

2-11/16

3/8 (10)

3/4-NPSM

Threaded

Standard Single-Phase Ratings
Line-M2

(Main Contacts)

Line-M1

(Auxiliary Contacts)

120

VAC

208

VAC

240

VAC

277

VAC

120

VAC

208

VAC

240

VAC

277

VAC

Motor Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0 6.0 3.3 3.0
Motor Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0 36.0 19.8 18.0
Non-Inductive A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.2 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Pilot Duty

for both sets of contacts

125 VA at 24 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA at 120 to 300 VDC

(13)

(70)

2-15/16 3/16

(P70G, H, J, and K, and P170K Models)

1-1/4 (32)

(68)

(25)

1-9/16

Rigid Conduit

Connector

Four Mounting Holes

(74)

5/16 (8)

Diameter

(5)

1-3/4 (44)

1/2 (13)

p70_low_NEMA3R_dims.eps

Dimensions for Low Pressure Controls with NEMA 3R Enclosure, in. (mm)*

* These dimensions are nominal and are subject to accepted manufacturing tolerances and application variables.

DPST Electrical Ratings (P72A, B, C, and D Models)

Standard Ratings Hermetic Compressor Ratings
120 VAC,

Single-Phase

208 VAC,

Single-Phase

240 VAC,

Single-Phase

208 VAC,

Three-Phase

220 VAC,

Three-Phase

208 VAC,

Single-Phase

240 VAC,

Single-Phase

Motor Horsepower 2 3 3 5 5
Motor Full-Load A 24 18.7 17 15.9 15 24 24
Motor Locked-Rotor A 144 112.2 102 95.4 90 144 144
AC Non-Inductive A 24 24 24 24 24
DC Non-Inductive A 3 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Pilot Duty 125 VA at 120 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA at 120 to 300 VDC

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1900171

P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for High Pressure Applications

Description

The P70, P72, and P170 Controls for high pressure applications are designed primarily for high pressure cut-out control,

head-pressure control, and condenser fan cycling control on commercial refrigeration and air conditioning applications.

Controls are available in several pressure ranges and are compatible with most common refrigerants. They may also be used on other non-corrosive fluid applications. Ammonia compatible models are also available.

Several different electrical ratings and switch configurations are available. The P72 models provide direct control of 208-240 volt

single-phase motors up to 3 horsepower, and 208-220 volt 3-phase motors up to

5 horsepower.

Refer to the P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for High Pressure Applications Product/Technical Bulletin (LIT-125454) for important product application information.

Features

• all-steel case and cover provides long lasting, rugged protection for internal components

• sight-set calibrated pressure adjustment displays a visible pressure scale, fully adjustable through the range without removing the cover (on NEMA 1 enclosure models)

Selection Chart (Part 1 of 2)

• manual reset lockout option provides

trip-free lockout that cannot be overridden or reset until pressure returns to specified level

• variety of available pressure connection styles allows greater flexibility when mounting control and adapting pressure connections to field application requirements

Applications

P70C, P70D P170C and P170D models with single-pole, single-throw (SPST) Open High switch action are the most popular models, and are typically used for high-pressure cutout. The C models are automatic reset. The D models have a manual reset lockout mechanism. Some P70C, P70D P170C and P170D models are UL Listed as refrigeration pressure limiting controls.

P70A and P170A models are available with SPST Open Low switch action, and typically are used for condenser fan cycling control.

P70 and P170 models with single-pole, double-throw (SPDT), or four-wire,

two-circuit switch action allow users to install alarm devices or other control circuits.

P70CA-3 High Pressure Cutout Control

P72 models have a double-pole, single-throw (DPST) switch with

load-carrying contacts that can provide direct control of 208-240 V single-phase motors up to 3 horsepower, and 208-220 V 3-phase motors up to 5 horsepower. See the DPST Electrical Ratings (P72A, B, C, and D Models) that follow.

NEMA 1 enclosures are standard on most models.

Repair Information

If the P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for High Pressure Applications fail to operate within their specifications, replace the units. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Range

psi (kPa)

Differential

psi (kPa)

Pressure

Connection

Max. Working

Pressure

Condenser Fan Cycling Controls (for Non-Corrosive Refrigerants)
P70AA-118C SPST Open Low 100 to 400

(690 to 2,758)

Minimum 35 (241) Maximum 200 (1,379) 36 in. Capillary

with 1/4 in. Flare Nut

475 psig

(3,275 kPa)

P72AA-27C DPST Open Low
P170AA-118C SPST Open Low 1/4 in. External Flare Connector
All Range Controls (for Non-Corrosive Refrigerants)
P70CA-2C1 SPST Open High 50 to 500

(345 to 3,448)

Minimum 60 (414); Maximum 150 (1,034) 1/4 in. External Flare Connector 525 psig

(3,620 kPa)

P70CA-3C1 36 in. Capillary

with 1/4 in. Flare Nut

P70DA-1C1 Manual Reset Lockout
P70KA-1C Four-wire, Two-circuit

Line-M1 Close High Line-M2 Open High

P72CA-2C1 DPST Open-high Minimum 60 (414); Maximum 150 (1,034)
P72DA-1C1 Manual Reset Lockout
P170CA-3C1 SPST Open High Minimum 60 (414); Maximum 150 (1,034) 1/4 in. External Flare Connector
P170DA-1C Manual Reset Lockout
P170KA-1C Four-wire, Two-circuit

Line-M1 Close High Line-M2 Open High

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls

P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for High Pressure Applications (Continued)

Selection Chart (Part 2 of 2)

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Range

psi (kPa)

Differential

psi (kPa)

Pressure

Connection

Max. Working

Pressure

Models for High Pressure Non-Corrosive Refrigerants2
P70AA-2C SPST Open Low 0 to 150 (0 to 1,034) Minimum 10 (69); Maximum 70 (483) 36 in. Cap. with 1/4 in. Flare Nut 325 psig

(2,241 kPa)

P170AA-2C 1/4 in. External Flare Connector
P70AA-400C 100 to 470

(689 to 3,241)

Minimum 35 (241); Maximum 200 (1,379) 36 in. Cap. with 1/4 in. Flare Nut 690 psig

(4,757 kPa)

P170AA-400C 1/4 in. External Flare Connector
P70CA-400C1 SPST Open High 200 to 610

(1,379 to 4,206)

Minimum 60 (414); Maximum 150 (1,034) 36 in. Cap. with 1/4 in. Flare Nut
P170CA-400C1 1/4 in. External Flare Connector
P70DA-400C1 Manual Reset Lockout 36 in. Cap. with 1/4 in. Flare Nut
P170DA-400C1 1/4 in. External Flare Connector
Ammonia Compatible Models
P70AA-119C SPST Open Low 50 to 300 (345 to 2,068) Minimum 20 (138); Maximum 120 (827) 1/4 in. SS Internal NPT 400 psig

(2,758 kPa)

P70CA-5C1 SPST Open-High 50 to 500

(345 to 3,448)

Minimum 60 (414); Maximum 150 (1,034) 525 psig

(3,620 kPa)

P70DA-2C1 Manual Reset Lockout
P70KA-7C Four-wire, Two-circuit

Line-M1 Close-high Line-M2 Open High

  1. UL Listed as refrigeration pressure limiting controls
  2. Compatible with R410A refrigerant.

Note: To order models not listed in the selection chart, please contact

Johnson Controls/PENN Refrigeration Application Engineering at 1-800-275-5676.

Technical Specifications

Single Pressure Controls Switch Action, Low Event, High Event, and Models

Switch and Action Low Event High Event Models
SPST Open Low Cut-Out (Opens Line to M1) Cut-In (Closes Line to M1) P70A, P70B, P170A
SPST Open High Cut-In (Closes Line to M1) Cut-Out (Opens Line to M1) P70C, P70D, P170C, P170D
SPDT Opens 1 to 2 and closes 1 to 3 Closes 1 to 2 and Opens 1 to 3 P70E, P70F
Four-wire, Two-circuits, 1 N.O., 1 N.C. Open Low Cut-Out

(Opens M2 to Line and Closes M1 to Line)

Cut-In

(Closes M2 to Line and Opens M1 to Line)

P70G, P70H
Four-wire, Two-circuits,

1 N.O., 1 N.C. Open High

Cut-In

(Closes M2 to Line and Opens M1 to Line)

Cut-Out

(Opens M2 to Line and Closes M1 to Line)

P70J, P70K, P170K
DPST Open Low Cut-Out (Opens M1 to Line and M2 to Line) Cut-In (Closes M1 to Line and M2 to Line) P72A, P72B
DPST Open High Cut-In (Closes M1 to Line and M2 to Line) Cut-Out (Opens M1 to Line and M2 to Line) P72C, P72D

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls

P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for High Pressure Applications (Continued)

L1 L1

Alarm

Load

2

1

3

L2 L2

Load

Line

M1

Open-Low switch action: opens on pressure drop. (A and B Models)

p7s_wir_spdt.eps

L1 L2

Load

1 to 3 opens, and 1 to 2 closes on pressure rise.

Typical Wiring for SPDT Switch (P70E, F Models)

M1

p7s_wir_spst.eps

Line

Open-High switch action: opens on pressure rise. (C and D Models)

L1 L2

*L3

Line

M2

Load

Line

M1

Typical Wiring for SPST

(P70A, B, C, D, and P170A, C, D, Models)

L1 L2

Alarm

Alarm

Circuit Power

M1

Line

Load

Line

M2

p7s_wir_dpst.eps

Line to M1, and Line to M2 open on pressure rise.

*(L3 is third supply line in 3-phase applications.)

Typical Wiring for DPST Switch (P72C, and D Models)

Main circuit (Line to M2) opens and auxiliary circuit (Line to M1) closes on pressure rise.

p7s_wir-4-2.eps

Typical Wiring for Four-Wire Two-Circuit Switch used for a High Pressure Cutout Application with an Alarm Circuit (P70J, K, and P170K Models)

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls

P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for High Pressure Applications (Continued)

Technical Specifications (Continued)

2-15/16

Two Mounting Holes 10-32 UNF-2B Thread

3-1/4

(83)

5/16

(8)

5/16

(8)

3-1/4 (83)

1-11/16 (43)

5/16

1

(25)

1-1/16 (29)

15/16 (24)

15/16 (24)

Capillary or Connector as speci?ed

3/16 (5)

3/8 X 3/16

3/16 Diameter

(5)

(48)

(10) (5)

Mounting Hole

Diameter Mounting Hole

3/16 Diameter

(5)

2-1/16

(53) 15/16

(24)

1-5/16

1-1/4 (33)

1/16 (2)

(34) 3-1/16

(77) 4

101

(22) (28)

7/8 or 1-1/8 (1/2 in. or 3/4 in. Trade Size)

1-7/8

Dimensions for High Pressure Controls with NEMA 1 Enclosure, in. (mm)*

p7shi_dim1.eps

SPST Electrical Ratings

(P70A, B, C, and D, and P170A, C, and D Models)

Single-Phase Ratings
Standard Hermetic

Compressor

120

VAC

208

VAC

240

VAC

208/240

VAC

Motor Horsepower 2 3 3
Motor Full-Load A 24 18.7 17 24
Motor Locked-Rotor A 144 112.2 102 144
Non-Inductive A 22 22 22
Pilot Duty 125 VA at 120 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA at

120 to 300 VDC

SPDT Electrical Ratings 1hp Switch (P70E Models)

Standard Single-Phase Ratings
120

VAC

208

VAC

240

VAC

277

VAC1

Motor Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.0
Motor Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0 42.0
Non-Inductive A 16.0 9.2 8.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA at

120 to 600 VAC

125 VA at

24 to 600 VAC

1. Rating for P70EC models only

Dimensions for High Pressure Controls with NEMA 3R Enclosure, in. (mm)*

5/8 (16)

4-1/16 (104)

3-1/8 (79)

5/8

5/8 (15)

4-1/16 (104)2-11/16

(68) 1

(25)

3/8 (10)

1/2 (12)

3/4-NPSM

Threaded Rigid Conduit

2-3/4

(70)

2-15/16

(74)

3/16 (5)

Connector

Four Mounting Holes

5/16 Diameter

(8)

1-1/4 (31)

1-9/16 (40)

15/16 (24)

1/2 (13)

(16)

p7shi_dim3.eps

* These dimensions are nominal and are subject to accepted manufacturing tolerances and application variables.

SPDT Electrical Ratings1/4 hp Switch (P70F Models)

Standard Single-Phase Ratings
120 VAC 208 VAC 240 VAC
Motor Full Load A 6.0 3.3 3.0
Motor Locked Rotor A 36.0 19.8 18.0
Non-Inductive A 6.0 6.0 6.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA at 24 to 240 VAC

Four-wire, Two-circuit Electrical Ratings (P70G, H, J, and K, and P170K Models)

Standard Single-Phase Ratings
Line-M2

(Main Contacts)

Line-M1

(Auxiliary Contacts)

120

VAC

208

VAC

240

VAC

277

VAC

120

VAC

208

VAC

240

VAC

277

VAC

Motor Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0 6.0 3.3 3.0
Motor Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0 36.0 19.8 18.0
Non-Inductive A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.2 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Pilot Duty for both

sets of contacts

125 VA at 24 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA at 120 to 300 VDC

DPST Electrical Ratings (P72A, B, C, and D Models)

Standard Ratings Hermetic Compressor Ratings
120 VAC,

Single-Phase

208 VAC,

Single-Phase

240 VAC,

Single-Phase

208 VAC,

Three-Phase

220 VAC,

Three-Phase

208 VAC,

Single-Phase

240 VAC,

Single-Phase

Motor Horsepower 2 3 3 5 5
Motor Full-Load A 24 18.7 17 15.9 15 24 24
Motor Locked-Rotor A 144 112.2 102 95.4 90 144 144
AC Non-Inductive A 24 24 24 24 24
DC Non-Inductive A 3 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Pilot Duty 125 VA at 120 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA at 120 to 300 VDC

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1900172

P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for Dual Pressure Applications

Description

The P70, P72, and P170 Controls for Dual Pressure Applications are designed primarily for use as combination high and low pressure controls on commercial refrigeration and air conditioning applications.

These controls are available in several pressure ranges and are compatible with most common refrigerants. Ammonia compatible models are also available.

These controls respond directly to system pressure changes on both high and low sides, and can provide single-device control of the compressor.

Controls are available in several different electrical ratings and switch configurations, including independent high and low pressure switches (on P70S and P170S models). The P72 models provide direct control of

208 to 240 volt, single-phase motors up to three horsepower, and 208 to 220 volt, three-phase motors up to five horsepower.

Refer to the P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for Dual Pressure Applications Product Bulletin (LIT-125455) for important product application information.

Features

• all-steel case and cover built to provide long lasting, rugged protection for internal components

• sight-set calibrated pressure adjustment displays a visible pressure scale, fully adjustable through the range without removing the cover (on NEMA 1 enclosure models)

Selection Chart (Part 1 of 2)

• MICRO-SET™ differential option allows for precise control on low pressure applications

• independent high and low pressure switches (P70S and P170S Models) satisfies a variety of dual pressure application wiring requirements with a single versatile control

• convertible high pressure reset–auto reset or manual reset lockout (P70S and P170S Models) reduces inventory—one control can be adapted to several dual pressure applications in the field

Applications

P70S and P170S models have independently operated high and low pressure single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) switches that can be wired to satisfy a variety of control requirements. These adaptable controls also come with a high pressure manual reset lockout mechanism that may be converted to automatic reset.

P70L, M, N, and P170L, M, N models have a single-pole, single-throw (SPST) switch. Models are available with automatic or manual reset lockout options. Models with manual reset are available with either high-side-only manual reset, or low-side and high-side manual reset. Ammonia-compatible models are also available (P70L and P70M only).

P72 models have a double-pole, single-throw (DPST) switch with

load-carrying contacts that can provide direct control of 208 to 240 VAC,

single-phase motors up to 3 hp, and 208 to 220 VAC, three-phase motors up to 5 hp. See the DPST Electrical Ratings (P72L, M, and N Types) that follow.

P70MA-1 Dual Pressure Control

Some models are available with Limited Knob Adjustment, which restricts adjustment of the pressure settings and deters

over-adjustment or tampering.

NEMA 1 enclosures are standard on most models. NEMA 3R enclosures are also available.

Repair Information

If the P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for Dual Pressure Applications fail to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Low Pressure Side psi (kPa) High Pressure Side psi (kPa) Pressure

Connector

Limited Knob

Adjustment

Range Differential Range Differential (Non-Adjustable)
MICRO-SET Controls for Non-Corrosive Refrigerants
P70LB-6C1 SPST 12 in.Hg

to 80

(-41 to 552)

Minimum 5 (34)

Maximum 35 (241)

100 to 500

(690 to 3,447)

Fixed approx. 65 (448) 36 in.

capillary with 1/4 in. flare nut

Low cut-out
P70MA-1C1 Lockout requires manual reset None
P70SA-1C1 Two independent

SPDT

Fixed at 65 (448) or

Lockout requires manual reset

P170LB-6C1 SPST Fixed approx. 65 (448) 1/4 in.

external flare connector

Low cut-out
P170MA-18C1 Lockout requires manual reset None
P170SA-1C1 Two independent

SPDT

Fixed at 65 (448) or

Lockout requires manual reset

All Range Controls for Non-Corrosive Refrigerants
P70LB-1C1 SPST 20 in.Hg

to 100

(-68 to 690)

Minimum 6 (41)

Maximum 50 (345)

100 to 500

(690 to 3,447)

Fixed Approx. 65 (448) 36 in.

capillary with 1/4 in. flare nut

Low cut-out
P70MA-1C1 Lockout Requires Manual Reset None
P70NA-1C Fixed (manual reset)
P72LA-1C1 DPST Minimum 7 (48)

Maximum 50 (345)

Fixed approx. 65 (448)
P72LB-1C1 Low cut-out
P72MA-1C1 Lockout requires manual reset None
P72NA-1C1 Fixed (manual reset)

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls

P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for Dual Pressure Applications (Continued)

Selection Chart (Part 2 of 2)

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Low Pressure Side psi (kPa) High Pressure Side psi (kPa) Pressure

Connector

Limited Knob

Adjustment

Range Differential Range Differential (Non-Adjustable)
All Range Controls for Non-Corrosive Refrigerants
P170LB-1C1 SPST 20 in.Hg

to 100

(-68 to 690)

Minimum 7 (48)

Maximum 50 (345)

100 to 500

(690 to 3,447)

Fixed approx. 65 (448) 1/4 in.

External flare connector

Low cut-out
P170MA-1C1 Lockout requires manual reset None
P170NA-1C Fixed (manual reset)
All Range Ammonia Compatible Controls
P70LA-2C1 SPST 20 in. Hg to

100

(-68 to 690)

Minimum 7 (48)

Maximum 50 (345)

100 to 500

(690 to 3,447)

Fixed approx. 65 (448) 1/4 in.

Internal NPT connector

None
P70MA-2C1 Lockout requires manual reset

1. Control models with high pressure side (only) that are UL Listed as Refrigeration Pressure Limiting Controls.

Note: For information on models not listed, please contact Johnson Controls/PENN® Refrigeration Application Engineering at 1-800-275-5676.

Technical Specifications

Maximum Pressures

Pressure Low Side High Side
All Range MICRO-SET
Maximum Working Pressure 100 psi (552 kPa) 80 psi (690 kPa) 500 psi (3,447 kPa)
Maximum Overpressure 325 psi (2,241 kPa) 525 psi (3,620 kPa) 525 psi (3,620 kPa)

L1 L1

L2 L2

L1 L2

L3*

High side opens Line to M1 on pressure rise.

High

c

Load a

c o

p7sdual_wir_spst.eps

t High

r

Line

M2

High side opens Main ircuit (Line to M2), nd closes auxiliary ircuit (Line to M1)

n pressure rise.

ow side opens Main

Alarm Alarm Circui

Powe

High

Load

Line M1

High side opens

Line to M1 and Line to M2 on pressure rise.

M1

p7sdual_wir_pst.eps

M1

Line L

Line M2

Line

p7sdual_wir_4-2.eps

Load

Low side opens Line

to M1 on pressure drop.

Low

circuit (Line to M2), and closes auxiliary circuit (Line to M1)

Low

Low side opens Line to M1 and Line to M2 on pressure drop.

Typical Wiring for SPST Switch

on pressure drop.

Low

*(L3 is third supply line in 3-phase applications.)

(P70L, M, and N, and P170L, M, and N Models)

Typical Wiring for Four-Wire, Two-Circuit Switch (P70P, Q and R Models)

Typical Wiring for DPST Switch (P72L, M, and N Models)

L1 L2

Low

Alarm

High

Alarm

Load

2

3

1 1

3

2

Low

High

L1 L2

1

High side switch opens 1 to 2 and closes 1 to 3 on pressure rise.

1

High

High Alarm

3

2

2

Low Load

High Load

Low Alarm

p7sdual_wir_2spdt_-diff.eps

Low side switch opens 1 to 2 and closes 1 to 3 on pressure drop.

High side switch opens 1 to 2 and closes 1 to 3 on pressure rise.

Low side switch opens 1 to 2 and closes 1 to 3 on pressure drop.

3

Low

Two SPDT Switches Wired as a Dual Pressure Control (Switching a Single Load with Optional High Side Alarm and Low Side Alarm) (P70S and P170S Models)

p7sdual_wir_2spdt_asdual.eps

Two SPDT Switches Wired to Control Two Different Loads (Optional High Side Alarm and Low Side Alarm) (P70S and P170S Models)

Standard Electromechanical Pressure Controls

P70, P72, and P170 Series Controls for Dual Pressure Applications (Continued)

Technical Specifications (Continued)

DPST Electrical Ratings (P72L, M, and N Types)

Standard Ratings Hermetic Compressor Ratings
120 VAC,

Single-Phase

208 VAC,

Single-Phase

240 VAC,

Single-Phase

208 VAC,

Three-Phase

220 VAC,

Three-Phase

208 VAC,

Single-Phase

240 VAC,

Single-Phase

Motor Horsepower 2 3 3 5 5
Motor Full-Load A 24 18.7 17 15.9 15 24 24
Motor Locked-Rotor A 144 112.2 102 95.4 90 144 144
AC Non-Inductive A 24 24 24 24 24
DC Non-Inductive A 3 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Pilot Duty 125 VA at 120 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA at 120 to 300 VDC

SPST Electrical Ratings (P70L, M, and N, and P170L, M, and N Types)

5/16

(15) 2-7/8

(73)

Reset Button for Controls with both High and Low Side Reset

Two Mounting Holes 10-32 UNF-28 Thread

5

5/16

3/16 Diameter

Single-Phase Ratings
Standard Hermetic

Compressor

120

VAC

208

VAC

240

VAC

208/240

VAC

Motor Horsepower 2 3 3
Motor Full-Load A 24 18.7 17 24
Motor Locked-Rotor A 144 112.2 102 144
Non-Inductive A 22 22 22
Pilot Duty 125 VA at 120 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA at

120 to 300 VDC

(5) Mounting Hole

(127)

5/16

(8)

(9)

3-1/4

(83)

13/16

(20)

1-11/16 (43)

15/16

(95)

11/16 15/16

1

(25)

1-1/8 (29)

1-3/4

(17)

(95)

(44)

3/16 (4)

1-11/16 (43)

Reset Lever for Controls

with High Side Only Manual Reset (Except P70S and P170S Models)

1-15/16

(48)

2-1/16

5/16

3/16

3/8 X 3/16 Diameter

(53) 1 5/16

(33) 15/16

(24)

(8)

(5)

(10) (5) Mounting Hole

SPDT Electrical Ratings

1-5/16

(33) 3

3-3/16 (80)

11/16 (18)

p7sdual_dim1.eps

1/16

(76)

5-11/16

7/8 or 1-1/8 (1/2 in. or 3/4 in. Trade Size)

(P70S and P170S Types)

(2)

(144)

(22) (28) Conduit Hole

Dimensions for P70, P72, and P170 Dual Pressure Controls with NEMA 1 Enclosure, in. (mm)*

Standard Single-Phase Ratings
120

VAC

208

VAC

240

VAC

277

VAC

Motor Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.0
Motor Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0 42.0
Non-Inductive A 16.0 9.2 8.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA at 24 VAC; 720 VA at 120 to

277 VAC

Four-Wire, Two-Circuit Electrical Ratings (P70P, Q, and R Types)

5/8 (16)

5/8 (16)

3-1/8 (79)

4-13/16 (122)

5-13/16

Standard Single-Phase Ratings
Line-M2

(Main Contacts)

Line-M1

(Auxiliary Contacts)

120

VAC

208

VAC

240

VAC

277

VAC

120

VAC

208

VAC

240

VAC

277

VAC

Motor Full

Load A

16.0 9.2 8.0 6.0 3.3 3.0
Motor Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0 36.0 19.8 18.0
Non- Inductive A 16.0 9.2 8.0 7.2 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Pilot Duty for both sets of contacts 125 VA at 24 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA at 120 to 300 VDC

(148) 4-7/16

(112) 2-3/4

(69)

1-1/4

(32)

3/8

(10)

2-3/4

(70)

3-3/8 (86)

Four Mounting Holes 5/16 Diameter

(8)

1/16 (2)

1-3/8

3/4-NPSM Threaded Rigid Conduit Connector

1-1/8 1-3/4

p7sdual_dim3.eps

(35)

Element as Specified

7/16 (10)

(29)

(44)

Dimensions for P70, P72, and P170 Dual Pressure Control with NEMA 3R Enclosure, in. (mm)*

*These dimensions are nominal and are subject to accepted manufacturing tolerances and application variables.

Single-Stage Electronic Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1900109

P470 Electronic Pressure Control with Display

Description

The P470 Electronic Pressure Control with Display is a single-stage, On/Off, electronic pressure control with a single-pole,

double-throw (SPDT) output relay. The control may be field set to operate in one of

three pressure ranges (0 to 100 psi, 0 to 500 psi, or 50 to 750 psi), as either an open high or open low control.

The P470 Control features a large LCD that displays the sensed pressure and other system-status indicators, as well as the adjustable setpoints in the programming mode. The P470 Control has a lockable, three-button touchpad for adjusting setpoints, and a front-panel LED that indicates the output relay status.

The P470 Control uses a P499 Electronic Pressure Transducer in conjunction with a WHA-PDK3 Wiring Harness to sense system pressure. This arrangement virtually eliminates the chance of a refrigerant leak because there are no capillaries or bellows to break or fail.

Refer to the P470 Electronic Pressure Control with Display Product Bulletin (LIT-125528) for important product application information.

Selection Chart

Features

• easy-to-read LCD

• three field-selectable pressure ranges between 0 to 750 psi

• 24 VAC, and 120 or 208/240 VAC models

• lockable, three-button, front-panel touchpad

• built-in, adjustable, anti-short cycle time-delay

• uses an economical and versatile transducer and wiring harness

Repair Information

The P470 pressure control and

P499 transducer are not field repairable. Perform the following procedures, in the order they are presented, to determine the problem. If the problem is with the control or transducer, contact a Johnson Controls/PENN® sales representative for a replacement.

P470 Pressure Control with Transducer and Wiring Harness (Control, Transducer, and Harness Must be Purchased Separately)

Item Product Code Number Description
P470 (Low-Voltage) Electronic

Pressure Control with Display

P470FB-1C Low Voltage (less than 30 VAC) Electronic Pressure Control with Display

Supply Voltage: 24 VAC Class 2 Transformer

(See Technical Specifications for complete Relay Electrical Ratings.)

P470 (Line-Voltage) Electronic Pressure Control with Display P470EB-1C Line Voltage Electronic Pressure Control with Display Supply Voltage: 120 or 208/240 VAC

(See Technical Specifications for complete Relay Electrical Ratings.)

P499 Electronic Pressure Transducers P499RAP-101C P499RAP-101K 0 to 100 psi Pressure Transducer with 1/8 in. NPT External Fitting
P499RCP-101C P499RCP-101K 0 to 100 psi Pressure Transducer with 1/4 in. SAE (Schrader®) Internal Fitting with integral valve depressor
P499RAP-105C P499RAP-105K 0 to 500 psi Pressure Transducer with 1/8 in. NPT External Fitting
P499RCP-105C P499RCP-105K 0 to 500 psi Pressure Transducer with 1/4 in. SAE (Schrader) Internal Fitting with integral valve depressor
P499RAP-107C P499RAP-107K 0 to 750 psi Pressure Transducer with 1/8 in. NPT External Fitting
P499RCP-107C P499RCP-107K 0 to 750 psi Pressure Transducer with 1/4 in. SAE (Schrader) Internal Fitting with integral valve depressor
Wiring Harnesses for P499 Transducers WHA-PKD3-200C 6 ft 6-1/2 in. (2 m) 3-Wire Cable with Plug-in Connector for P499 Transducer
WHA-PKD3-400C 13 ft 3 in. (4 m) 3-Wire Cable with Plug-in Connector for P499 Transducer
WHA-PKD3-600C 19 ft 8 in. (6 m) 3-Wire Cable with Plug-in Connector for P499 Transducer

Note: P470 Controls do not include a transducer or wiring harness. P499 Transducer and wiring harness must be purchased separately. Transducer must be matched to the selected pressure range.

Single-Stage Electronic Pressure Controls

P470 Electronic Pressure Control with Display (Continued)

Technical Specifications

Output Relay Contacts Electrical Ratings

P470EB-1 P470 FB-1
120 VAC 208 VAC 240 VAC 24 VAC
Horsepower N.O. (N.C.) 1 (1/4) 1 (1/3) 1 (1/2) 100 VA,

30 VAC maximum,

Class 2

Full Load Ampere N.O. (N.C.) 16 (5.8) 9.2 (4.0) 8.0 (4.9)
Locked Rotor Ampere N.O. (N.C.) 96 (34.8) 55.2 (24) 498 (29.4)
Non-Inductive Ampere N.O. (N.C.) 15 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)
Pilot Duty 125 VA (N.O.) at 24 to 240 VAC

125 VA (N.C.) at 120 to 240 VAC

50 VA (N.C.) at 24 VAC

P470 Electronic Pressure Control with Display
Operating Pressure Ranges 0 to 100 psi 0 to 500 psi 50 to 750 psi
Minimum Differential Pressure 5 psig 20 psig 20 psig
Displayed Resolution 1 psig 3 psig 5 psig
Control Accuracy + 1.5% of selected Operating Pressure Range plus transducer accuracy
Supply Voltage P470FB-1:24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Class 2 P470EB-1:120 or 208/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption 1.8 VA maximum
Transducer Type P499 Electronic Pressure Transducer
Ambient Temperature at Control Operating: -30 to 140°F (-34 to 60°C) Shipping: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C)
Ambient Humidity at Operating Control 0 to 95% RH noncondensing; Maximum dew point: 85°F (29°C)
Enclosure Case and cover: NEMA 1 High-impact thermoplastic
Agency Information UL: File SA516; CCN SDFY Canadian UL: File SA516; CCN SDFY7

FCC/DOC Part 15, Class A

Electromechanical Lube Oil and Differential Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1927185

P28 Series Lube Oil Pressure Cutout Control with Time Delay

Description

The P28 series provides dependable lube oil protection on pressure of lubricated refrigeration compressors by sensing low lube oil pressure. A built-in time delay switch, accurately compensated for ambient temperature, allows for pressure pick up on start and avoids nuisance shutdowns on pressure drops of short duration during the running cycle.

Refer to the P28 and P128 Series Lube Oil Controls with Built-in Time Delay Relay Product Bulletin (LIT-125420) for important product application information.

Features

• direct-reading scale indication

• adjustable setpoint

• trip-free manual reset

• replacement timing relays available

• dust-protected switch

Applications

• semi-hermetic compressors

• P28 Control measures pressure available to circulate oil though the lubrication system (Net oil pressure is the difference between oil gauge and crankcase pressure.)

Accessories

• all models listed on this page include a universal mounting bracket

• replacement timing relays— refer to Replacement Timing Relays for P28 and P29 Lube Oil Controls Catalog Page (LIT-1927395)

Repair Information

If the P28 Series Lube Oil Pressure Cutout Control with Time Delay fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

P28AA Lube Oil Pressure Cutout Control

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Time

Delay

Time Delay

Heater Circuit VAC

Type of

Reset

Range1 psi (kPa) Refrigerant

(R)

Pressure

Connection

P28AA-1C2 90 seconds 120/240 Manual 8 to 70 (55 to 483) Non-corrosive3 36 in. capillary with

1/4 in. flare nut

P28AA-2C4 60 seconds
P28AA-17C5 120 seconds
P28AA-18C 45 seconds
P28AN-1C 90 seconds 120/240 Manual 8 to 70 (55 to 483) Ammonia 1/4 in. internal NPT
P28DN-1C 90 seconds

With Runlight and Alarm Terminals

P28DA-1C 120/240 Manual 8 to 70 (55 to 483) Non-corrosive3 36 in. capillary with 1/4 in. flare nut
P28GA-2C 90 seconds Automatic
P28NA-5C 120 seconds 24 VAC

or VDC

Manual
  1. Switch differential approximately 5 psig (34 kPa). Time delay relay energizes at 9 psig (61 kPa) pressure difference, de-energized at 14 psig (97 kPa) difference
  2. Replaces Ranco® P30-3701
  3. Non-corrosive refrigerants include R-12, R-22, R-134A, R-500, R-502 (R)
  4. Replaces Ranco P30-3601
  5. Replaces Ranco P30-3801

Technical Specifications

The maximum bellows pressure is 180 psig (2,241 kPa).

Electrical Ratings – Pilot Duty

Time Delay

Heater Circuit

Pilot Circuit Alarm Circuit

(must be same voltage as pilot circuit)

P28DA-1 Contact Rating 2 to 1: 2 to 3

(must be same voltage as time delay circuit)

Crankcase Heater: Term 2 to 1 Runlight: Term 2 to 3
120/240 VAC 750 VA, 120/240 VAC 125 VA, 120/240 VAC 10 A 120 VAC, 5 A 240 VAC 10 W
24 VAC or VDC 125 VA, 24 VAC

57.5 VA, 24 VDC

125 VA, 24 VAC

57.5 VA, 24 VDC

Electromechanical Lube Oil and Differential Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1927195

P32 Series Sensitive Pressure Switch

Description

This differential pressure switch is used to sense pressure/air flow in ducts.

Refer to the P32 Series Sensitive Differential Pressure Switch Product Bulletin

(LIT-125435) for important product application information.

P32 Series

Y

R

B

Action on Increase of Pressure

p32.eps

P28 Action Diagram

Selection Chart

Product

Code Number

Ambient

Temperature Min./Max.

Connector

Maximum

Over- pressure psig (kPa)1

Contact

Action

Range

in. WC (kPa)

Sensitivity

at Min.

Setpoint

in. WC (kPa)

Setpoint

Scale

Plate

Mounting Bracket

(Included)

P32AC-1C

-40°F (-40°C)

min.

167°F (75°C)

max.

High Pressure connectors are metal 1/8 in. internal NPT inside, 1/2 in. NPSM outside for mounting

Low pressure connectors are molded,

1/8 in. internal NPT

1

(6.895)

SPDT

0.15 to 12 (0.037 to 2.99)

0.07

(0.017)

Adjustable

Yes

L

BKT182-1

P32AC-2C2

0.05 to 5 (0.012 to 1.24)

0.04

(0.01)

U

BKT229-1

P32AF-1C

0.025

(0.006)

L

BKT182-1

P32AF-2C2

U

BKT229-1

bracket1.eps bracket2.eps bracket1.eps

bracket2.eps

Features

• easy-to-read setpoint scale

• versatile mounting options

Applications

• pressure/air flow proving with electric duct heaters, humidifiers, and other equipment

• maximum pressure/air flow control for variable volume systems

• reheat duct powered systems

• clogged filter detection

• detection of icing of air conditioning coils and initiation of defrost cycle

• sensitive pressure settings

• dust-tight snap switch

Repair Information

If the P32 Series Sensitive Pressure Switch fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement switch, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

P32 Sensitive Pressure Switch

  1. Maximum overpressure at either connection
  2. Supplied with 1/4 in. compression fitting, 4 in. extension tube, two mounting screws, and O-gasket (angle barbed fitting installed)

Accessories

The switch can be mounted directly or with the supplied mounting bracket.

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings VAC 120 208 240
Type P32AC (Standard Differential, 1/2 hp)
AC Full Load A 9.8 5.65 4.9
AC Locked Rotor A 58.8 33.9 29.4
Non-Inductive or Resistive Load 15 A, 24 to 277 VAC
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 VAC; 360 VA,

120 to 277 VAC

Type P32AF (Close Differential, 1/4 hp)
AC Full Load A 5.8 3.3 2.9
AC Locked Rotor A 34.8 19.8 17.4
Non-Inductive or Resistive Load 10 A, 24 to 277 VAC
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 24 VAC; 360 VA,

120 to 277 VAC

Product Code

Number

Description
FTG18A-600R Remote Mounting Kit: 4 in. flanged sensing tube,

two barbed fittings, two No. 10 screws, and a gasket

Electromechanical Lube Oil and Differential Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1927200

P45 Series Lube Oil Pressure Cutout Control with Time Delay

Description

The P45 Control provides dependable, low lube oil pressure protection for refrigeration compressors. The low-adjustable factory-set pressure setting provides operation to the compressor manufacturer’s specification. A built-in time delay relay, compensated for ambient temperature, allows for pressure pick-up on start and avoids nuisance shutdowns on short duration pressure losses during the running cycle.

Refer to the P45 Series Oil Pressure Cutout Controls with Built-in Time Delay Relay Product Bulletin (LIT-125445) for important product application information.

Features

• universal mounting

• trip-free manual reset

• ambient compensated time delay

Selection Chart

Accessories

These controls are supplied without mounting brackets. If brackets are required, order kit number BKT38A-600R, which contains five 271-51 Angle Mounting Brackets with screws.

Applications

The P45 control is used on semi-hermetic compressors. It measures net oil pressure available to circulate oil through the compressor’s lubrication system. (Net oil pressure is the difference between oil pump pressure and the crank case pressure.)

Repair Information

If the P45 Series Lube Oil Pressure Cutout Control with Time Delay fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

P45NCALube Oil Pressure Cutout Control

Technical Specifications For all non-corrosive refrigerants. Electrical Rating – Pilot Duty

Time Delay

Heat Circuit

Pilot Duty
120/240 VAC 750 VA, 120/240 VAC
24 VAC 125 VA, 24 VAC
Product Code

Number

Time

Delay1

Heater Circuit

VAC

Type of

Reset

Maximum Bellows

Pressure, psig (kPa)

Factory Setting, psi (kPa)

Fixed

Pressure

Connection

Copeland® Compressors
P45NAA-5C 120 seconds 24 Manual 425 (2,390) 9 (62)2 36 in. capillary with

1/4 in. flare nut

P45NAA-10C 90 seconds 48 in. capillary with

1/4 in. flare nut

P45NCA-12C3 120 seconds 120/240 36 in. capillary with

1/4 in. flare nut

P145NCA-12C4 1/4 in. external flare (Style 5)
P145NCB-12C5
Carlyle® Compressors
P45NCA-82C6 45 seconds 120/240 Manual 425 (2,390) 6.5 (45)7 36 in. capillary with

1/4 in. flare nut

P145NCA-82C8 1/4 in. external flare (Style 5)
P145NCB-82C9
  1. Relay is not field-replaceable
  2. Switch differential is approximately 5 psi (34 kPa). Time delay relay energizes at 9 psi (61 kPa) pressure difference, de-energizes at 14 psi (97 kPa) difference.
  3. Replaces Ranco® P30-5826
  4. Replaces Ranco P30-5827
  5. Replaces Ranco P30-5827 (Includes alarm wire)
  6. Replaces Carlyle/Carrier® Code No. HKCA-500, 6342050
  7. Switch differential is approximately 4.5 psi (34 kPa). Time delay relay energizes at 6.5 psi (45 kPa) pressure difference, de-energizes at 11 psi (76 kPa) difference.
  8. Replaces Carlyle/Carrier Part No. HKCA-500, 6342050 with 36” SEC99A UltraCap®
  9. Replaces Carlyle/Carrier Part No. HKCA-500, 6342050 with 36” SEC99A UltraCap (Includes alarm wire)

Electromechanical Lube Oil and Differential Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1927260

P74 Series Differential Pressure Control

Description

Series P74 measures the pressure difference between two sources: supply lines and return lines. A change in differential pressure will reposition the switching mechanism to cause corrective action of the supplementary control equipment.

Refer to the P47 Series Steam Pressure Controls Product Bulletin (LIT-125450) for important product application information.

Features

• field-proven Penn switch with a completely enclosed contact mechanism

• pressure differential setting is easily changed without removing the cover

Selection Chart

Applications

• differential pressure sensing on chillers or water-cooled condensers

• lube oil failure cutout for refrigeration compressors (same as the P28, but does not incorporate time delay)

• positioning M100 Series motor-actuated valves (P74JA-2)

• to prove pump operation

Accessories

All models on this page include a universal mounting bracket.

Repair Information

If the P74 Series Differential Pressure Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

P74EA-8 Differential Pressure Control

Product Code

Number

Switch

Action

Range Pressure Differential

psig (kPa)1

Switch

Differential

Pressure

Connections

Bellows

Material

For All Non-Corrosive Liquids
P74AA-1C Single-Pole, Single-Throw (SPST) closes on

decreases in pressure difference

8 to 70 Adjustable

(55 to 483)

8 to 30 Adjustable 36 in. capillary with

1/4 in. flare nut

Stainless

steel

P74BA-1C SPST opens on decrease in pressure difference
P74EA-8C Single-Pole, Double-Throw (SPDT) (snap-acting) 2 to 26 Adjustable

(14 to 207)

3.5 Fixed 36 in. capillary with 1/4 in. flare nut Brass
P74EA-10C 1/4 in. external flare
P74FA-1C 8 to 60 Adjustable

(55 to 414)

1.5 Fixed
P74FA-5C 1/4 in. FNPT
P74FA-10C 2 to 26 Adjustable

(14 to 207)

36 in. capillary with

1/4 in. flare nut

P74JA-2C SPDT (floating) 8 to 60 Adjustable

(55 to 414)

2.5 Fixed 1/4 in. external flare

1. Maximum continuous pressure to low pressure bellows – 180 psig (1,241 kPa)

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Motor Ratings 120 V 208 V 240 V 277 V
P74AA, P74BA – 1 Phase
AC Full Load A 20.0 18.7 17.0
AC Locked Rotor A 120.0 112.2 102.0
AC Non-Inductive A 22.0 22.0 22.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 600 VAC; 57.5 VA, 120 to 300 VDC
P74EA
AC Full Load A 16.0 9.2 8.0
AC Locked Rotor A 96.0 55.2 48.0
AC Non-Inductive A 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 600 VAC
P74FA
AC Full Load A 6.0 3.4 3.0
AC Locked Rotor A 36.0 20.4 18.0
AC Non-Inductive A 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
Pilot Duty 125 VA, 120 to 277 VAC
P74JA
1 A; 24 VAC Class 2; 50/60 Hz

Electromechanical Lube Oil and Differential Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1927280

P128 and P145 Series Lube Oil Pressure Controls

Description

The P128 and P145 Series Controls provide dependable low pressure lube oil cut-out for pressure lubricated refrigeration compressors. The P128 Series offer adjustable range settings.

The P128 and P145 controls feature a 1/4 in. external flare pressure connection which may be used with a refrigerant hose or cap tube such as SEC99 UltraCap.

Refer to the P28 and P128 Series Lube Oil Control with Built-in Time Delay Relay Product Bulletin (LIT-125420) for important product application information.

Features

• ambient compensated time delay relay

• trip-free manual reset

• industry standard

• P128 is fully adjustable throughout its range

• P145 is factory set to compressor manufacturer’s specifications

Applications

Use these controls for lube oil cutout on hermetic and semi-hermetic compressors used in commercial air-conditioning and commercial and industrial refrigeration systems.

Selection Chart

P128AA Lube Oil Pressure Control

Technical Specifications

Pressure controls P128 and P145 are designed to be used with SEC99 UltraCap. Product specifications for P128 are the same as P28 model. Refer to P28 Series Lube Oil Pressure Cutout Control (With Time Delay) (LIT-1927185). Product specifications for P145 are the same as P45 model. Refer to P45 Series Lube Oil Pressure Cutout Control (With Time Delay) (LIT-1927185).

Also note the selection chart below.

P145NCA Lube Oil Pressure Control

Accessories

Some controls are supplied less mounting brackets. If brackets are required, order kit number BKT38A-600, which contains

five 271-51 angle mounting brackets with screws; or BKT38A-601 which contains one mounting bracket with screws.

Repair Information

If the P128 and the P145 Series Lube Oil Pressure Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Product Code

Number

Time

Delay

Heater Circuit

VAC

Type of

Reset

Range psig (kPa) Refrigerant Pressure

Connection

Adjustable Non-Adjustable
P128AA-1C1 90 seconds 120/240 Manual 8 to 70 (55 to 483) Non-corrosive 1/4 in. external flared

connection

P128AA-2C2 60 seconds
P128AA-17C3 120 seconds
P145NCA-12C4 Factory Set 9 (62) Non-corrosive
P145NCA-82C5 45 seconds Factory Set 6.5 (45)
P145NCB-12C6 120 seconds Factory Set 9 (62)
P145NCB-82C7 45 seconds Factory Set 6.5 (45)
  1. Replacement for P28AA-1*. Replaces Ranco® P30-3701.
  2. Replacement for P28AA-2*. Replaces Ranco P30-3601.
  3. Replacement for P28AA-17*. Replaces Ranco P30-3801.
  4. Replacement for P45NCA-12*. (Copeland Model) Replaces Ranco P30-5826.
  5. Replacement for P45NCA-82*. (Carlyle Model).
  6. Copeland model with alarm circuit
  7. Carlyle model with alarm circuit

* SEC99 UltraCap Hose must be ordered separately.

Electromechanical Lube Oil and Differential Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1900115

P12 Series Differential Pressure Controls

Description

The P12 Series Differential Pressure Controls are suitable for use with oil and/or

non-corrosive refrigerants. The switch is actuated by a difference in pressure between the two sensing elements. The control is factory-set to open the switch (COM to 1) at a differential pressure of 18 psi (124 kPa) and close the switch (COM to 1) at a differential pressure of 12 psi (83 kPa). The control is not field-adjustable.

This control may be connected to a P28 Lube Oil Control, with time delay, to give complete monitoring of lubrication on two refrigeration compressors driven by one motor.

Refer to the P12 Series Differential Pressure Control Product Bulletin (LIT-997452) for important product application information.

Repair Information

If the P12 Series Differential Pressure Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

P12AA

Differential Pressure Control

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Differential Pressure Maximum

Overpressure, psi (kPa)

Enclosure Fitting
COM to 1 OPENS COM to 1 CLOSES
P12AA-3C 18 psi (124 kPa) 12 psi (83 kPa) 500 (3,447) NEMA1 Enclosure 1/4 in. external SAE flare fitting

Electronic Lube Oil and Differential Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1900355

P545 Series Electronic Lube Oil Control

Description

The P545 Series Electronic Lube Oil Control is designed for use on refrigeration compressors equipped with an oil pump that accepts a single-point differential pressure switch. The P400 switch continuously monitors net lube oil pressure and the P545 control locks out the compressor if lube oil pressure falls below the manufacturer’s recommended net pressure for longer than the recommended lube oil time delay. Front-mount LEDs indicate the status of the lubrication system, and a user-selectable, minimum-off time delay can be set to minimize compressor short cycling.

A Johnson Controls/PENN® R310AD Current Sensing Switch, sold separately, may be used to disable the P545 control lockout circuit during abnormal compressor shutdowns.

Refer to the P545 Series Electronic Lube Oil Control Product Bulletin (LIT-12011012) for important product application information.

Features

• single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) relay contacts for liquid line solenoid and alarm applications allow liquid line solenoid to be closed if the P545 control shuts off the compressor due to low oil pressure and provides alarm indication, including circuits that use neon lights

Selection Charts

P545 Series Electronic Lube Oil Control

• relay contact output for compressor provides reliable, long-lasting operation

• built-in test circuit verifies proper control operation quickly, without additional tools or equipment

• improved noise immunity exceeds immunity requirements of UL 991 for transient overvoltage: IEC 61000-4-3 for radiated Radio Frequency (RF) and IEC 61000-4-6 for RF-induced conducted disturbances

• jumper-selectable anti-short cycle time delays provide for a wide range of

anti-short cycle strategies that meet most equipment requirements— the anti-short cycle delay feature may allow for the elimination of an external short-cycle timer

• user-friendly display panel displays the status of the compressor lubrication system continuously

• backwards compatibility allows easy replacement of existing electronic lube oil controls

Repair Information

If the P545 Series Electronic Lube Oil Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

P545 Control with P400 Switch

Product Code Number Lube Oil Delay (Seconds) P400 Switch Wiring Harness Fits Compressors Manufactured by
P545NCB-22C1 120 P400AD-2 WHA-P400-100 Copeland
P545NCB-25C1 90 P400BD-1 WHA-P400-125 Bitzer
P545NCB-82C1 120 P400AD-1 WHA-P400-100 Carlyle

1. Switch and wiring harness included

Control and Sensor/Switch Compatibility

Test P345 or P445 Control

with P400 Switch

P545 Control and

P400 Switch

Wiring Harness1 WHA-P400-xxx WHA-P400-xxx
Test Switch Does not function2 Immediate
  1. WHA-P400-xxx is the two-wire harness supplied with the P545 control and the P400 switch.
  2. When the P445 Control is wired to a P400 Switch, the Test button may operate when first powered up; however, after a couple minutes of operation, the Test Switch function no longer works. All other control functions operate normally.

Electronic Lube Oil and Differential Pressure Controls

P545 Series Electronic Lube Oil Control (Continued)

Accessories

P400 Single-Point Differential Lube Oil Pressure Switch

Product Code

Number1

Open Point

(Differential Pressure)

Close Point

(Differential Above Open Point)

Threads Wiring

Harness

P400AD-1C 7.0 ±1.0 psi less than or equal to 2.0 psi 3/4-16 UNF WHA-P400-100
P400AD-2C 12.75 ±0.75 psi less than or equal to 1.5 psi
P400BD-1C 10.0 ±1.5 psi less than or equal to 3.0 psi M20 x 1.5 WHA-P400-125

1. Wiring harness included

Wiring Harnesses and Other Accessories

Product Code Number Description
KITP545-82C1 CST29A-600C Sensor Block;

P545NCB-82 Control;

P400AD-1C Switch;

WHA-P400-100C Wiring Harness

WHA-P400-100C 3-1/3 ft (1 m) length wiring harness
WHA-P400-125C 4 ft (1-1/4 m) length wiring harness
WHA-P400-250C 8 ft (2-1/2 m) length wiring harness
WHA-P400-430C 14 ft (4-1/3 m) length wiring harness
R310AD-1C Low-voltage Current Sensing Switch
271-51 Universal Mounting Bracket

1. Contact Carlyle Compressor Co. at 1-800-462-2759 to order Sensor Block Gasket 06DA680063.

Technical Specifications

P545NCB Electronic Lube Oil Control
Power Requirements 120 or 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz +10%, -15%; power consumption: 3 VA
Open Point (Differential Pressure) P545NCB-22/P400AD-2: 12.75 ± 0.75 psi (87.9 ± 5.17 kPa)

P545NCB-25/P400BD-1: 10 ± 1.5 psi (68.9 ± 10.3 kPa)

P545NCB-82 P400AD-1: 7 ± 1.0 psi (48.2 ± 6.9 kPa)

Lube Oil Time Delay (Factory Settings) P545NCB-22: 120 ± 15 seconds

P545NCB-25: 90 ± 12 seconds

P545NCB-82: 120 ± 15 seconds

Anti-Short Cycle Timer Four selectable positions: 0, 35, 65, and 100 seconds (nominal times)
Type of Refrigerant Non-corrosive refrigerants only
Electrical Connections Control: Screw type terminals on a barrier terminal strip

Sensor: Snap-connect at sensor end, three-pin plug at control end

Maximum Electrical Rating Isolated relay output to compressor contactor (M-1 and M-2) Pilot duty 375 VA at 120 VAC, 750 VA at 240 VAC
Alarm Circuit (Relay) NOA contact: Pilot duty 125 VA at 120/240 VAC; 60 W tungsten at 120/240 VAC NCA contact: Pilot duty 125 VA at 120 VAC, 250 VA at 240 VAC
Backplate Material

Case and Cover Material

0.062 in. (1 mm) cold rolled steel High impact thermoplastic
Ambient Operating Conditions -40 to 131°F (-40 to 5°C)
Ambient Storage Conditions -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C)
Approximate Shipping Weight 1.80 lb (0.82 kg)
Agency Listings UL Listed, File SA516, CCN SDFY

UL Listed for Canada, File SA516, CCN SDFY7

Electronic Lube Oil and Differential Pressure Controls Code No. LIT-1900111

CST29A Adaptor Block for Carlyle® Compressors

Description

The Johnson Controls/PENN® CST29A Adaptor Block is designed for use on Carlyle® compressors (models O6CC, O6D, and O6E) equipped with an oil pump. The adaptor block allows for the installation of the P400 single point differential pressure switch for use with the P545NCB-82 electronic lube oil control.

Refer to the CST29A Adapter Block for Carlyle Compressors Product Bulletin (LIT-125730) for important product application information.

Selection Chart

Product Code Number Description
CST29A-600C Adaptor Block for Carlyle Compressor Series O6CC, O6D, and O6E;

Includes Allen-head bolts.

Accessories

Features

• simple installation— provides easy conversion of electromechanical lube oil control system to electronic equivalent

• designed specifically for Carlyle applications— applies to Carlyle compressor models O6CC, O6D, and O6E

Repair Information

If the CST29A Adaptor Block for Carlyle® Compressors fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement adaptor, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

CST29A Adaptor Block

Product Code Number Description
P545NCB-82C Electronic Lube Oil Pressure Control, 120 second delay before lockout, with P400AD-1 switch and WHA-P400-100 switch cable
P400AD-1C Replacement Differential Pressure Switch with WHA-P400-100 Wire Harness Open at 7 ±1.0 psi, Close Less than or Equal to 2.0 psig above Open Point
KITP545-82C Single Pack P545 with Adaptor Block and Allen-head Bolts
WHA-P400-100C 3-1/3 ft (1 m) Length Wiring Harness
WHA-P400-125C 4 ft (1-1/4 m) Length Wiring Harness
WHA-P400-250C 8 ft (2-1/2 m) Length Wiring Harness
WHA-P400-400C 14 ft (4-1/3 m) Length Wiring Harness
Carlyle Supplied Parts
06DA6800631 Adaptor Block Gasket for Carlyle Compressor Series O6CC, O6D, and O6E
  1. Order this part from a Carlyle distributor. For information on the nearest Carlyle distributor, contact Carlyle at 1-800-462-2759.

Pressure Sensors and Accessories Code No. LIT-1927395

Replacement Timing Relays for P28 and P29 Lube Oil Controls

Selection Chart

Product Code Number Voltage Reset Alarm Circuit Timing (Seconds)
RLY13A-616R 120/240 VAC Manual No 120
RLY13A-613R 12 VAC Manual No 120
RLY13A-609R 24 VAC or DC Manual No 120
RLY13A-608R 120/240 VAC Automatic No 90
RLY13A-602R 120/240 VAC Manual No 90
RLY13A-600R 120/240 VAC Manual No 60
RLY13A-617R 120/240 VAC Manual No 45
RLY13A-610R 120/240 VAC Manual No 30

Pressure Sensors and Accessories Code No. LIT-1927275

P100 Series Encapsulated Pressure Switches

Description

P100 Series switches are encapsulated, nonadjustable, single-pole, single-throw (SPST), direct-mount switches for use with non-corrosive refrigerants. The switches are available with automatic reset in both open low and open high configurations and manual reset with open high action.

Refer to the P100 Series Encapsulated Pressure Controls Product Bulletin (LIT-121485) for important product application information.

Features

• compact size and light weight allow for direct mounting

• trip-free manual reset (manual reset models); contacts cannot be overridden by continued depression of the reset button

• use with all non-corrosive refrigerants

• encapsulated switch, dust tight

• 1/4 in. Internal flare fitting with built-in Schrader type depressor is standard

• electrical connections are made to 48 in. leads

Applications

• low limit, high limit, and fan cycling control in commercial refrigeration

• ice machines

• food service equipment

Repair Information

If the P100 Series Encapsulated Pressure Switches fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement switch, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

P100 Series Encapsulated Pressure Switch

Technical Specifications

Standard Duty Electrical Contact Ratings

Switch Action-Model

Numbers

SPST-P100AA, AC, AG, AJ, CA, CC, CG, CJ, DA, and

DC

SPST-P100AP, CP
Motor Ratings 120V 240V 120V 240V
AC Full Load Ampere 5.8 2.9 6.0 6.0
AC Locked Rotor Ampere 34.8 15.0 36.0 36.0
Non-Inductive Ampere
Inductive Ampere
Pilot Duty 375 VA 375 VA

Heavy Duty Electrical Contact Ratings

Switch Action-Model

Numbers

SPST-P100AE and CE SPDT-P100EE
Motor Ratings 120V 240V 120V 240V
Contact Type N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C.
AC Full Load Ampere 13.0 13.0 10.0 10.0 5.8 13.0 2.9 10.0
AC Locked Rotor Ampere 65.0 60.0 45.0 45.0 34.8 60.0 17.4 45.0
Non-Inductive Ampere 13.0 25.0 10.0 25.0 10.0 25.0 5.0 25.0
Inductive Ampere 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
Pilot Duty 278 VA 125 VA 278 VA 125 VA 278 VA 125 VA 278 VA 125 VA

Pressure Sensors and Accessories

www.johnsoncontrols.com

Johnson Controls, Inc. shall not be liable for damages resulting from misapplication or misuse of its products. © 2015 Johnson Controls, Inc.

R-116

Selection Chart (Part 1 of 3)

P100 Series Encapsulated Pressure Switches (Continued)

The performance specifications are nominal and conform to acceptable industry standards. For applications at conditions beyond these specifications, consult the local Johnson Controls office.

Product Code Number Switch Action Setpoints – psig (kPa) Replaces:
Opens Closes Ranco Robert- shaw Saginomiya Danfoss Klixon Supco Wilspec International

Refrigeration Products

Gemline
P100AC-1C2 Open on Pressure Drop 5 (34) 20 (138) MPL-7001 ACB-2UA318W PS80-K2-F0305- 020-005 SLP0520 HR201A020005D SLP0520
P100AP-354C 5 (34) 30 (207) 3100-002 SLP0530
P100AP-15C 10 (69) 25 (172) HR00011A1R702 3100-050 ACB-2UA97W 061F7523 PS80-K2-F0307- 025-005 SLP1025 HR201A025010D SLP1025
P100AP-201C 10 (69) 32 (221) MPL-7011 3100-050 ACB-2UA101 SLP1032 SLP1032
P100AC-2C2 15 (103) 30 (207) MPL-7002
P100AP-356C 20 (138) 45 (310) 3100-003 ACB-2UA40W SLP2045
P100AP-12C 25 (172) 50 (345) ACB-2UA143 PS80-K2-F0316- 050-005 SLP2550 HR201A050025D SLP2550
P100AP-9C 25 (172) 80 (551) MPL-7003 3101-003 PS80-K2-F0325- 080-005 SLP2580 HR201A080025D SLP2580
P100AP-105C 30 (207) 60 (413) 3100-004 ACB-2UA94 SLP3560
P100AP-2C 35 (241) 60 (414) MPL-7004 3100-004 SLP3560 SLP3560
P100AP-10C 40 (276) 60 (413) HR00011A1R704
P100AP-357C 40 (276) 80 (551) 3100-052 ACB-2UA354W PS80-K2-F0326- 080-005 SLP4080 HR201A080040D SLP4080
P100AP-361C 50 (345) 90 (620) PS80-KS-F0328- 090-005 SLP5090 HR201A090050D SLP5090
P100AP-358C 75 (517) 100 (689) ACB-2UA441W SLP75100
P100AP-351C1 75 (517) 120 (827) SFC75120
P100AP-352C1 110 (758) 170

(1,171)

SFC110170
P100AP-353C1 126 (868) 264

(1,819)

SFC125265
P100AP-3C1 150

(1,034)

225

(1,551)

MPF-7008 ACB-2UA685W SFC150225
P100AP-359C1 165

(1,137)

215

(1,481)

3100-215 ACB-2UA48W
P100AP-4C1 170

(1,172)

250

(1,724)

ACB-2UA631W SFC170250
P100AP-362C1 195

(1,344)

240

(1,654)

3100-080
P100AP-200C1 195

(1,344)

275

(1,895)

Pressure Sensors and Accessories

www.johnsoncontrols.com

Johnson Controls, Inc. shall not be liable for damages resulting from misapplication or misuse of its products. © 2015 Johnson Controls, Inc.

R-117

Selection Chart (Part 2 of 3)

P100 Series Encapsulated Pressure Switches (Continued)

The performance specifications are nominal and conform to acceptable industry standards. For applications at conditions beyond these specifications, consult the local Johnson Controls office.

Product Code Number Switch Action Setpoints – psig (kPa) Replaces:
Opens Closes Ranco Robert- shaw Saginomiya Danfoss Klixon Supco Wilspec International Refrigeration Products Gemline
P100AP-354C1 Open on Pressure Drop 210

(1,447)

275

(1,895)

ACB-2UA319W SFC210275 SFC210275
P100EE-79C 300

(2,068)

370

(2,551)

P100AP-332C1 300

(2,068)

400

(2,758)

MPF7010 ACB-2UA627W 061F7514 SFC300400
P100CP-157C Open on Pressure Rise 225

(1,550)

150

(1,034)

P100CP-158C 250

(1,723)

150

(1,034)

PS80-K1-0336- 250-150 SHP250150 HR202A250150D SHP250150
P100CP-159C 270

(1,860)

200

(1,378)

P100CC-9C2 275

(1,896)

175

(1,207)

3100-112 ACB-2UB724W
P100CP-91C 300

(2,067)

200

(1,378)

ACB-2UB723W PS80-K1-0341- 300-200 HR202A300200D SHP300200
P100CP-166C 325

(2,239)

225

(1,550)

061F6080 PS80-K1-0346- 320-230 SHP325225 HR202A325230D
P100CP-140C 350

(2,412)

245

(1,688)

3100-150 ACB-2UB273W 061F3212 PS80-K1-0348- 350-245 HR202A350245D SHP350250
P100CP-160C 375

(2,584)

275

(1,895)

ACB-2UB191 061F7509 SHP375265
P100CP-161C 400

(2,756)

200

(1,378)

3100-152 PS80-K1-0357- 400-200 SHP400200 HR202A400200D SHP400200
P100CP-162C 400

(2,756)

280

(1,929)

PS80-K1-0358- 400-280 SHP400280 HR202A400280D SHP400280
P100EE-78C 400

(2,756)

300

(2,068)

P100CP-1C 400

(2,758)

300

(2,068)

MPH-7107 3100-151 ACB-2UB35 061FS14 PS80-K1-0359- 400-300 SHP400300 HR202A400300D SHP400300 PC 151
P100CP-156C 410

(2,825)

290

(1,998)

P100CP-163C 425

(2,928)

300

(2,067)

PS80-K1-0360- 425-300 SHP425300 HR202A425300D SHP425300
P100CP-2C 425

(2,930)

325

(2,241)

MPH-7108 3100-100 ACB-2UB282W SHP425325 PC 100
P100CP-164C 450

(3,101)

250

(1,723)

PS80-K1-0363- 450-250 SHP450250 HR202A450250D SHP450250
P100CP-38C 500

(3,447)

325

(2,241)

P100CP-165C 600

(4,134)

475

(3,273)

HR00011B1R704 061F7517 SHP600475
P100CP-85C 665

(4,585)

565

(3,895)

SHP665565

www.johnsoncontrols.com

Johnson Controls, Inc. shall not be liable for damages resulting from misapplication or misuse of its products. © 2015 Johnson Controls, Inc.

R-118

Selection Chart (Part 3 of 3)

P100 Series Encapsulated Pressure Switches (Continued)

The performance specifications are nominal and conform to acceptable industry standards. For applications at conditions beyond these specifications, consult the local Johnson Controls office.

Product Code Number Switch Action Setpoints – psig (kPa) Replaces:
Opens Closes Ranco Robert- shaw Saginomiya Danfoss Klixon Supco Wilspec International Refrigeration Products Gemline
P100DA-35C 350

(2,413)

Lockout Manual Reset ACBPC45M
P100DC-3C3 375

(2,586)

Lockout Manual Reset SMR375
P100DA-1C 410

(2,827)

Lockout Manual Reset 3100-103 ACBPB115M 29PSL012-24 SMR410 HM202A410000D SMR410 PC 103
P100DA-100C Open on 415

(2,859)

Lockout Manual Reset 3100-103 29PSL004-1 HM202A415000D SMR410
Pressure
P100DA-101C 440

(3,032)

Lockout Manual Reset SMR440 SMR440
Rise
P100DA-2C 475

(3,275)

Lockout Manual Reset 3100-106 HM202A475000D
P100DA-86C 575

(3,964)

Lockout Manual Reset SMR575
P100DA-81C 630

(4,343)

Lockout Manual

Reset

SMR630
    1. Models are designed for condenser fan cycling.

Pressure Sensors and Accessories

    1. Includes conduit clamp for 3/8 in. flexible metal conduit.
    2. Includes conduit box with opening for 1/2 in. conduit connector.

Pressure Sensors and Accessories Code No. LIT-1900405

P499 Series Electronic Pressure Transducers

Description

The P499 Series Electronic Pressure Transducers are compact, economical, rugged, direct-mount pressure transducers designed for use in commercial refrigeration and air conditioning applications.

These transducers produce an analog signal based on the sensed pressure.

The P499 Series transducers feature environmentally protected electronics with stainless steel construction. The digitally compensated P499 transducers are highly accurate over a broad temperature range, resisting the effects of wide ambient temperature swings, high humidity, condensation, and icing.

The pressure port is machined from a solid piece of 17-4PH stainless steel. No O-rings, organic materials, or welds are exposed to the pressure media, allowing for a leak-proof, all-metal, sealed pressure system.

The P499 Series transducers operate with any corrosive or non-corrosive pressure medium that is compatible with 17-4PH

stainless steel, including water, condensate, carbon dioxide, glycol, most refrigerants (including ammonia), and many other compatible fluids and gases.

The P499 Series provides transducers in a variety of pressure ranges, covering most common refrigeration and air conditioning applications.

Features

• single-piece machined 17-4PH stainless steel pressure port provides a durable assembly that eliminates refrigerant loss due to O-ring or weld failures; resists damage due to physical shock, vibration, and pressure pulsations; enables use with non-corrosive or corrosive pressure media that is compatible with 17-4PH stainless steel.

• environmentally protected electronics withstand the effects of adverse conditions associated with typical HVAC/R applications, including freeze/thaw applications on suction lines.

• reliable, repeatable performance and long operating life minimizes service and replacement costs.

• many available pressure ranges provide a single line of transducers for all refrigeration and air conditioning application needs.

• 1% total error band provides high-accuracy performance.

• slender body design facilitates use of deep-socket wrenches for ease of installation; requires zero turning radius.

• CE and UL agency listings allow for global applications.

P499 Electronic Pressure Transducers; Style 47 Fitting Shown on the Left and Style 49 Fitting Shown on the Right

Refer to the P449 Series Electronic Pressure Transducer Product/Technical Bulletin (LIT-12011190) for important product application information.

Repair Information

If the P499 Series Electronic Pressure Transducer fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement transducer, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Accessories

P499 transducers require wire harnesses for all models that do not have an integral cable.

Wire Harnesses with Packard Electrical Connectors

Product Code Number1 Length
WHA-PKD3-200C 6-1/2 ft (2.0 m)
WHA-PKD3-400C 13 ft (4.0 m)
WHA-PKD3-600C 19-5/8 ft (6.0 m)

1. Wire harnesses for P399 transducers and P499 transducers are interchangeable.

Selection Chart

0.5 to 4.5 VDC Ratiometric P499 Transducer Models with Packard Electrical Connections, psis

Product Code Number Pressure Connection Pressure Range1 Individual or Kit2
Minimum Pressure (Pmin) Maximum Pressure (Pmax)
P499RAPS100C 1/8 in. 27 NPT External Thread (Style 49) -10 psis (-0.7 bar)

[20 in. Hg]

100 psis (6.9 bar) Individual
P499RAPS100K Kit
P499RAPS102C 0 psis (0 bar) 200 psis (13.8 bar) Individual
P499RAPS102K Kit
P499RCPS100C 1/4 in. SAE 45 Flare Internal Thread

(7/16-20 UNF) with Depressor (Style 47)

-10 psis (-0.7 bar)

[20 in. Hg]

100 psis (6.9 bar) Individual
P499RCPS100K Kit
P499RAPS102C 0 psis (0 bar) 200 psis (13.8 bar) Individual
P499RAPS102K Kit
  1. Transducer sealed and rated for IP67 harsh environments.
  2. The Individual pack comes with a transducer only – you must order the wire harness separately. The Kit is packaged with a transducer, 6-1/2 ft (2 m) wire harness, and technical documentation.

Pressure Sensors and Accessories

P499 Series Electronic Pressure Transducers (Continued)

0.5 to 4.5 VDC Ratiometric P499 Transducer Models with Integral 2 m (6-1/2 ft) Shielded Cable, psis

Product Code Number Pressure Connection Pressure Range1
Minimum Pressure (Pmin) Maximum Pressure (Pmax)
P499RCSS101C 1/4 in. SAE 45 Flare Internal Thread

(7/16-20 UNF) with Depressor (Style 47)

0 psis (0 bar) 100 psis (6.9 bar)

1. Transducer sealed and rated for IP67 harsh environments.

0.5 to 4.5 VDC Ratiometric P499 Transducer Models with Packard Electrical Connections, psi

Product Code Number Pressure Connection Pressure Range Individual or Kit1
Minimum Pressure (Pmin) Maximum Pressure (Pmax)
P499RAP-101C 1/8 in. 27 NPT External Thread (Style 49) 0 psi (0 bar) 100 psi (6.9 bar) Individual
P499RAP-101K Kit
P499RAP-102C 0 psi (0 bar) 200 psi (13.8 bar) Individual
P499RAP-105C 0 psi (0 bar) 500 psi (34.5 bar) Individual
P499RAP-105K Kit
P499RAP-107C 0 psi (0 bar) 750 psi (51.7 bar) Individual
P499RAP-107K Kit
P499RCP-101C 1/4 in. SAE 45 Flare Internal Thread (7/16-20 UNF) with Depressor (Style 47) 0 psi (0 bar) 100 psi (6.9 bar) Individual
P499RCP-101K Kit
P499RCP-105C 0 psi (0 bar) 500 psi (34.5 bar) Individual
P499RCP-105K Kit
P499RCP-107C 0 psi (0 bar) 750 psi (51.7 bar) Individual
P499RCP-107K Kit

1. The Individual pack comes with a transducer only – you must order the wire harness separately. The Kit is packaged with a transducer, 6-1/2 ft (2 m) wire harness, and technical documentation.

0 to 10 VDC P499 Transducer Models with Packard Electrical Connections, psi

Product Code

Number

Pressure Connection Pressure Range Individual or Kit1
Minimum Pressure

(Pmin)

Maximum Pressure

(Pmax)

P499VAP-101C 1/8 in. 27 NPT External Thread (Style 49) 0 psi (0 bar) 100 psi (6.9 bar) Individual
P499VAP-101K Kit
P499VAP-105C 0 psi (0 bar) 500 psi (34.5 bar) Individual
P499VAP-105K Kit
P499VAP-107C 0 psi (0 bar) 750 psi (51.7 bar) Individual
P499VAP-107K Kit
P499VCP-101C 1/4 in. SAE 45 Flare Internal Thread (7/16-20 UNF) with Depressor (Style 47) 0 psi (0 bar) 100 psi (6.9 bar) Individual
P499VCP-101K Kit
P499VCP-105C 0 psi (0 bar) 500 psi (34.5 bar) Individual
P499VCP-105K Kit
P499VCP-107C 0 psi (0 bar) 750 psi (51.7 bar) Individual
P499VCP-107K Kit

1. The Individual pack comes with a transducer only, you must order the wire harness separately. The Kit is packaged with a transducer, 6-1/2 ft (2 m) wire harness, and technical documentation.

4 to 20 mA P499 Transducer Models with Packard Electrical Connections, psi (Part 1 of 2)

Product Code

Number

Pressure Connection Pressure Range Individual or Kit1
Minimum Pressure (Pmin) Maximum Pressure (Pmax)
P499AAP-101C 1/8 in. 27 NPT External Thread (Style 49) 0 psi

(0 bar)

100 psi

(6.9 bar)

Individual
P499AAP-101K Kit
P499AAP-105C 0 psi

(0 bar)

500 psi

(34.5 bar)

Individual
P499AAP-105K Kit
P499AAP-107C 0 psi

(0 bar)

750 psi

(51.7 bar)

Individual
P499AAP-107K Kit

Pressure Sensors and Accessories

P499 Series Electronic Pressure Transducers (Continued)

4 to 20 mA P499 Transducer Models with Packard Electrical Connections, psi (Part 2 of 2)

Product Code

Number

Pressure Connection Pressure Range Individual or Kit1
Minimum Pressure (Pmin) Maximum Pressure (Pmax)
P499ACP-101C 1/4 in. SAE 45 Flare Internal Thread

(7/16-20 UNF) with Depressor (Style 47)

0 psi

(0 bar)

100 psi

(6.9 bar)

Individual
P499ACP-101K Kit
P499ACP-105C 0 psi

(0 bar)

500 psi

(34.5 bar)

Individual
P499ACP-105K Kit
P499ACP-107C 0 psi

(0 bar)

750 psi

(51.7 bar)

Individual
P499ACP-107K Kit
  1. The Individual pack comes with a transducer only, you must order the wire harness separately. The Kit is packaged with a transducer, 6-1/2 ft (2 m) wire harness, and technical documentation.

Technical Specifications

P499 Series Electronic Pressure Transducers
Pressure Ranges -10 to 100 psis, 0 to 100 psi, 0 to 200 psi, 0 to 500 psi, 0 to 750 psi
Maximum Working Pressure 2x Pressure Range; short duration; infrequent, abnormal condition
Burst Pressure 5x Pressure Range
Vacuum 30 microns (0.03 mm Hg); short term
Media Compatibility All media compatible with 17-4PH stainless steel, including ammonia
Output Signal 0.5 to 4.5 VDC, 0 to 10 VDC, or 4 to 20 mA
Supply Voltage 0.5 to 4.5 VDC Ratiometric Output 5.0 ±0.25 VDC, Safety Extra-Low Voltage (SELV) or Class 2
4 to 20 mA Output 9 to 30 VDC, SELV or Class 2
0 to 10 VDC Output 12 to 30 VDC, SELV or Class 2
Direct-Mount Pressure Connections 1/8 in. 27 NPT External Thread (Style 49),

1/4 in. SAE 45 Flare Internal Thread (7/16-20 UNF) with Depressor (Style 47)

Temperature and Humidity Storage -40 to 257F (-40 to 125C)
Operating -40 to 185F (-40 to 85C)
Compensated Range -4 to 185F (-20 to 85C)
Humidity 0 to 100% RH
Linearity ±0.25% Full Span best fit straight line
Accuracy ±1% Full Span (maximum) over compensated temperature range
Materials Pressure Port 17-4PH stainless steel construction
Packard Connector 40% glass-filled Polyetherimide (PEI)
Vibration 20G, 20 to 200 Hz
Shock 200G/11 ms
Compliance

United States UL Listed, File E29374, CCN NKPZ

UL Recognized for Use in Class I, Division 2 Hazardous Locations, File E322274

Canada UL Listed, File E29374, CCN NKPZ7

UL Recognized for Use in Class I, Division 2 Hazardous Locations, File E322274

Europe CE Mark – Johnson Controls, Inc., declares that this product is in compliance with the essential

requirements and other relevant provisions of the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.

Australia/

New Zealand

C-Tick Mark, Emissions Compliant

Pressure Sensors and Accessories Code No. LIT-1900005

R310A Series Current Sensing Switch

Description

The R310A Series Current Sensing Switch detects alternating current (AC) flow in a single circuit without being connected to that circuit. It may be used in any application where current detection is required.

The R310A replaces the R10A used with Johnson Controls/PENN® time delay oil failure cutout controls such as the P28, P45, and P445. These applications incorporate internal line breaking overload protection, where lockout due to overload cycling is unacceptable or undesirable. The

R310A switch is not intended to detect breakage of belts.

The R310A is molded in a high dielectric material, which permits mounting inside a starter or contactor.

Refer to the R310A Series Current Sensing Switch Product Bulletin (LIT-121536) for important product application information.

Features

• small size allows mounting in small enclosure

• solid-state switching contains no moving parts to fail

• low 0.5 ampere activation allows monitoring of most small equipment circuit loads

• high 200 ampere monitoring capacity allows monitoring of heavy duty equipment

• large 0.70 in. (18 mm) diameter sensor hole accepts large diameter wire sizes and multiple coilings of smaller diameter wire sizes

Applications

The R310A Current Sensing Switch is designed to sense alternating current in a conductor that passes through its opening. The R310A sensor closes an electronic switch if the alternating current in the conductor exceeds 0.5 amperes. Thus, the R310A switch may be used for several purposes:

• switch a pilot circuit

• energize a run signal on a device such as a fan, motor, or pump

• monitor motors and electrical loads for proper operation

• monitor on/off status of process motors

The R310A Series Current Sensing Switch is available in two models. The R310AD-1 switch is for use in low-voltage applications, such as with the P445 Electronic Lube Oil Control. The R310AE-2 switch is for use in high-voltage applications, such as with the P28 and

P45 Electromechanical Lube Oil Controls.

The R310A switch avoids nuisance lockouts by sensing the lack of current flow to the motor. Regardless of the reason for motor shutdown, the lube oil control time delay circuit is de-energized when the current flow in the motor supply line drops below 0.5 amperes.

In a typical application, the lube oil control does not lock out when the control circuit shuts off the compressor. However, if the compressor overheats and the internal thermal overload circuits open,

the compressor shuts itself down, which causes the oil pressure to drop. This drop in oil pressure will energize the lube oil control heater (P28, P45) or timer (P445), causing a

R310A Series Current Sensing Switch

nuisance lockout. In this situation, the

R310 switch senses the lack of current to the motor, and is used to de-energize the time delay heater (P28, P45) or electronic timer (P445) before a nuisance lockout occurs.

Repair Information

If the R310A Series Current Sensing Switch fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement switch, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Selection Chart Technical Specifications

Product Code Number Description
R310AD-1C Current Sensing Switch

Voltage switching capacity: 0 to 30 VAC Used with: P445 Electronic Lube Oil Control

R310AE-2C Current Sensing Switch

Voltage switching capacity: 120 to 240 VAC Used with: P28 and P45 Electromechanical Lube Oil Controls

R310A Series Current Sensing Switch
Switch Action SPST, normally open
Current Sensing Range R310AD-1C 0.5 to 200 Amperes
R310AE-2C 0.75 to 200 Amperes
Switch Threshold R310AD-1C 0.5 Amperes
R310AE-2C 0.75 Amperes
Sensor Supply Voltage Induced from monitored conductor, isolation 600 VAC RMS
Switching Capacity (General Purpose) R310AD-1C 0.1A at 30 VAC/DC
R310AE-2C 0.5 at 250 VAC/DC
Output Polarity Non-polarity sensitive output
Enclosure NEMA 1
Ambient Operating Conditions 5 to 140°F (-15 to 60°C);

0 to 95% RH, noncondensing

Ambient Storage Conditions -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C);

0 to 95% RH

Dimensions (H x W x D) 2.34 x 1.85 x 0.875 in.

(59 x 46 x 22 mm)

Sensor Hole Size 7/10 in. (17 mm) Diameter
Agency Listings UL Guide NRNT cUL Guide NRNT7

Pressure Sensors and Accessories Code No. LIT-1900108

Universal Mounting Brackets

Description

The 271-51 is the universal mounting bracket used with many Johnson Controls/PENN® products. BKT38A-601R contains one mounting bracket with screws. BKT38A-600R contains five 271-51 angle mounting brackets with screws.

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Description
271-51 Universal Mounting Bracket
BKT38A-600R Five Universal Mounting Brackets with ten screws

271-51

Universal Mounting Bracket

Pressure Sensors and Accessories Code No. LIT-1900131

SEC99A UltraCap Armored Capillary

Description

The SEC99A UltraCap Armored Capillary is designed for use as a pressure connection in refrigeration and air conditioning applications. This small-orifice capillary minimizes pressure pulsation, and the brass armor sleeve improves resistance to abrasion caused by vibration. The copper capillary inside the armored sleeve allows no effusion of refrigerant to the environment.

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Description
Schrader Depressor in One End
SEC99AA-18C Two straight fittings

Length: 18 in. (457 mm)

SEC99AA-24C Two straight fittings Length: 24 in. (610 mm)
SEC99AA-36C Two straight fittings Length: 36 in. (914 mm)
SEC99AA-48C Two straight fittings Length: 48 in. (1,219 mm)
SEC99AA-60C Two straight fittings Length: 60 in. (1,524 mm)
Schrader Depressor in Both Ends
SEC99AB-18C One straight and one 90° fitting

Length: 18 in. (457 mm)

SEC99AB-24C One straight and one 90° fitting Length: 24 in. (610 mm)
SEC99AB-36C One straight and one 90° fitting Length: 36 in. (914 mm)
SEC99AB-48C One straight and one 90° fitting Length: 48 in. (1,219 mm)
SEC99AB-60C One straight and one 90° fitting Length: 60 in. (1,524 mm)

UltraCap is designed for use with 1/4 in. SAE external flare fitting connectors, such as those found on the Johnson Controls/PENN® lines of pressure-actuated controls. Integral Schrader valve depressors are available.

UltraCap Armored Capillary is compatible with all common non-corrosive refrigerants. The UltraCap capillary is available in a variety of lengths, and in models with two straight fittings or with one straight fitting and one 90° elbow fitting.

Repair Information

If the SEC99A UltraCap Armored Capillary fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement capillary, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Technical Specifications

SEC99AB and SEC99AA UltraCap Armored Capillaries

SEC99A UltraCap Armored Capillary
Capillary Diameters Inside: 0.062 in. (1 mm); Outside: 0.125 in. (3 mm)
Temperature Range -50 to 350°F (-46 to 177°C)
Burst Pressure 3,000 psig (20,685 kPa)
Maximum Working Pressure 600 psig (4,137 kPa)
Suggested Torque to Seal 8 to 10 lbft (10.9 to 13.6 Nm)
Fittings: Straight

90° Elbow Material

1/4 in. Internal Flare Connector with Schrader Depressor 1/4 in. Internal Flare Connector with Schrader Depressor Forged Brass Nut with Copper Stem
Agency Listings UL Recognized: File SA9457, CCN SFCS2

UL Recognized for Canada: SA9457, CCN SFCS8

Refrigerant Sensors/Monitors Code No. LIT-1900954

RLD-H10PRO Refrigerant Leak Detector

Description

The RLD-H10PRO is a professional-grade leak detector for use by refrigeration and air conditioning technicians. This detector senses all CFC, HCFC, and HFC refrigerants and blends, such as R12, R22, R134a, R404a, R410a, R502, and R507 among others. The RLD-H10PRO is self-powered with a rechargeable battery and provides both manual and automatic compensation for background levels of refrigerant. A full line of accessories and maintenance kits are also available, including replacement sensors, tuneup kits, probe extensions, battery chargers, and leak vial bottles.

Refer to the RLD-H10PRO Refrigerant Leak Detector Product Bulletin (LIT-12012073) for important product application information.

Features

  • positive ion emission heated diode sensor provides the most sensitivity available today, while still detecting all halogenated refrigerant gases

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Description
RLD-H10PRO-1 Refrigerant leak detector and

charger

Accessories

• rechargeable battery with low and full charge LEDs enhances portability—no external power required

• high quality air pump supplies constant airflow to the sensor so it responds quickly to leaks; also helps the sensor recover quickly after exposure to a refrigerant so the leak can be verified

• switchable adjustment for manual or automatic balance allows users to choose their preferred method of compensation for background refrigerant levels

• visual and audible signal facilitates sensing in noisy equipment rooms with 360° visibility and a piercing tone. Frequency of noise and light indicates the magnitude of the leak.

• headset jack allows users to hear the leak detector response in noisy environments

• external calibration source and calibration indicators indicate when the sensor is working properly and serves as a reference point to judge leak size

Technical Specifications

RLD-H10PRO Refrigerant Leak Detector
Power Requirements 12 VDC internal battery, or 100 to 240 VAC input/18 V output wall adaptor

(included) (RLD-H10-101).

Sensing Element Type Positive ion emission heated diode
Approximate Sensitivity1 Stationary 0.006 oz./yr
Moving (Per SAE J2791) 0.1 oz./yr
Automatic Background Adjustment Mode selection for automatic or manual background zeroing Manual background zeroing provides the best sensitivity.
Leak Alarm Audible alarm (through internal beeper or stereo headphone jack), visible red LED
Response Time Approximately 1 second
Warmup Time Approximately 2 minutes
Probe Length Approximately 4-1/2 ft (1.4 m)
Ambient Operating Conditions 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C); 5-90% RH, noncondensing
Ambient Storage Conditions 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C); 5-90% RH, noncondensing
Case Rugged high-density polyethylene
Dimensions (H x W x D) 5-2/5 x 10-1/2 x 8-3/10 in. (137 x 267 x 211 mm)
Compliance Europe: CE Mark Johnson Controls, Inc. declares that this product is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
Shipping Weight 5.1 lb (2.3 kg)

RLD-H10PRO Refrigerant Leak Detector

Repair Information

If the RLD-H10PRO Refrigerant Leak Detector fails to operate within its specifications, contact Johnson Controls® application engineering at (414) 524-5535.

Product Code

Number

Description
RLD-H10-100 14 inch flexible probe extension
RLD-H10-101 120 VAC power supply adaptor
RLD-H10-102 Cigarette lighter adaptor
RLD-H10-103 Replacement battery charger
RLD-H10-105 Belt pack battery
RLD-H10-600R Tuneup kit: includes sensor, 100 filters, three airflow balls, three rubber probe tips, and leak vial
RLD-H10-601R Replacement sensor
RLD-H10-602R Maintenance kit: includes 100 filters, three airflow balls, three rubber probe tips, and leak vial
RLD-H10-603R Replacement leak vial
RLD-H10-604R Replacement for RLD-H10PRO internal battery
RLD-H10-606R Clear plastic probe tip
RLD-H10-607R Probe replacement assembly
    1. Sensitivity for R12, R22, R134a, R410a, R404a, and R507 when unit is set to small leak setting, manual mode.

Refrigerant Sensors/Monitors Code No. LIT-1900116

RLD Refrigerant Leak Detector Accessories and Replacement Parts

Description

These parts are used on the RLD-H10G-1 and on the RLD-H10PRO-1.

Selection Chart

Product Code Number Description Figure
RLD-H10-100 14 in. Flexible Probe Extension
RLD-H10-600R Tune-up Kit; Includes: One Sensor,

100 Filters,

Three Airflow Indicator Balls, Three Probe Tips,

One Leak Vial

RLD-H10-601R Replacement Sensor
RLD-H10-602R Maintenance Kit; Includes: 100 Replacement Filters, Three Airflow Indicator Balls, Three Probe Tips
RLD-H10-603R Replacement Leak Vial
RLD-H10-606R Replacement Clear Plastic Probe Tip
RLD-H10-607R Replacement Probe Assembly

Liquid Level and Flow Controls Code No. LIT-1922325

F59 Series Sump Pump Switch

Description

The F59 Series Controls are designed to start an electric motor on liquid level rise and stop the motor on liquid level drop. The control cuts in when upper weight is submerged approximately halfway, and cuts out when lower weight is approximately half-exposed.

Each switch includes 36 in. cable and two weights.

Refer to the F59 Series Liquid Level Switch for Sump Operations Product Bulletin

(LIT-125215) for important product application information.

Type F59A, F59H

F59A-2 Sump Pump Switch F59H-1 Sump Pump Switch

Line

Line

M2

M1

Action on Rise in Liquid Level

f59.eps

F59 Series Action Diagram

Features

F59D-5 is equipped with a power cord and a piggyback style plug. The external prongs plug into the wall outlet, and the sump pump cord plugs into the internal end of the plug.

Applications

Use for On/Off control of sump pumps.

Technical Specifications

Electrical Ratings

Selection Charts

Product Code

Number

Contact

Action

Mounting Range

Adjuster

F59A-1C Double-Pole,

Single-Throw (DPST)

External mounting bracket Drop cord wiring
F59A-2C DPST External mounting – includes universal mounting bracket and 24 in. strap for quick, easy mounting on the motor, on the pedestal or on the discharge pipe. Drop cord wiring
F59H-1C DPST External mounting bracket Conduit wiring –7/8 in. conduit openings in case

Replacement Parts

Product Code

Number

Replacement Weight Kit for F59 Series
WGT11A-600R Two Weights (Floats), 40 in. Plastic Cable, Weights with 3 in. Polyethylene Cable
WGT11A-604R Two Weights (Floats), 36 in. Monel Wire, Two Float Support Plates, Weights with 3 in. Monel Cable
Volts Horsepower
F59A-1
120 VAC 1 hp
240 VAC 1 hp
32 VDC 1/4 hp
F59A-2
120 VAC 1 hp
240 VAC 1 hp
32 VDC 1/4 hp
F59D-5
120 VAC 1/2 hp
F59H-1
120 VAC 1 hp
240 VAC 1 hp
32 VDC 1/4 hp

Liquid Level and Flow Controls Code No. LIT-1900948

F261 Series Fluid Flow Switches

Description

The F261 Series Flow Switches respond to fluid flow in lines carrying water, ethylene glycol, or other nonhazardous fluids. These models also work in applications with swimming pool water and lubricating oils.

F261 Series Standard Flow Switches use a variety of paddle sizes to respond to fluid flow rates in applications with pipe sizes greater than 1 inch trade size.

Refer to the F261 Series Fluid Flow Switches Product Bulletin (LIT-12011987) for important product application information.

Selection Chart

F261 Series Standard Model Flow Switches

Features

  • Type 3R (NEMA) or Type 4 (NEMA) enclosure allows use in indoor or outdoor applications.
  • Viton® diaphragms allow use in fluid lines carrying chlorinated water, treated water, or other nonhazardous fluids.
  • low-flow operation on low-flow models actuates switch with less than

1.0 GPM (3.8 L/min) flow for water applications or 9.0 GPM (34.1 L/min) flow for steam applications.

  • maximum fluid pressure of 290 psig (20 bar) permits use in a wide range of pressure flow conditions.

Repair Information

If the F261 Series Flow Switch fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement F261 Series Flow Switch, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

F261 Flow Switch

Product Code Number Description
F261KAH-V01C Standard model flow switch with Type 3R (NEMA) enclosure; 1 in., 2 in., 3 in., and 6 in. stainless steel paddles, lock-tooth washer,

and stainless steel paddle screw supplied uninstalled

F261MAH-V01C Standard model flow switch with Type 4 (NEMA) enclosure; 1 in., 2 in., 3 in., and 6 in. stainless steel paddles, lock-tooth washer, and stainless steel paddle screw supplied uninstalled
F261MAL-V01C Standard model flow switch with Type 4 (NEMA) enclosure; 1 in., 2 in., 3 in., and 6 in. stainless steel paddles, lock-tooth washer, and stainless steel paddle supplied uninstalled.

F261 Series Low-Flow Model Flow Switches

Product Code Number Description
F261KEH-V01C Low-flow model flow switch with Type 3R (NEMA) enclosure; 1/2 in. x 1/2 in. External NPTF inlet and outlet
F261KFH-V01C Low-flow model flow switch with Type 3R (NEMA) enclosure; 3/4 in. x 3/4 in. External NPTF inlet and outlet
F261KFH-V02C Low-flow model flow switch with Type 3R (NEMA) enclosure; 3/4 in. x 3/4 in. External NPTF inlet and outlet
F261MEH-V01C Low-flow model flow switch with Type 4 (NEMA) enclosure; 1/2 in. x 1/2 in. External NPTF inlet and outlet
F261MFH-V01C Low-flow model flow switch with Type 4 (NEMA) enclosure; 3/4 in x 3/4 in. External NPTF inlet and outlet

Replacement Paddle Parts

Product Code Number Description
KIT21A-600 Stainless steel three-piece paddle (3 in., 2 in., and 1 in. segments)
KIT21A-601 Stainless steel 6 in. paddle
PLT52A-600R Stainless steel three-piece paddle (3 in., 2 in., and 1 in. segments) and Stainless steel 6 in. paddle

Technical Specifications

F261xxH Series Standard Controls Electrical Ratings

Volts, 50/60 Hz UL60730/UL1059 EN60730
24 120 208 240 24 230
Horsepower 1 1 1
Full Load Amperes 16 10 10 8
Locked Rotor Amperes 96 60 60 48
Resistive Amperes 16 16 10 10 16 16
Pilot Duty VA 125 720 720 720 77 720

Liquid Level and Flow Controls

F261 Series Fluid Flow Switches (Continued)

UL Conformity Declaration Information

Information Description
Purpose of Control F261 Fluid Flow Switch
Construction of Control Electronic independently mounted control
Number of Cycles 100,000 cycles
Method of Mounting Control Mounting to sensed media vessel/orientation
Type 1 or Type 2 Action Type 1.C (Microinterruption)
External Pollution Situation Pollution degree 4
Internal Pollution Situation Pollution degree 2
Rated Impulse Voltage 4,000 VAC
Ball Pressure Temperature Enclosure: 266°F (130°C)

Switch Component: 252°F (122°C)

Control Adjustment Instruction
Field Wiring Rating Wire/Cord Temperature Ratings:

140°F (60°C) only permitted when ambient air and media are less than 113°F (45°C) 167°F (75°C) only permitted when ambient air and media are less than 140°F (60°C)

194°F (90°C) only permitted when ambient air is less than 140°F (60°C) and media is less than 167°F (75°C) 302°F (150°C) permitted when ambient air is less than 140°F (60°C) and media is less than 249°F (121°C)

Vessel Pressure F261 Fluid Flow Switch: 290 psi (20 Bar)
F261 Series Fluid Flow Switches
Switch Single-Pole, Double-Throw (SPDT)
Enclosure UL: Type 3R or Type 4

CE: IP43 (IP23 with drain hole plug removed) or IP67

Wiring Connections Three color-coded screw terminals and one ground terminal
Conduit Connection One 7/8 in. (22 mm) hole for 1/2 in. trade size (or PG16) conduit
Pipe Connector Standard: 1 in. 11-1/2 NPT Threads
Maximum Fluid Pressure 290 psi (20 bar)
Minimum Fluid Temperature1 -20°F (-29°C)
Maximum Fluid Temperature2 250°F (121°C)
Ambient Conditions -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C)
Compliance

North America: cULus Listed; UL 60730, File E6688; FCC Compliant to CFR47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class B

Industry Canada (IC) Compliant to Canadian ICES-003, Class B limits

Europe: CE Mark – Johnson Controls, Inc. declares that this product is in compliance with the essential requirements and

other relevant provisions of the EMC Directive and the Low Voltage Directive.

Australia/New Zealand Mark: RCM Compliant
  1. Ensure that the low liquid temperature combined with the low ambient temperature does not lead to the freezing the liquid inside the body (or bellows, where appropriate). Please observe the liquid freezing point.
  2. At higher ambient temperatures, the maximum allowed liquid temperature becomes lower. The temperature of the electrical switch inside should not exceed 158°F (70°C).

Liquid Level and Flow Controls Code No. LIT-1900949

F262 Airflow Switch

Description

The F262 Airflow Switch detects airflow or the absence of airflow by responding only to the velocity of air movement within a duct. The single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) control can be wired to open one circuit and close a second circuit for either signaling or interlock purposes.

Airflow failure during the normal operation of air handling systems may cause overheating, coil icing, or other conditions that may be detrimental to the equipment.

Refer to the F262 Airflow Switch Product Bulletin (LIT-12011988) for important product application information.

Application

The F262 switch detects airflow or the absence of airflow by responding only to the velocity of air movement within a duct. The SPDT control can be wired to open one circuit and close a second circuit for either signaling or interlock purposes.

Failure of airflow during the normal operation of air handling systems may cause overheating, coil icing, and other conditions that may be detrimental to the equipment.

Typical applications include:

  • Make-up air systems
  • Air cooling or heating processes
  • Exhaust systems

The control has a Type 3R (NEMA) enclosure with an integral mounting plate. A mounting plate gasket is supplied with each switch.

Features

  • Type 3R (NEMA) Polycarbonate enclosure allows use in indoor applications and provides dust protection and is approved for use in a plenum according to NEC
  • dependable dust-protected SPDT snap-acting PENN switch detects the presence or absence of airflow
  • large wiring space makes wiring convenient and easily accessible
  • easily accessible range adjustment screw allows easy field adjustment

F262 Airflow Control

Repair Information

If the F262 Airflow Switch fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement F262 Airflow Switch, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Selection Charts

F262 Airflow Switch

Product Code Number Description
F262KDH-01C Airflow switch with a 2-1/8 in. wide x 6-7/8 in. long (54 mm x 175 mm) paddle installed and a

3-1/8 in. wide x 6-7/8 in. long (79 mm x 175 mm) paddle supplied with the control

Replacement Paddle Kits for F262 Switch

Product Code Number Description
PLT112-1R 2-1/8 in. wide x 6-7/8 in. long (54 mm x 175 mm) paddle
PLT112-2R 3-1/8 in. wide x 6-7/8 in. long (79 mm x 175 mm) paddle

Technical Specifications

F262 Switch Electrical Ratings

Volts 50/60 Hz UL60730 EN60730
24 120 208 240 24 230
Horsepower 1 1 1
Full Load Amperes 16 10 10 8
Locked Rotor Amperes 96 60 60 48
Resistive Amperes 16 16 10 10 16 16
Plot Duty VA 125 720 720 720 125 720

Liquid Level and Flow Controls

F262 Airflow Switch (Continued)

F262 Series Airflow Switch
Switch SPDT
Enclosure UL: Type 3R CE: IP43
Wiring Connections Three color-coded screw terminals and one ground terminal
Conduit Connection One 7/8 in. (22 mm) hole for 1/2 in. trade size (or PG16) conduit
Paddle Material 0.006 in. (0.15 mm) stainless spring steel
Maximum Air Velocity 2,000 FPM (10.16 m/s)
Maximum Duct Air Temperature 176°F (80°C)
Ambient Conditions 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C)
Compliance

North America: cULus Listed; UL 60730, File E6688; FCC Compliant to CFR47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class B

Industry Canada (IC) Compliant to Canadian ICES-003, Class B limits

Europe: CE Mark – Johnson Controls, Inc. declares that this product is in compliance with the essential

requirements and other relevant provisions of the EMC Directive and the Low Voltage Directive.

Australia/New Zealand Mark: RCM Compliant

Liquid Level and Flow Controls Code No. LIT-1900950

F263 Series Liquid Level Float Switches

Description

The F263 Series Liquid Level Float Switches are designed to maintain a liquid level in indoor or outdoor closed tanks that hold water or other nonhazardous liquids. When the liquid level in the tank rises above or falls below the required level, the single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) switch closes one circuit and opens a second circuit.

Refer to the F263 Series Liquid Level Float Switches Product Bulletin (LIT-12011989) for important product application information.

Application

Use F263 Series Float Switches in closed tanks where a liquid level is to be maintained. A change in the liquid level opens or closes an electrical circuit.

Use F263MAP switches on indoor or outdoor tanks that hold water or other nonhazardous liquids at temperatures greater than the liquid’s freezing point and between -20°F

(-29°C) and 212°F (100°C). The maximum allowable liquid pressure is 150 psig (1,035 kpa).

Use F263MAC switches on indoor or outdoor tanks that hold water or other nonhazardous liquids at temperatures greater than the liquid’s freezing point and between -20°F

(-29°C) and 250°F (121°C). The maximum allowable liquid pressure is 100 psig

(690 kpa).

Note: Do not use these float switches with liquids that are lighter than water.

Features

  • Viton® diaphragm allows use in fluid lines carrying chlorinated water, treated water, or other nonhazardous liquids.
  • single-pole, double-throw switch provides control where liquid levels rise and fall
  • sturdy Type 4 (NEMA) enclosure allows for use in indoor or outdoor applications; inhibits the formation of moisture in low temperature applications.
  • solid polycarbonate float

(F263MAP models) provides greater resistance to corrosion

F263 Liquid Level Float Switch

Repair Information

If the F263 Series Liquid Level Float Switch fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement

F263 Switch, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Selection Chart

Product Code Number Description
F263MAC-V01C SPDT float switch with Type 4 (NEMA) enclosure and copper float for liquid temperatures

-20 to 250°F (-29 to 121°C); maximum liquid pressure 100 psig (690 kPa)

F263MAP-V01C SPDT float switch with Type 4 (NEMA) enclosure and polycarbonate float for liquid temperatures

-20 to 212°F (-29 to 100°C); maximum liquid pressure 150 psig (1,035 kPa)

Technical Specifications

F263 Switch Electrical Ratings

Volts 50/60 Hz UL60730 EN60730
24 120 208 240 24 230
Horsepower 1 1 1
Full Load Amperes 16 10 10 8
Locked Rotor Amperes 96 60 60 48
Resistive Amperes 16 16 10 10 16 16
Plot Duty VA 125 720 720 720 125 720

Liquid Level and Flow Controls

F263 Series Liquid Level Float Switches (Continued)

F263 Series Liquid Level Float Switches
Switch SPDT
Enclosure UL: Type 4 (NEMA) CE: IP67
Wiring Connections Three color-coded screw terminals and one ground terminal
Conduit Connection One 7/8 in. (22 mm) hole for 1/2 in. trade size (or PG16) conduit
Pipe Connector 1 in. 11-1/2 NPT threads
Minimum Tank Diameter 9 in. (229 mm)
Maximum Liquid Pressure 100 psig (690 kPa) for copper float

150 psig (1,035 kPa) for polycarbonate float

Liquid Temperature Range Minimum: -20°F (-29°C) or liquid freezing point

Maximum: 212°F (100°C) polycarbonate, 250°F (121°C) copper

Ambient Conditions Minimum: -40°F (-40°C) Maximum: 140°F (60°C)
Compliance

North America: cULus Listed; UL 60730, File E6688; FCC Compliant to CFR47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class B

Industry Canada (IC) Compliant to Canadian ICES-003, Class B limits

Europe: CE Mark – Johnson Controls, Inc. declares that this product is in compliance with the essential

requirements and other relevant provisions of the EMC Directive and the Low Voltage Directive.

Australia/New Zealand Mark: RCM Compliant

Liquid Level and Flow Controls Code No. LIT-1922525

F61 and F62 Series Replacement Paddles

Selection Chart

Replacement Kit Number Description
KIT21A-600 3-in-1 stainless steel paddle kit for F61 Series
KIT21A-601 6 in. stainless steel paddle kit for F61 Series
PLT112-1 Replacement paddle for F62AA-8
PLT112-2 Replacement paddle for F62AA-9

Liquid Level and Flow Controls Code No. LIT-1922350

F92 Series Air Volume Controls for Shallow Wells

Description

The F92 Series Air Volume Controls for Shallow Wells control the amount of air in the residential water storage tanks of shallow well water systems. Shallow wells are less than 25 ft. (7.6 m) deep.

F92 Series Controls automatically maintain air volume in the storage tanks of shallow well water systems by allowing room air to enter into the air charging section of the pump when the water level in the tank rises (loss of air volume).

F92 Controls open the air valve on a rise in tank water level to permit charging air into the storage tank with pressures up to

80 psig (552 kPa).

Refer to the F92 Series Air Volume Controls for Shallow Wells Product Bulletin (Part No. 24-7664-2993) for important product application information.

Features

  • sturdy Noryl (high performance thermoplastic) body resists mechanical damage and corrosion.
  • brass internal operating parts minimize corrosion.
  • pressure tested plastic float provides long operating life.
  • optional pressure gauge tapping allows mounting of a pressure gauge.

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Description
F92A-4C Air Volume Control for Shallow Wells, opens on pressure rise, barbed fitting on charger valve
F92B-1C Air Volume Control for Shallow Wells, opens on pressure rise, 1/4-18 PTF SAE short gage tap, 0.016 in. (0.5 mm) valve orifice. Use this model in applications where excessive airflow may reduce water pumping capacity.
F92B-2C Air Volume Control for Shallow Wells, opens on pressure rise, 1/4-18 PTF SAE short gage tap

Technical Specifications

F92 Series Air Volume Control for Shallow Wells

Application

Water storage tanks in residential water systems rely on a volume of air in the tank to provide system pressure, making it important to control the amount of air in the tank:

  • Too little air in the tank results in rapid pump cycling — a problem common in shallow well systems (less than 25 ft [7.6 m] deep).
  • Too much air in the tank results in air entering the distribution system — a problem common in deep well systems

(more than 25 ft [7.6 m] deep).

Repair Information

If the F92 Series Air Volume Controls for Shallow Wells fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement F92 Series control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

F92 Series Air Volume Control for Shallow Wells
Body Material 30% glass-filled Noryl thermoplastic
Float Material Plastic with brass rod
Maximum Tank Pressure 80 psig (552 kPa)
Shipping Weight Individual: 0.25 lb (0.11 kg)

Bulk pack (30): 30.9 lb (4.08 kg)

Tank Connector Size 1-1/4 in. external NPT
Air Flow Restrictor Orifice F92B-1C Model: 0.016 in. (0.5 mm)
Snifter Line Connection Flare fitting for 3/16 in. (5 mm) tubing

Liquid Level and Flow Controls Code No. LIT-1922355

F93 Series Air Volume Controls for Deep Wells

Description

The F93 Series Air Volume Controls for Deep Wells control the amount of air in the residential water storage tanks of deep well water systems. Deep wells are more than 25 ft (7.6 m) deep.

F93 Series Controls automatically maintain air volume in the storage tanks of deep well water systems by allowing air to escape from the tank and into the surrounding room when the water level in the tank drops (increase of air volume).

F93 deep well controls open the air valve on a fall in tank water level to bleed excess air from the tank at pressures up to 100 psig (690 kPa).

The F93H has a minimum pressure release valve to avoid lowering tank pressure below 25 psig (172 kPa). Use this model on applications where water may be rapidly drained.

Refer to the F93 Series Air Volume Controls for Deep Wells Product Bulletin (Part No. 24-7664-3000) for important product application information.

Features

  • sturdy Noryl (high performance thermoplastic) body resists mechanical damage and corrosion.
  • brass internal operating parts minimize corrosion.
  • pressure tested plastic float provides long operating life.
  • optional pressure gauge tapping allows mounting of a pressure gauge.
  • certification for Federal Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) meets the US Federal standards of the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act.

Selection Chart

Product Code

Number

Description
F93A-1C Air Volume Control for Deep Wells, opens on pressure drop, no gage tap, no pressure release valve
F93B-1C Air Volume Control for Deep Wells, opens on pressure drop, 1/4-18 PTF SAE short gage tap, no pressure release valve
F93H-1C Air Volume Control for Deep Wells, opens on pressure drop, 1/4-18 PTF SAE short gage tap, with

25 psig (172 kPa) minimum air pressure release valve. Use this model in applications where water may be rapidly drawn from the system.

Technical Specifications

F93 Series Air Volume Control for Deep Wells

Application

Water storage tanks in residential water systems rely on a volume of air in the tank to provide system pressure, making it important to control the amount of air in the tank:

  • Too little air in the tank results in rapid pump cycling – a problem common in shallow well systems (less than 7.6 m [25 ft] deep).
  • Too much air in the tank results in air entering the distribution system — a problem common in deep well systems

(more than 7.6 m [25 ft] deep).

Repair Information

If the F93 Series Air Volume Controls for Deep Wells fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement F93 Series control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

F93 Series Air Volume Control for Deep Wells
Body Material 30% glass-filled Noryl thermoplastic
Float Material Plastic with brass rod
Maximum Tank Pressure 100 psig (690 kPa)
Shipping Weight Individual: 0.25 lb (0.11 kg)

Bulk pack (30): 30.9 lb (4.08 kg)

Tank Connector Size 1-1/4 in. external NPT
Compliance United States Federal Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) Compliant,

Underwriters Laboratories Classified in Accordance with NSF/ANSI 372 (File MH59894)

Motor Speed Controls Code No. LIT-1900595

P266 Series Single-Phase Condenser Fan Speed Control

Description

The P266 Series Single-Phase Condenser Fan Speed Control is a cost-effective, weather-resistant, durable motor speed control. The P266 Series Controls are designed for approved single-phase, Permanent Split-Capacitor (PSC) motors commonly used in a wide variety of refrigeration and air conditioning condenser fan applications.

The P266 Series Controls are designed to replace the Johnson Controls® P66 Series and P215 Series fan speed controls, providing additional features and flexibility, greater energy efficiency, and longer motor life in a compact, rugged, weather-resistant package.

P266 Series Controls are available for 208 through 575 VAC 50/60 Hz range applications. P266 Series controls have

current ratings from 4 to 12 A, depending on the voltage and model.

Some P266 Series Controls provide optional control of up to three auxiliary (fixed-speed) fans or fan stages. In addition, some models provide two additional high-voltage triacs that allow you to split the source power to the main and auxiliary windings, and connect a

low-speed capacitor to increase efficiency at low-speed operation.

Refer to the P266 Series Single-Phase Condenser Fan Speed Control Product Bulletin (LIT-12011534) for important product application information.

Features

  • one or two durable, accurate, stainless steel, remote-mount pressure transducers
  • available in 208/240 VAC (8 or 12 A), 380/460 VAC (4 A), or 460/575 VAC (4 A)
  • wide, adjustable pressure throttling range
  • optional auxiliary fan control
  • optional low-speed capacitor mode
  • NEMA 3R, (IP54) enclosure with integral metal heat-sink and stand-off mounting feet

Application

The P266 Series Single-Phase Condenser Fan Speed Control, in conjunction with a P266 Series Electronic Pressure Transducer, is a pressure-actuated, digital electronic motor speed control designed for approved

single-phase, PSC motors used in a wide variety of HVAC/R applications.

The P266 Series Fan Speed Control regulates supply voltage to the fan motor in response to the condenser refrigerant pressure and maintains the appropriate fan speed (air movement) through the condenser regardless of the ambient temperature or air delivery variations.

The P266 Series control is housed in a NEMA 3R (IP54) rainproof enclosure for outdoor applications.

The P266 Series control is an energy efficient and effective alternative to On/Off fan-cycling controls, multiple-speed motors, temperature fan-speed controls, modulating air-damper systems, condenser flood-back systems, and other condenser pressure control methods.

P266 Series Single-Phase Condenser Fan Speed Control

P266 Series Fan Speed Control applications include:

  • computer room air conditioning
  • commercial refrigeration
  • commercial air conditioning

Repair Information

If a P266 Series Single-Phase Condenser Fan Speed Control fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement P266 Series control, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Selection Charts

P266 Series Fan Speed Control Model and Kit Product Code Numbers, Descriptions, and Details (Part 1 of 2)

Product Code

Number

Description Transducer

Model Included in Kit

Voltage

(VAC)

Maximum

Output Amperes

High

VAC

Triacs

Available

Auxiliary Fan Control Circuits1

P266AAA-100C2 P266 Fan Speed Control (only) N/A 208/240 8 3 0
P266ABA-100C2 P266 Fan Speed Control (only) N/A 208/240 8 3 3
P266ACA-100C2 P266 Fan Speed Control (only) N/A 208/240 8 1 0
P266ADA-100C2 P266 Fan Speed Control (only) N/A 208/240 8 1 3
P266BGA-100C2 P266 Fan Speed Control (only) N/A 460/575 4 2 0
P266BHA-100C2 P266 Fan Speed Control (only) N/A 460/575 4 2 3
P266BCA-100C2 P266 Fan Speed Control (only) N/A 460/575 4 1 0
P266BDA-100C2 P266 Fan Speed Control (only) N/A 460/575 4 1 3
P266CHA-100C2 P266 Fan Speed Control (only) N/A 380/460 4 2 3
P266ABA-1K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with one P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6.6 ft) cable P266SNR-1C, 0 to 35 bar

(0 to 508 psig)

208/240 8 3 3
P266ABA-3K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with one P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6.6 ft) cable P266SNR-2C, 0 to 52 bar

(0 to 754 psig)

208/240 8 3 3

Motor Speed Controls

P266 Series Single-Phase Condenser Fan Speed Control (Continued)

P266 Series Fan Speed Control Model and Kit Product Code Numbers, Descriptions, and Details (Part 2 of 2)

Product Code

Number

Description Transducer

Model Included in Kit

Voltage

(VAC)

Maximum

Output Amperes

High

VAC

Triacs

Available

Auxiliary Fan Control Circuits1

P266ABA-2K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with two P266 Pressure Transducers

and two 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cables

P266SNR-1C, 0 to 35 bar

(0 to 508 psi)

208/240 8 3 3
P266ABA-4K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with two P266 Pressure Transducers and two 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cables P266SNR-2C, 0 to 52 bar

(0 to 754 psi)

208/240 8 3 3
P266BHA-1K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with one P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable P266SNR-1C, 0 to 35 bar

(0 to 508 psi)

460/575 4 2 3
P266BHA-3K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with one P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable P266SNR-2C, 0 to 52 bar

(0 to 754 psi)

460/575 4 2 3
P266BHA-2K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with two P266 Pressure Transducers and two 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cables P266SNR-1C, 0 to 35 bar

(0 to 508 psi)

460/575 4 2 3
P266BHA-4K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with two P266 Pressure Transducers and two 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cables P266SNR-2C, 0 to 52 bar

(0 to 754 psi)

460/575 4 2 3
P266EAA-1K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with Internal Transformer and one

P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable

P266SNR-1C, 0 to 35 bar

(0 to 508 psi)

208/240 8 3 0
P266EAA-3K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with Internal Transformer and one

P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable

P266SNR-2C, 0 to 52 bar

(0 to 754 psi)

208/240 8 3 0
P266EBA-1K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with Internal Transformer and one

P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable

P266SNR-1C, 0 to 35 bar

(0 to 508 psi)

208/240 8 3 3
P266EBA-3K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with Internal Transformer and one

P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable

P266SNR-2C, 0 to 52 bar

(0 to 754 psi)

208/240 8 3 3
P266ECA-1K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with Internal Transformer and one

P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable

P266SNR-1C, 0 to 35 bar

(0 to 508 psi)

208/240 8 1 0
P266ECA-3K P266 Fan Speed Control with Internal Transformer and one

P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable

P266SNR-2C, 0 to 52 bar

(0 to 754 psi)

208/240 8 1 0
P266EDA-1K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with Internal Transformer and one

P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable

P266SNR-1C, 0 to 35 bar

(0 to 508 psi)

208/240 8 1 3
P266EDA-3K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with Internal Transformer and one

P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable

P266SNR-2C, 0 to 52 bar

(0 to 754 psi)

208/240 8 1 3
P266EEA-1K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with Internal Transformer and one

P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable

P266SNR-1C, 0 to 35 bar

(0 to 508 psi)

208/240 12 1 0
P266EEA-3K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with Internal Transformer and one

P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable

P266SNR-2C,

0 to 52 bar (0 to 754 psi)

208/240 12 1 0
P266EFA-1K2 P266 Fan Speed Control with Internal Transformer and one

P266 Pressure Transducer and one 2 m (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable

P266SNR-1C, 0 to 35 bar

(0 to 508 psi)

208/240 12 1 3
  1. 24 VAC Class 2 at 1/4 A.
  2. Factory default settings: Start Voltage is set to 40% of the supply line-voltage. End Voltage is set to 95% of the supply line-voltage. Start Pressure is set to 44% of the P266 Transducer’s total pressure range. End Pressure is set to 51% of the P266 Transducer’s total pressure range.

P266 Series SNR Electronic Pressure Transducers

Product Code

Number

Description
P266SNR-1C Electronic Pressure Transducer: 0 to 35 bar (0 to 508 psi) total range with a 1/4 in. SAE Internal Flare connection and a 2 meter

(6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable.

P266SNR-2C Electronic Pressure Transducer: 0 to 52 bar (0 to 754 psi) total range with a 1/4 in. SAE Internal Flare connection and a 2 meter (6 ft 7-1/5 in.) cable.

Motor Speed Controls

P266 Series Single-Phase Condenser Fan Speed Control (Continued)

Technical Specifications

P266xxx-x Series Single Phase Condenser Fan Speed Controls
Input Supply Power 208/240 VAC 50/60 Hz, 380/460 VAC 50/60 Hz, or 460/575 VAC 50/60 Hz, depending on model (Refer to the label inside the

P266 Series control housing cover for rated voltage range and model-specific wiring diagram.)

Short Circuit Current Rating Suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 5,000 rms symmetrical amperes, 600 Volts maximum when protected by Class H Fuses.
Low-Voltage Power Supply P266A, P266B, and P266C Types: External 24 VAC Class 2, 20 VA Supply Transformer P266E Types: Low-voltage power for P266 control is provided by an onboard transformer.

Note: When auxiliary fan starters are connected to P266E type controls, you must provide an external Safety Extra-Low Voltage (SELV) AC supply to power the fan starters.

Ambient Operating Conditions Temperature: -40 to 60C (-40 to 140F)

Humidity: Up to 95% RH noncondensing; maximum dew point 29C (85F)

Ambient Shipping and Storage Conditions Temperature: -40 to 85C (-40 to 185F)

Humidity: Up to 95% RH noncondensing; maximum dew point 29C (85F)

Low-Voltage Connections 1/4 in. Quick-Connect terminals, 30 m (100 ft) maximum wiring runs
Input Transducer P266SNR-x Pressure Transducer: 5 VDC for 0.5 to 4.5 VDC ratiometric analog signal
Enclosure Type NEMA 3R, IP54
Case Construction Aluminum die casting
Cover Construction UV Stabilized Polycarbonate
Dimensions (HxWxD) 159 x 177 x 70 mm (6-1/4 x 7 x 2-3/4 in.)
Weight Heaviest model weight: 1.0 kg (2.2 lb) Approximate shipping weight: 1.2 kg (2.6 lb)
Compliance

North America: cULus, File E244421; FCC Compliant to CFR47, Part 15, Subpart B, Class A Industry Canada (IC) Compliant to Canadian ICES-003, Class A limits
Europe: CE Mark – Johnson Controls, Inc., declares that this product is in compliance with the essential requirements and

other relevant provisions of the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC and the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.

Australia: C-Tick Compliant (N1813)

Motor Speed Controls Code No. LIT-1900622

P66/S66 Series Controls to P266 Series Controls Replacement Guide

P66/S66 to P266 Series Controls Cross-Reference (Part 1 of 4)

P66/S66 to P266 Series Controls Cross-Reference (Part 2 of 4)

Product

Code Number

Operating

Range (psig)

ETR

(psig)

Start

Voltage (%)

Replacement

Control1 (see notes)

Transducer

Sold Separately (see notes)

P66AAB-1 190/250 60 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-2 190/250 60 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-3 180/240 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-4 135/165 30 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-5 90/120 30 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-6 170/230 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-7 85/115 30 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-8 190/250 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-9 170/230 60 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-10 190/250 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-11 140/200 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-12 220/280 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-13 60/90 30 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-14 220/280 60 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-15 190/250 60 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-16 140/170 30 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-17 160/190 30 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-18 180/240 60 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-19 115/145 30 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-20 220/280 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-21 220/280 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-22 140/170 30 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-23 160/190 30 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-24 160/190 30 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
Product

Code Number

Operating

Range (psig)

ETR

(psig)

Start

Voltage (%)

Replacement

Control1 (see notes)

Transducer

Sold Separately (see notes)

P66AAB-25 180/240 60 10 P266ACA-100C2 P266BCA-100C3 P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-26 220/280 60 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-27 85/115 30 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-28 135/165 30 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-29 190/250 60 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-30 170/230 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-31 115/145 30 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-32 140/200 60 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-33 115/215 60 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-34 320/410 90 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-2C4
P66AAB-35 230/320 90 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-36 190/250 60 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAB-37 320/410 90 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-2C4
P66AAB-38 360/450 90 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-2C4
P66AAD-1 160/220 60 25 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAD-2 190/250 60 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAD-3 190/250 60 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAD-4 180/240 60 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66AAD-5 160/190 30 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66ABB-20 220/280 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66ABB-21 220/280 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66ABB-22 140/170 30 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66ABB-23 160/190 30 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66ABB-24 190/250 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4

Motor Speed Controls

P66/S66 Series Controls to P266 Series Controls Replacement Guide (Continued)

P66/S66 to P266 Series Controls Cross-Reference (Part 3 of 4)

Product

Code Number

Operating

Range (psig)

ETR

(psig)

Start

Voltage (%)

Replacement

Control1 (see notes)

Transducer

Sold Separately (see notes)

P66ABB-25 190/250 60 16 P266ACA-100C2 P266BCA-100C3 P266SNR-1C4
P66ABB-26 170/230 60 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66ABB-27 190/250 60 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C4
P66ABB-28 320/410 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-2C4
P66BAB-1 190/250 60 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C5
P66BAB-2 190/250 60 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C5
P66BAB-3 170/230 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C5
P66BAB-4 190/250 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C5
P66BAB-5 190/250 60 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C5
P66BAB-6 220/280 60 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C5
P66BAB-7 190/250 60 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C5
  1. Factory default start voltage is 40%.
  2. For 208/240 Volt applications
  3. For 460/480 Volt applications
  4. Use one transducer.
  5. Use two transducers.
  6. 0 to 5 VDC input, not 0 to 10 VDC
  7. Hard start not available.

NA = Not applicable

NR = No replacement available

P66/S66 to P266 Series Controls Cross-Reference (Part 4 of 4)

Product

Code Number

Operating

Range (psig)

ETR

(psig)

Start

Voltage (%)

Replacement

Control1 (see notes)

Transducer

Sold Separately (see notes)

P66BAB-8 170/230 60 16 P266ACA-100C2 P266BCA-100C3 P266SNR-1C5
P66BAB-9 320/410 90 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-2C5
P66BAB-10 360/450 90 40 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-2C5
P66BBB-1 190/250 60 16 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C5
P66BAD-1 160/220 60 25 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C5
P66BAD-2 190/250 60 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C5
P66BAD-3 190/250 60 10 P266ACA-100C2

P266BCA-100C3

P266SNR-1C5
S66AA-1 NA NA 50 P266ACA-100C6 NA
S66DC-1 NA NA 40 NR NA
S66FA-1 NA NA 50 P266ACA-100C6,7 NA

Motor Speed Controls Code No. LIT-1900956

VFD68 Variable Frequency Drives

Description

The VFD68 Variable Frequency Drive provides three-phase motor speed control in a variety of HVAC/R applications. The

VFD68 drive is designed primarily for condenser fan speed control on HVAC and refrigeration condensing units, but can also be set up to control a variety of pumps, blowers, and fans.

The VFD68 drive accepts an input signal from P499 Electronic Pressure Transducer, or other devices that provide a 0 to 5 VDC,

0 to 10 VDC, or 4 to 20 mA signal.

The application-specific design of the VFD68 drive provides a simple interface, which makes the drive easy to understand and operate.

You can quickly and easily reconfigure the VFD68 drive to control variable speed pumps in cooling and heating applications, or to control variable speed supply fans in VAV applications.

The VFD68 drive is an RS485, RTU-compliant ModBus® slave device and can be integrated into a ModBus network.

Refer to the VFD68 Variable Frequency Drives Product Bulletin (LIT-12012068) for important product application information.

Features

  • Selectable input types allows use with

0 to 5 VDC (ratiometric), 0 to 10 VDC, or 4 to 20 mA input signals from transducers, sensors, and controllers.

  • High input signal selection of two similar inputs (230 or 460 volt models only) provides fan speed control of dual circuit condensing units, based on the highest pressure circuit.
  • Compact design provides for easy and flexible installation.
  • Three-phase, 230, 460, or 575 VAC models can control a wide variety of three-phase motors ranging up to 10hp.
  • Simple and advanced end-user settings provide quick and simple application setup and operation, as well as advanced setup parameters for custom applications.

Applications

The VFD68 drive accepts input signals from a variety of pressure transducers, temperature sensors, and low-voltage controllers to provide continuous response to changing condenser load conditions.

The VFD68 drive allows the system to:

  • maintain optimum condenser head pressure
  • operate in low ambient temperature conditions down to -40ºC (-40ºF)
  • reduce short-cycling, which occurs when using
  • use On/Off fan controls
  • maintain a more stable evaporator temperature
  • operate more efficiently, reducing electricity cost.

The VFD68 drive can also:

  • help optimize compressor operation, reduce wear, and extend compressor life by stabilizing the condenser head pressures
  • reduce motor repair and replacement costs by eliminating the condenser fan

short-cycling

  • extend refrigerated product life and provide more consistent comfort cooling by stabilizing evaporator temperatures

Selecting a Motor

IMPORTANT: When selecting the motor, do not exceed the maximum output current rating of the VFD68 drive

Motors used with the VFD68 drive must:

  • be AC induction three-phase motors that are UL Recognized and CSA Certified, or equivalent
  • be rated for: 230 VAC at 50/60 Hz;

460 VAC at 50/60 Hz; or 575 VAC at 60 Hz

  • have an Inverter Rating (460 VAC motors)
  • have Insulation Class F or better

The VFD68 drive is intended for use with variable speed motors that are rated for 40:1 operation.

VFD68BBB Variable Frequency Drive

A VFD68 drive can control multiple motors wired in parallel; however, the sum of the Full Load Amperes (FLA) ratings for the motors must not exceed the maximum output current rating of the VFD68 drive, including any

de-rating due to altitude, temperature, or a combination of both.

IMPORTANT: Do not control both

single-phase and three-phase motors with the same VFD68 drive.

Repair Information

If the VFD68 Variable Frequency Drive fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement VFD68 Drive, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

Motor Speed Controls

VFD68 Variable Frequency Drives (Continued)

Selection Charts

230 VAC ±10% Production Models

Product Code

Number

Description
VFD68BBB-2C VFD68 Drive; 0.1 kw (1/8 hp); 128 x 68 x 81 mm (5 x 2-11/16 x 3-3/16 in.)
VFD68BCB-2C VFD68 Drive; 0.2 kw (1/4 hp); 128 x 68 x 81 mm (5 x 2-11/16 x 3-3/16 in.)
VFD68BDC-2C VFD68 Drive; 0.4 kw (1/2 hp); 128 x 68 x 113 mm (5 x 2-11/16 x 4-7/16 in.)
VFD68BFD-2C VFD68 Drive; 0.75 kw (1 hp); 128 x 68 x 133 mm (5 x 2-11/16 x 5-1/4 in.)
VFD68BGG-2C VFD68 Drive; 0.5 kw (2 hp); 128 x 108 x 136 mm (5 x 4-1/4 x 5-5/16 in.)
VFD68BHG-2C VFD68 Drive; 2.2 kw (3 hp); 128 x 108 x 136 mm (5 x 4-1/4 x 5-5/16 in.)
VFD68BJK-2C VFD68 Drive; 3.7 kw (5 hp); 128 x 170 x 142 mm (5 x 6-11/16 x 5-5/8 in.)
VFD68BKL-2C VFD68 Drive; 5.5 kw (7-1/2 hp); 150 x 220 x 155 mm (5-15/16 x 8-11/16 x 6-1/8 in.)
VFD68BLL-2C VFD68 Drive; 7.5 kw (10 hp); 150 x 220 x 155 mm (5-15/16 x 8-11/16 x 6-1/8 in.)
VFD68BMP-2C VFD68 Drive; 11 kw (15 hp); 260 x 220 x 190 (10-1/4 x 8-11/16 x 7-1/2)
VFD68BNP-2C VFD68 Drive; 15 kw (20 hp); 260 x 220 x 190 (10-1/4 x 8-11/16 x 7-1/2)

460 VAC ±10% Production Models

Product Code

Number

Description
VFD68CDF-2C VFD68 Drive; 0.4 kw (1/2 hp); 128 x 108 x 130 mm (5 x 4-1/4 x 5-1/8 in.)
VFD68CFF-2C VFD68 Drive; 0.75 kw (1 hp); 128 x 108 x 130 mm (5 x 4-1/4 x 5-1/8 in.)
VFD68CGG-2C VFD68 Drive; 1.5 kw (2 hp); 128 x 108 x 136 mm (5 x 4-1/4 x 5-5/16 in.)
VFD68CHH-2C VFD68 Drive; 2.2 kw (3 hp); 128 x 108 x 156 mm (5 x 4-1/4 x 6-1/8 in.)
VFD68CJJ-2C VFD68 Drive; 3.7 kw (5 hp); 128 x 108 x 166 mm (5 x 4-1/4 x 6-1/2 in.)
VFD68CKL-2C VFD68 Drive; 5.5 kw (7-1/2 hp); 150 x 220 x 155 mm (5-15/16 x 8-11/16 x 6-1/8 in.)
VFD68CLL-2C VFD68 Drive; 7.5 kw (10 hp); 150 x 220 x 155 mm (5-15/16 x 8-11/16 x 6-1/8 in.)
VFD68CMP-2C VFD68 Drive; 11 kw (15 hp); 260 x 220 x 190 (10-1/4 x 8-11/16 x 7-1/2)
VFD68CNP-2C VFD68 Drive; 15 kw (20 hp); 260 x 220 x 190 (10-1/4 x 8-11/16 x 7-1/2)

575 VAC +5/-10% Production Models

Product Code

Number

Description
VFD68DFM-2C VFD68 Drive; 0.75 kw (1 hp); 150 x 140 x 136 mm (5-15/16 x 5-1/2 x 5-5/16 in.)
VFD68DGM-2C VFD68 Drive;1.5 kw (2 hp); 150 x 140 x 136 mm (5-15/16 x 5-1/2 x 5-5/16 in.)
VFD68DHM-2C VFD68 Drive; 2.2 kw (3 hp); 150 x 140 x 136 mm (5-15/16 x 5-1/2 x 5-5/16 in.)
VFD68DJN-2C VFD68 Drive; 3.7 kw (5 hp); 150 x 220 x 148 mm (5-15/16 x 8-11/16 x 5-13/16 in.)
VFD68DKN-2C VFD68 Drive; 5.5 kw (7-1/2 hp); 150 x 220 x 148 mm (5-15/16 x 8-11/16 x 5-13/16 in.)
VFD68DLN-2C VFD68 Drive; 7.5 kw (10 hp); 150 x 220 x 148 mm (5-15/16 x 8-11/16 x 5-13/16 in.)

Accessories

Product Code

Number

Description Accessory Information
P499RAPS100K

P499RCPS100K

Electronic Pressure Transducer (-10 to 100 psis [sealed for wet

and freeze/thaw applications] Range) and WHA-PKD3-200C Wire Harness

  • Product code numbers ending in K are P499 kit models that

include one P499 Pressure Transducer model and a

WHA-PKD3-200C (6-1/2 ft [2 m]) Wire Harness. To order a single P499 Pressure Transducer model (without a

WHA-PKD3-200C Wire Harness), replace the K with a C at the end of the P499 product code number.

  • P499RxP type models are 0.5 to 4.5 VDC ratiometric pressure transducers with Packard style electrical connections.
  • P499RAP type models have a 1/8 in. 27 NPT external thread (Style 49) pressure connection.
  • P499RCP type models have a 1/4 in. SAE 45° flare internal thread (7/16-20 UNF) with depressor (Style 47) pressure connection.
  • Refer to the P499 Series Electronic Pressure Transducers Product/Technical Bulletin (LIT-12011190) for more information on P499 Pressure Transducer models and the associated wire harnesses.
P499RAPS102K

P499RCPS102K

Electronic Pressure Transducer (0 to 200 psis [sealed for wet and

freeze/thaw applications] Range) and one WHA-PKD3-200C Wire Harness

P499RAP-101K

P499RCP-101K

Electronic Pressure Transducer (0 to 100 psig Range) and

WHA-PKD3-200C Wire Harness

P499RAP-102C Electronic Pressure Transducer (0 to 200 psig Range)
P499RAP-105K

P499RCP-105K

Electronic Pressure Transducer (0 to 500 psig Range) and

WHA-PKD3-200C Wire Harness

P499RAP-107K

P499RCP-107K

Electronic Pressure Transducer (0 to 750 psig Range) and

WHA-PKD3-200C Wire Harness

WHA-PKD3-200C Wire Harness with Pigtail Leads, 6-1/2 ft (2 m)
WHA-PKD3-400C Wire Harness with Pigtail Leads, 13 ft (4 m)
WHA-PKD3-400C Wire Harness with Pigtail Leads, 19-5/8 ft (6 m)

Motor Speed Controls

VFD68 Variable Frequency Drives (Continued)

Technical Specifications

VFD68 Variable Frequency Drive
Input Power Voltage/Frequency 230 VAC, 50 HZ (208/230 VAC, 60 Hz);

400 VAC, 50 Hz (460 VAC, 60 Hz);

575 VAC, 50 Hz;

Continuous Duty

Output Voltage/Frequency 230 VAC, 50 HZ (208/230 VAC, 60 Hz);

400 VAC, 50 Hz (460 VAC, 60 Hz);

575 VAC, 50 Hz;

Continuous Duty

Input Devices Johnson Controls/PENN® P499 Electronic Pressure Transducers
PWM Carrier Frequency Adjustable 0.7 to 15 kHz
Motor Requirements Three-phase NEMA Design B motors required; Inverter-rated motors recommended
Overload Capacity 150% of ampere rating for 1 minute
Start/Stop Use STF input to start or stop the motor
Ambient Conditions Storage: -40 to 65ºC (-40 to 149ºF), 0 to 95% RH noncondensing
Operating: -40 to 50ºC (-40 to 122ºF), 0 to 95% RH noncondensing
Altitude: 1,000 m (3,300 ft) maximum without derating
Enclosures UL Type 1 (NEMA) fan cooled

(230 VAC 1 hp and lower models do not have a fan)

Maximum High Voltage Wire Length Up to 100 m (328 ft) between the VFD68 drive and the motor (using the appropriate wire gauge)
Compliance North America: cULus Listed, UL 508C, CSA-C22.2 No. 14, File E244421; Industry Canada (IC) Compliant to Canadian ICES-003, Class B limits

Europe: CE Mark- Johnson Controls Inc. declares that this product is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevent provisions of the EMC Directive and the Low Voltage Directive.

Australia: Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM)

Dimensions (H x W x D) Minimum: 128 x 68 x 81 mm (5 x 2-11/16 x 3-3/16 in.)

Maximum: 260 x 220 x 190 mm (10-1/4 x 8-11/16 x 7-1/2 in.)

Shipping Weight 0.5 to 3.8 kg (1.1 to 8.38 lb)

Valves and Valve Accessories Code No. LIT-1927325

V43/V243 Series Pressure-Actuated Water-Regulating Valves

Description

The V43/V243 Pressure Actuated Water Regulating Valves are designed to regulate water flow through the condenser of large refrigerated cooling systems. These

pilot-operated valves open on an increase in refrigerant head pressure and provide modulating operation.

The V43/V243 water regulating valves are available for commercial and maritime applications.

V43 valves are available for non-corrosive low- and medium-pressure refrigerants such as R-134A, R-404A, R-502, and R-507.

Specially designed V43 valves are also available for ammonia service (R-717).

V243 valves are available for non-corrosive high-pressure refrigerants such as R410A.

Commercial V43/V243 valves are constructed with a cast iron body, brass internal parts, and bronze seat material.

Valve Construction and Pressure Type

Designator Construction and Pressure Type
A Commercial Service with Iron Body, Open on Pressure Increase, V43
B Maritime Service with Brass Body, Open on Pressure Increase, V43
C Navy Service with Brass Body, Open on Pressure Increase, V43
G Commercial Service with Iron Body, Open on Pressure Increase, V243
H Maritime Service with Brass Body, Open on Pressure Increase, V243

Flange Size

To resist the corrosive action of sea water, the V43/V243 maritime and navy models are constructed with a red brass body, bronze and monel interior parts, and monel seat material.

Refer to the V43/V243 Pressure Actuated Water Regulating Valves Product/Technical Bulletin (LIT-125683) for important product information.

Features

  • built-in pilot valve allows more precise throttling
  • easy adjustment allows service and adjustment without breaking line connections
  • drain plug allows water to be drained during shutdown to reduce the possibility of freeze-up
  • mesh monel screen protects pilot valve from items such as dirt and scale and is easily removed for cleaning and servicing without breaking any line connections

V43 Pressure Actuated Valve

Selection Charts

When ordering V43 valves, specify the complete product code number including an optional companion flange and gasket kit. A companion flange and gasket kit is required to mount the water lines to commercial type V43/V243 water-regulating valves.

Designator Flange Size
S 2 in.
T 2-1/2 in.
V 3 in.
W 4 in.

V43 Series Pressure Actuated Water Valves (except NAVSEA valves)

Product Code Number Pipe Size (in.) Inlet and Outlet Opening Point Adjustment Range psig (kPa) Shipping Wt. lb (kg)
Commercial Type – Non-Corrosive Refrigerants (R)
V43AS-1C 2 Four Hole ASME Flanged 70 to 150 (483 to 1,034) 59 (26.76)
V43AS-2C 160 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793)
V43AT-1C 2-1/2 70 to 150 (483 to 1,034) 65 (29.48)
V43AT-2C 140 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793)
V43AV-1C 3 70 to 150 (483 to 1,034) 90 (40.82)
V43AV-2C 160 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793) 90 (40.82)
V43AW-2C 4 Eight Hole ASME Flanged 142 (64.41)
Commercial Type – Ammonia (R)
V43AV-5C 3 160 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793) 90 (40.82)
Maritime Type – Non-Corrosive Refrigerants (R)
V43BS-6C 2 Four Hole ASME Flanged 70 to 150 (483 to 1,034) 59 (26.76)
V43BS-7C 160 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793)
V43BT-6C 2-1/2 70 to 150 (483 to 1,034) 65 (29.48)
V43BT-7C 140 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793)
V43BV-10C 3 70 to 150 (483 to 1,034) 90 (40.82)
V43BV-7C 140 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793)

Valves and Valve Accessories

V43/V243 Series Pressure-Actuated Water-Regulating Valves (Continued)

Selection Charts (Continued)

V43 Series Pressure Actuated Water valves, Navy NAVSEA Certified

Product Code Number Pipe Size (in.) Inlet and Outlet Pressure Connector Opening Point Adjustment Range – psig (kPa) Shipping Wt, lb (kg)
Navy NAVSEA Certified – Non-Corrosive Refrigerants (R)
V43BS-3C 2 Four Hole ASME Flange 1/4 in. External Flared Connector 70 to 150 (483 to 1,034) 59 (26.76)
V43CS-1C Six Hole Navy Flange
V43CS-2C Internal Sweat Connector
V43BT-3C 2-1/2 Four Hole ASME Flange 1/4 in. External Flared Connector 65 (29.48)
V43CT-2C Six Hole Navy Flange
V43BV-4C 3 Four Hole ASME Flange Internal Sweat Connector 90 (40.82)
V43CV-1C Eight Hole Navy Flange 1/4 in. External Flared Connector
V43CV-2C Internal Sweat Connector
V43BW-7C 4 Eight Hole ASME Flange 1/4 in. External Flared Connector 142 (64.41)
V43BW-2C 140 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793)

V243 Series Pressurized Actuated Water Valves

Product Code Number Pipe Size (in.) Inlet and Outlet Opening Point Adjustment Range – psig (kPa) Shipping Weight, lb (kg)
Commercial Type – High Pressure Refrigerants
V243GS-1C 2 Four Hole ASME Flange 200 to 400 (1,379 to 2,758) 59 (26.76)
V243GT-1C 2-1/2 65 (29.48)
V243GV-1C 3 90 (40.82)
V243GW-1C 4 Eight Hole ASME Flange 142 (64.41)
Maritime Type – High Pressure Refrigerants
V243HS-1C 2 Four Hole ASME Flange 200 to 400 (1,379 to 2,758) 59 (26.76)
V243HT-1C 2-1/2 65 (29.48)
V243HV-1C 3 90 (40.82)
V243HW-1C 4 Eight Hole ASME Flange 142 (64.41)

Accessories

Kit Code Number Water Valve Size (in.) Shipping Weight, lb (kg)
KIT14A-6131, 2 2 11.8 (5.4)
KIT14A-6141, 2 2-1/2 16.5 (7.5)
FLG15A-6001, 3 3 20 (9.1)
FLG15A-6011, 3 4 34 (15.4)
  1. Commercial valves only.
  2. These are the parts included in the flange and gasket kit for the 2-inch and 2-1/2 inch valves.
  3. These are the parts included in the flange and gasket kit for the 3-inch and 4-inch valves.

A companion flange and gasket kit is required to mount the water lines to commercial type V43/V243 water-regulating valves.

Ring Gasket (Two)

Cast Iron Flange (Two)

Cast Iron Flange (Two) Machine Bolt (Eight)

Hex Nut (Eight)

Machine Bolt (Eight)

Hex Nut (Eight)

FIG:FLG15A

KIT14A FLG15A

Valves and Valve Accessories

V43/V243 Series Pressure-Actuated Water-Regulating Valves (Continued)

Repair and Replacement Information

If a V43/V243 Pressure-Actuated Water-Regulating Valve fails to operate within its specifications, replacement sensing elements, internal parts, and diaphragms are available for valve repair.

To obtain replacement parts, kits, instructions, and details, contact your nearest Johnson Controls® distributor at

http://cgproducts.johnsoncontrols.com/dist_locate/locateDIST.asp. For replacement parts, see Repair Parts and Parts Kits.

Repair Parts (Part 1 of 2)

Model Diaphragm

Kit

Seat Disc and

Diaphragm Kit

Seat Repair

Kit

Screen

Repair Kit

Push Rod

Kit1

Sensing

Element Kit

Disc Body

Kit

V43AS-1C DPM18A-600R DSC16A-600R STT19A-602R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-600R SEP88A-600R DBK11A-600R
V43AS-2C DPM18A-600R DSC16A-600R STT19A-602R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-600R SEP88A-601R DBK11A-600R
V43AS-5C DPM18A-600R DSC16A-600R STT19A-602R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-600R SEP87A-600R DBK11A-600R
V43AT-1C DPM18A-601R DSC16A-601R STT19A-603R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-601R SEP88A-600R DBK11A-601R
V43AT-2C DPM18A-601R DSC16A-601R STT19A-603R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-601R SEP88A-601R DBK11A-601R
V43AT-5C DPM18A-601R DSC16A-601R STT19A-603R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-601R SEP87A-600R DBK11A-601R
V43AV-1C DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-606R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-601R SEP88A-600R DBK11A-602R
V43AV-2C DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-606R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-601R SEP88A-601R DBK11A-602R
V43AV-5C DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-606R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-601R SEP87A-600R DBK11A-602R
V43AW-1C DPM18A-603R DSC16A-603R STT19A-608R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-600R DBK11A-603R
V43AW-2C DPM18A-603R DSC16A-603R STT19A-608R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-601R DBK11A-603R
V43AW-5C DPM18A-603R DSC16A-603R STT19A-608R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-602R SEP87A-600R DBK11A-603R
V43BS-1C1 DPM18A-600R DSC16A-600R STT19A-602R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-600R DBK11A-600R
V43BS-2C1 DPM18A-600R DSC16A-600R STT19A-602R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-601R DBK11A-600R
V43BS-3C DPM18A-600R DSC16A-600R STT19A-600R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-600R
V43BS-6C DPM18A-600R DSC16A-600R STT19A-600R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-600R
V43BS-7C DPM18A-600R DSC16A-600R STT19A-600R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-601R DBK10A-600R
V43BT-1C1 DPM18A-601R DSC16A-601R STT19A-603R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-600R DBK11A-601R
V43BT-2C1 DPM18A-601R DSC16A-601R STT19A-603R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-601R DBK11A-601R
V43BT-3C DPM18A-601R DSC16A-601R STT19A-605R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-602R
V43BT-6C DPM18A-601R DSC16A-601R STT19A-605R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-602R
V43BT-7C DPM18A-601R DSC16A-601R STT19A-605R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-601R DBK10A-602R
V43BV-1C1 DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-606R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-600R DBK11A-602R
V43BV-2C1 DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-606R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-601R DBK11A-602R
V43BV-4C DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-607R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-601R
V43BV-5C1 DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-606R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-600R DBK11A-602R
V43BV-6C1 DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-606R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-601R DBK11A-602R
V43BV-7C DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-607R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-601R DBK10A-601R
V43BV-8C DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-607R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-601R
V43BV-9C DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-607R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-601R DBK10A-601R
V43BV-10C DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-607R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-601R
V43BW-1C DPM18A-603R DSC16A-603R STT19A-609R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-603R
V43BW-2C DPM18A-603R DSC16A-603R STT19A-609R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-601R DBK10A-603R
V43BW-5C DPM18A-603R DSC16A-603R STT19A-609R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-603R
V43BW-6C DPM18A-603R DSC16A-603R STT19A-609R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-601R DBK10A-603R
V43BW-7C DPM18A-603R DSC16A-603R STT19A-609R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-603R
V43CS-1C DPM18A-600R DSC16A-600R STT19A-600R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-600R
V43CS-2C DPM18A-600R DSC16A-600R STT19A-600R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-600R
V43CS-3C DPM18A-600R DSC16A-600R STT19A-600R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-604R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-600R
V43CT-1C DPM18A-601R DSC16A-601R STT19A-605R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-602R
V43CT-2C DPM18A-601R DSC16A-601R STT19A-605R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP86A-600R DBK10A-602R
V43CV-1C DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-607R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP86A-600R DBK10A-601R
V43CV-2C DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-607R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP88A-600R DBK10A-601R

Valves and Valve Accessories

V43/V243 Series Pressure-Actuated Water-Regulating Valves (Continued)

Repair Parts (Part 2 of 2)

Model Diaphragm

Kit

Seat Disc and

Diaphragm Kit

Seat Repair

Kit

Screen

Repair Kit

Push Rod

Kit1

Sensing

Element Kit

Disc Body

Kit

V243GS-1C DPM18A-600R DSC16A-600R STT19A-602R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-600R SEP90A-600R DBK11A-600R
V243GT-1C DPM18A-601R DSC16A-601R STT19A-603R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-601R SEP90A-600R DBK11A-601R
V243GV-1C DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-606R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-601R SEP90A-600R DBK11A-602R
V243GW-1C DPM18A-603R DSC16A-603R STT19A-608R SCN10A-600R ROD18A-600R SEP90A-600R DBK11A-603R
V243HS-1C DPM18A-600R DSC16A-600R STT19A-600R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP90A-600R DBK10A-600R
V243HT-1C DPM18A-601R DSC16A-601R STT19A-605R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP90A-600R DBK10A-601R
V243HV-1C DPM18A-602R DSC16A-602R STT19A-607R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-603R SEP90A-600R DBK10A-602R
V243HW-1C DPM18A-603R DSC16A-603R STT19A-609R SCN10A-601R ROD18A-602R SEP90A-600R DPK10A-603R

1. Replacement push rod kit requires a seat repair kit and/or a diaphragm kit when replaced.

Parts Kits

The following valves, manufactured after date code 8702, contain monel interior trim. Order replacement kits as listed in Repair Parts or

V43xx and V243xx Series Repair Parts Kits Technical Bulletin (LIT-121690).

Parts Kits

Valve Model Order Parts Kits for:
V43BS-1C V43BS-6C
V43BS-2C V43BS-7C
V43BT-1C V43BT-6C
V43BT-2C V43BT-7C
V43BV-1C V43BV-10C
V43BV-2C V43BV-7C
V43BV-5C V43BV-10C
V43BV-6C V43BV-9C

Dimensions

Symbol 2 Inch 2-1/2 Inch 3 Inch 4 Inch
A1 9-1/2 in. (241 mm) 10-3/4 in.(273 mm) 11-3/4 in. (298 mm) 14 in. (356 mm)
B 7-1/2 in. (191 mm) 8 in. (203 mm) 9 in. (229 mm) 10-3/4 in. (273 mm)
C 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) 6 in. (152 mm) 7-1/2 in. (191 mm)
D 6 in. (152 mm) 7 in. (178 mm) 7-1/2 in. (191 mm) 9 in. (229 mm)
E 2-1/8 in. (54 mm) 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) 3-1/8 in. (80 mm) 4-1/8 in. (105 mm)
F2 15-1/4 in. (387 mm) 15-9/16 in. (395 mm) 16-9/16 in. (421 mm) 18-7/32 in. (462 mm)
F3 15-29/32 in. (404 mm) 16-7/32 in. (412 mm) 17-7/32 in. (437 mm) 18-7/8 in. (479 mm)
G 3/4 in. (19 mm) Diameter (Four) 3/4 in. (19 mm) Diameter (Four) 3/4 in. (19 mm) Diameter (Four) 3/4 in. (19 mm) Diameter (Eight)
H 3-5/8 in. (92 mm) 3-15/16 in. (100 mm) 4-1/4 in. (108 mm) 5-1/16 in. (128 mm)
  1. Flange face to flange face.
  2. These are the measurements for the V43 valves.
  3. These are the measurements for the V243 valves.

Valves and Valve Accessories

V43/V243 Series Pressure-Actuated Water-Regulating Valves (Continued)

Six- and Eight- Flange Hole Configurations

G

E

D

F

D

C

G

H

B

A

E

E

G

D

V43/V243 Pressure Actuated Water Regulating Valves Dimensions

FIG:Dimensions

V43 Capacity Flow Charts

CAPACITY CHART FOR 2 in. VALVE

Low Pressure Refrigerants

CAPACITY CHART FOR 3 in. VALVE

Low Pressure Refrigerants

Water Pressure Available Across Valve (psi) Water Pressure Available Across Valve (psi)

Refrigerant Head Pressure Rise Above Valve Opening Point (psig)

Refrigerant Head Pressure Rise Above Valve Opening Point (psig)

10 20 30 50

50 40

40 30

30

20

20

10 10

0 0

50 40

40 30

30

20

20

10 10

0 0

10 20 30 50

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450

Water Flow (GPM)

Medium Pressure Refrigerants

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

Water Flow (GPM)

Medium Pressure Refrigerants

CAPACITY CHART FOR 2-1/2 in. VALVE

Low Pressure Refrigerants

Water Pressure Available Across Valve (psi)

Refrigerant Head Pressure Rise Above Valve Opening Point (psig)

CAPACITY CHART FOR 4 in. VALVE

Low Pressure Refrigerants

Water Pressure Available Across Valve (psi)

Refrigerant Head Pressure Rise Above Valve Opening Point (psig)

10 20 30 50

50 40

40 30

30

20

20

10 10

0 0

50 40

40 30

30

20

20

10 10

0 0

5 10 20 30 50

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450

Water Flow (GPM)

Medium Pressure Refrigerants

150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350

Water Flow (GPM)

Medium Pressure Refrigerants

Valves and Valve Accessories

V43/V243 Series Pressure-Actuated Water-Regulating Valves (Continued)

V243 Capacity Flow Charts

CAPACITY CHART FOR 2 in. VALVE

CAPACITY CHART FOR 3 in. VALVE

Refrigerant Head Pressure Rise Above Valve Opening Point (psig)

Water Pressure Available Across Valve (psi)

Refrigerant Head Pressure Rise Above Valve Opening Point (psig)

Water Pressure Available Across Valve (psi)

2 5 10 14.5 20 2530

60

40

20

40 50 60

2 5 10 14.5

60

40

20

20 25 30 40 50 60

0

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450

Water Flow (GPM)

0

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

Water Flow (GPM)

CAPACITY CHART FOR 2-1/2 in. VALVE

CAPACITY CHART FOR 4 in. VALVE

Water Pressure Available Across Valve (psi) Water Pressure Available Across Valve (psi)

Refrigerant Head Pressure Rise Above Valve Opening Point (psig)

Refrigerant Head Pressure Rise Above Valve Opening Point (psig)

2 5 1014.5 20 2530 40

60

40

20

50 60

2 5 10

60

40

20

14.5

20 25 30

40 50 60

0

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

Water Flow (GPM)

0

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300

Water Flow (GPM)

Technical Specifications

V43/V243 Pressure-Actuated Water-Regulating Valves
Maximum Water Supply Pressure 150 psig (1,034 kPa)
V43 Maximum Head Pressure 300 psig (2,068 kPa)
V243 Maximum Head Pressure 630 psig (4,344 kPa)
Head Pressure Range (Opening Points) V43 Low Pressure Refrigerants R-134A – 70 to 150 psig (482 to 1,034 kPa)
Medium Pressure Refrigerants R-22, R-502, R404A – 160 to 260 psig (1,103 to 1,793 kPa)
Ammonia 160 to 260 psig (1,103 to 1,793 kPa)
V243 High Pressure 200 to 400 psig (1,379 to 2,758 kPa)
Factory Settings1 V43 Low Pressure Refrigerants 90 psig (621 kPa)
Medium Pressure Refrigerants 180 psig (1,241 kPa)
Ammonia 180 psig (1,241 kPa)
V243 High Pressure 200 psig (1,379 kPa)
Maximum Water Supply Temperature 160°F (71°C)
Valve Body Material Commercial Cast iron
Maritime Red brass
Internal Parts Material Commercial Brass
Maritime Bronze, Monel
Seat Material Pilot Monel
Main Valve Commercial – Bronze, Maritime – Monel
Seat Disc Material Buna N™
Packing – Bellows Assembly Brass stem, stainless steel spring, synthetic rubber boot
Pressure Connection Refrigerant Side Non-Corrosive 1/4 in. SAE External Flare
Ammonia 1/4 in. FNPT

1. Factory opening setpoint for the valve is adjustable.

Valves and Valve Accessories Code No. LIT-1927350

V46 Series Pressure Actuated Water Regulating Valve

Description

The V46 is a pressure actuated modulating valve that is suitable for use either on closed or open systems. Direct acting valves open on pressure increase. This type of valve is primarily used to regulate the flow of water or glycol to a water cooled condenser on a refrigeration system.

Refer to the V46 Pressure-Actuated Water-Regulating Valve Product Bulletin (LIT-125687) for important product application information.

Features

  • no close fitting or sliding parts in water passages
  • minimizes chatter or water hammer
  • free movement of all parts provides smooth pressure modulation
  • refrigerant adjustment is not affected by water pressure
  • withstands high hydraulic shock without damage
  • range spring does not come in contact with cooling water
  • easy manual flushing, if required
  • 3/8, 1/2, and 3/4 in. valves may be disassembled and reassembled without detaching from the refrigeration system or

V46AA-1 Water Regulating Valve

Repair Information

V46AT-1 Water Regulating Valve

without pumping down

Applications

This valve is designed to modulate flow of water or glycol to a water cooled condenser on a refrigeration system.

If the V46 Series Pressure Actuated Water Regulating Valve fails to

operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement valve, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

  • ice machines
  • computer room air conditioning units

Selection Chart

  • ice cream machines
  • refrigeration cases
Product Code

Number1

Pipe

Size (In.)

Inlet and

Outlet

Opening Point

Range – psig (kPa)

Pressure Element

Style2

Seat Repair

Kit

Replacement

Power Elements

Commercial Type, Standard Flow – Non-Corrosive Refrigerant
V46AA-1C 3/8 NPT Threaded 70 to 260 (483 to 1,793) 30 in Capillary; 1/4 in. Flare Nut (Style 45) STT14A-600R SEP91A-600R and SEC99AA-36C3
V46AA-50C 1/4 in. External Flare Fitting (Style 5) SEP91A-600R
V46AB-1C 1/2 NPT 30 in Capillary; 1/4 in. Flare Nut (Style 45) STT15A-602R SEP91A-602R and SEC99AA-36C3
V46AB-25C 1/4 in. External Flare Fitting (Style 5) SEP91A-602R
V46AC-1C 3/4 NPT 30 in Capillary; 1/4 in. Flare Nut (Style 45) STT16A-601R SEP91A-601R and SEC99AA-36C3
V46AC-26C 1/4 in. External Flare Fitting (Style 5) SEP91A-601R
V46AD-1C 1 NPT 30 in Capillary; 1/4 in. Flare Nut (Style 45) STT17A-609R SEP91A-603R and SEC99AA-36C3
V46AD-13C 1/4 in. External Flare Fitting (Style 5) SEP91A-603R
V46AE-1C 1 1/4 NPT 30 in Capillary; 1/4 in. Flare Nut (Style 45) STT17A-610R SEP91A-603R and SEC99AA-36C3
V46AE-17C 1/4 in. External Flare Fitting (Style 5) SEP91A-603R
V46AJ-2C 1/2 Union 48 in Capillary; 1/4 in. Flare Nut (Style 46) STT15A-602R SEP77A-605R
V46EK-2C 3/4 STT16A-601R SEP127A-600R
V46AL-2C 1 STT17A-609R SEP107A-602R
V46AM-2C 1-1/4 STT17A-610R
V46AR-1C 1 1/2 Four Hole ASME Flange 30 in Capillary; 1/4 in. Flare Nut (Style 45) SEP91A-603R and SEC99AA-36C3
V46AR-10C 1/4 in. External Flare

Fitting (Style 5) (see Note below)

SEP91A-603R
V46AS-1C 2 70 to 170 (483 to 1,172) STT18A-600R SEP81A-602R
V46AS-2C 2 160 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793) SEP81A-601R
V46AT-1C 2-1/2 70 to 170 (483 to 1,172) STT18A-601R SEP81A-602R
V46AT-2C 2-1/2 160 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793) SEP81A-601R

Valves and Valve Accessories

V46 Series Pressure Actuated Water Regulating Valve (Continued)

Product Code

Number1

Pipe

Size (In.)

Inlet and

Outlet

Opening Point

Range – psig (kPa)

Pressure Element

Style2

Seat Repair

Kit

Replacement

Power Elements

Commercial Type, Low Flow – Non-Corrosive Refrigerants4
V46DA-2C 3/8 NPT Threaded 70 to 260 (483 to 1,793) 30 in Capillary; 1/4 in. Flare Nut (Style 45) STT14A-603R SEP91A-600R and SEC99AA-36C5
Commercial Type – Ammonia
V46AC-8C 3/4 NPT Threaded 100 to 200 (690 to 1,379) 1/4 in. Internal NPT (Style 15) STT16A-601R SEP70A-601R
V46AD-4C 1 NPT STT17A-609R SEP70A-604R
V46AE-4C 1-1/4 NPT STT17A-610R
V46AR-2C 1-1/2 Four Hole

ASME Flange

V46AS-3C 2 STT18A-600R SEP70A-605R
V46AT-3C 2 1/2 STT18A-601R
Maritime Type – Non-Corrosive Refrigerants
V46BA-2C 3/8 NPT Threaded 70 to 260 (483 to 1,793) 30 in. Capillary with Sweat Connection

(Style 34)

STT14A-601R SEP13A-602R
V46BB-2C 1/2 NPT STT15A-603R SEP13A-600R
V46BC-2C 3/4 NPT STT17A-613R SEP13A-603R
V46BD-2C 1 NPT STT17A-611R SEP50A-600R
V46BE-2C 1-1/4 NPT STT17A-612R
V46BS-4C 2 Four Hole

ASME Flange

160 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793) STT18A-602R SEP50A-601R
V46BT-4C 2-1/2
NAVSEA Certified – Non-Corrosive Refrigerants
V46CG-1C 3/8 Threaded 70 to 260 (483 to 1,793) 30 in. Capillary with Sweat Connection

(Style 34)

STT14A-601R SEP13A-602R
V46CH-2C 3/8 Sweat Connector
V46CH-4C 3/8
V46CH-5C 3/8
V46CJ-2C 1/2 Sweat Connector STT15A-603R SEP13A-600R
V46CN-2C 3/4 Four Hole

Navy Flange

STT17A-613R SEP13A-603R
V46CP-2C 1 STT17A-611R SEP50A-600R
V46CQ-2C 1-1/4 STT17A-612R
V46BR-2C 1-1/2 Four Hole

ASME Flange

V46CR-2C 1-1/2 Six Hole Navy Flange
V46BS-3C 2 Four Hole

ASME Flange

70 to 170 (483 to 1,172) STT18A-602R SEP50A-601R
V46CS-3C 2 Six Hole Navy Flange
V46CS-4C 2 160 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793)
V46BT-3C 2-1/2 Four Hole

ASME Flange

70 to 170 (483 to 1,172)
V46CT-3C 2-1/2 Six Hole Navy Flange
V46CT-4C 2-1/2 160 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793)
  1. Refer to V46 Series Valve Sizing Information — 90% Open Method (LIT-1927400). Then specify the code number from this chart. Refer to the Accessories chart on the following page for companion flange kit code numbers.
  2. Standard capillary length on Style 45 and Style 34 elements is 30 inches
  3. Replacement element supplied with 1/4 in. external SAE connector. Order SEC99AA Capillary Kit with 2 flare nuts separately, if needed.
  4. Low water flow valve – 2.5 GPM max.
  5. Replacement element supplied with 1/4 in. external SAE connector. Order SEC99AA Capillary Kit with 2 flare nuts separately, if needed.

Note: Use only on valves specified.

Valves and Valve Accessories

V46 Series Pressure Actuated Water Regulating Valve (Continued)

Accessories (Companion Flanges and Gaskets)

Ring Gasket (Two)

Cast Iron Flange (Two)

Hex

Machine

Product Code Number Water Valve

Size (in.)

Flange Gasket

(One Gasket per Package)

Companion Flange Kit

(See Diagram)

246-423 KIT14A-6121 1-1/2 in.
246-424 KIT14A-6131 2 in.
246-425 KIT14A-6141 2-1/2 in.

Nut (Eight) Bolt (Eight)

1. For commercial valves only

Note: Flange has NPT (National Pipe Thread)

Companion Flange Kit

Technical Specifications

V46 Series Pressure Actuated Water Regulating Valves
Maximum Water Temperature 170°F (77°C)
Valve Body Commercial 3/8 to 3/4 in. cast brass, 1 in. and larger cast iron with a special finish
Navy and Maritime Cast naval bronze with Monel® interior parts

Pressure Range Specification

Refrigerant Opening Point Range1 – psig (kPa)

V46A B, C, D

Maximum Permissible Pressure

psig (kPa)

Water Refrigerant
Static P Across Valve
Non-Corrosive Refrigerants (R12, R22, R134a, R502, R404a, R507)
All Range Valve 70 to 260 (483 to 1,793) 150 (1,034) 60 PST 320 (2,206)
All Range with High Overpressure 370 (2,551)
3/8 in. Extended All Range 70 to 300 (483 to 2,068) 440 (3,034)
Valves 2 in. or Larger
R12, R134a – 2 and 2-1/2 in. Low Range 70 to 170 (483 to 1,172) 150 (1,034) 60 PST 230 (1,586)
R22, R502, R404a, R507 – 2 and 2-1/2 in. High Range 160 to 260 (1,103 to 1,793) 320 (2,206)
Other Refrigerants
Ammonia R717 100 to 200 (690 to 1,379) 150 (1,034) 60 PST 320 (2,206)

1. Direct acting valve ranges indicate the valve opening point.

Valves and Valve Accessories Code No. LIT-1927335

V46N Series Reverse Acting Valve

Description

The V46N Series are reverse acting pressure actuated modulating valves used on either open or closed loop coolant systems.

Reverse acting valves open on a refrigerant pressure decrease. They are generally used in parallel with a direct acting valve for heat pump applications or for bypass operation.

Refer to the V46 Pressure-Actuated Water-Regulating Product Bulletin (LIT-125687) for important product application information.

Selection Chart

Applications

  • bypass systems
  • water cooled heat pumps in parallel with direct acting valve

Repair Information

If the V46N Series Reverse Acting Valve fails to operate within its specifications, replace the unit. For a replacement valve, contact the nearest Johnson Controls® representative.

V46 Series Reverse Acting Valve

Product Code

Number1

Pipe Size

In.

Inlet and

Outlet

Opening Point

Range psig (kPa)

Pressure Element

Style

Seat Repair Kit Replacement

Power Elements

Commercial Type – Non-Corrosive Refrigerants (R)
V46NA-1C 3/8 NPT Threaded 90 to 280 (621 to 1,931) 30 in. capillary with

1/4 in. flare nut

+ Schrader Valve depressor

(Style 45)

STT14A-600R SEP91A-600R & SEC99AA-36C2
V46NA-4C 40 to 1003 (276 to 690)
V46NB-1C 1/2 NPT 90 to 280 (621 to 1,931) STT15A-602R SEP91A-602R & SEC99AA-36C2
V46NB-2C 40 to 1003 (276 to 690)
V46NC-1C 3/4 NPT 90 to 280 (621 to 1,931) STT16A-601R SEP91A-601R & SEC99AA-36C2
V46NC-2C 40 to 1003 (276 to 690)
V46ND-1C 1 NPT 90 to 280 (621 to 1,931) STT17A-609R SEP91A-603R & SEC99AA-36C2
V46ND-2C 40 to 1003 (276 to 690)
V46NE-1C 1-1/4 NPT 90 to 280 (621 to 1,931) STT17A-610R
V46NE-2C 40 to 1003 (276 to 690)
  1. Refer to V46 Series Valve Sizing Information — 90% Open Method (LIT-1927400), and then specify the code number from this chart.
  2. Maximum bellows overpressure is 320 psig (2,206 kPa). Replacement element provided with 1/4 in. external SAE connector. Order SEC37A capillary kit with two flare nuts, separately if needed. Use only on valves specified.
  3. For heat pump application.

Valves and Valve Accessories Code No. LIT-1927400

V46 Series Valve Sizing Information—90% Open Method

To Select Water Valve Size:

300 Flow Chart 1136

See the Flow Chart for selection of water valves. Carefully follow the steps as outlined below.

  1. Determine maximum water flow required. The manufacturer of the condensing unit will usually provide tables, or calculations can be made from the following:
    1. Maximum Btu per hour to be removed. (Be sure to add heat gains in refrigeration equipment and heat of compression. If figures are not available, it is customary to add 25% to the load for these heat gains.)

Water Flow In Gallons/Minute

    1. Incoming water temperature at time of maximum load.
    2. Outlet water temperature; this must be lower than condensing temperature of the refrigerant

– use condensing unit manufacturer’s data, or assume 10° difference.

v46size.eps

    1. Flow (gallons/min) =

l 6 L 6L9l ln

Onll6l l6Wb6L9lnL6 – l l6l l6Wb6L9lnL6

  1. Draw horizontal line across upper half of flow chart through flow required as determined by Step 1d above.
  2. Determine the available system pressure for use with the valve by the following appropriate method:

Open System:

Available System Pressure = Inlet Pressure – condenser pressure drop – friction losses in piping.

200

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Refrig. Head Press. Above Opening PT. (PSI)

Valve Size

3/8 in. thru 1-1/2 in.

2 in., 2-1/2 in.

Refrigerant

All-range R-12, R-500, R-22, R-502,

Ammonia, R-12, R-500

2-1/2

1-1/2

1

1-1/4

2

3/4

1/2

757

379

341

303

256

227

Water Flow In Liters/Minute

189

151

114

76

3/8

38

34

30

26

23

19

15

11

7

3.8

Closed System:

Available System Pressure = Inlet Pressure – static head – condenser pressure drop – friction

(14)

60 414

losses in piping.

50 2

5 10

20 30

40 50 6

345

The available system pressure is represented by the curve in the lower half of the flow chart.

4 Draw a horizontal line from 55 psi head pressure

rise above opening point (valve approximately 40 276
90% open) to the available system pressure. If the
point falls between two curves, use the curve to
the left (this gives an automatic safety factor).

5 From the point where the horizontal line intersects

30 207
the available system pressure curve, draw a

(34)

(69)

(138)

(207)

(276)

(345) (414)

vertical line upwards until it intersects with the horizontal line from Step 2.

  1. If the intersection falls on a valve size curve, this is the valve size.
  2. If the intersection falls between two curves, use the curve to the left for the required valve size.

20 138

10 69

0 0

Water Pressure Drop Through Valve PSI (kPa)

Flow Chart, V46 Valve

flowch1

Refrig. Head Press. Above Opening PT. (kPa)

Example:

  1. The required flow of an R404A system is found to be 40 GPM (151 l/m).

City water pressure is 40 psig (276 kPa) and manufacturer’s table gives drop through condenser and accompanying piping and valves at 15 psi (103 kPa) drop through installed piping approximately 5 psi (35 kPa), leaving a net pressure drop available of 20 psi.

  1. Draw a line through 40 GPM (151 l/m) – see dotted line, upper half of flow chart.
  2. Size valves at 55 psi head pressure rise above opening point (valve is approximately 90% open).
  3. Draw a line through 55 psi (375 kPa) – see dotted line, lower half of flow chart.
  4. Available water pressure drop through valve

= 40 – 20 = 20 psi (276 – 137 = 137 kPa).

  1. Draw vertical line upward from this point to flow line – circle on flow chart marks this intersection.
  2. Since the intersection falls between curves for 1 in. and 1-1/4 in. valves, choose the larger size. A 1-1/4 in. valve is required.

V46 Series Valve Dimensions

Valves and Valve Accessories

Code No. LIT-1927410

Roughing-in Dimensions